Full text of "University of New Hampshire and the New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts : [catalog]"

See other formats

UNH LIBRARY

3 MbDD DliS'^a Db31

eULLETIN OF THE
UFMiVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIF

CATALOG

938- 1939

t^-?5?H>]

\AS.

X>"^

iPl^fflKi

... m0$

2*>?r<

Eng

3779

. N4

1938/1939

HAM, NEW HAMPSHIRE:

^//.,/

ruv&z±ii

i£u of

■J^LLPlWllj

Campus • University of New\|^Qmp shire • Durham, N. H.

Durham, the home of the university, is an attractive
village on the Portland division of the Boston and Maine
railroad, sixty-two miles from Boston, fifty-four from
Portland, and five from Dover, a city of 15,000 popula-
tion. Good train service and excellent trunk-line
motor roads make the university easily accessible from
all parts of the state.

Durham, organized in 1732, is one of the historic
towns of New Hampshire. In the early days it was
the home of a prosperous ship building industry.
Situated at the head of tidewater on the Oyster river,
it served as a distributing center for the interior of the
state. During the Revolutionary war it was famous
as the home of Major General John Sullivan. Near his
home, in the village, the state has erected a fitting
monument to his memory.

The University of New Hampshire
and the New Hampshire College of
Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts

DURHAM, NEW HAMPSHIRE

VOL. XXIX

FEBRUARY, 1938

No. 6

Published in September, October, November, December, January, February,
March, and April by the University of New Hampshire, Durham, N. H.

BULLETIN of the

University of New Hampshire

Entered as second class matter, August 5, 1907, at the post office
at Durham, N. H., under the Act of Congress of July 16, 1894

THE UNIVERSITY BULLETIN INCLUDES:

The Catalog of the University

The Report of the President

The Financial Report

The Catalog of the Summer School

The Pictorial Folder

The Catalog of the Graduate School

and other publications of the University

Save this catalog and bring it
with you. It will be needed for
reference throughout the year

Correspondence regarding the university should be
addressed to the following:

General Information, E. Y. Blewett, Assistant to the
President.

Admission, George N. Bauer, chairman of the Com-
mittee on Admission.

Catalog, Oren V. Henderson, Registrar.

CALENDAR

1938

1939

1940

JULY

JANUARY

JULY

JANUARY

. .

, .

. .

AUGUST

FEBRUARY

AUGUST

FEBRUARY

'!•

SEPTEMBER

MARCH

SEPTEMBER

MARCH

T
1

S
3

S
4

F
1

S
2

24
31

OCTOBER

APRIL

OCTOBER

APRIL

2'/

. .

, ,

, .

NOVEMBER

MAY

NOVEMBER

MAY

Ifc

DECEMBER

JUNE

DECEMBER

JUNE

T
1

S
3

S
2

2j
1

24
31

23
30

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

1938-39

June 27
June 28
Aug. 5

Sept. 13
Sept. 19
Sept. 20
Sept. 22
Sept. 28
Oct. 8
Oct. 21
Nov. 10
Nov. 12
Nov. 23

Monday
Tuesday
Friday

Tuesday

Monday

Tuesday

Thursday

Wednesday

Saturday

Friday

Thursday

Saturday

Wednesday

Dec. 17 Saturday

Jan. 3 Tuesday
Jan. 20 Friday
Jan. 18-27 Wed.-Fri.

Monday
Tuesday
Friday

Wednesday

Saturday

Monday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Jan.

Feb.

Mar.

Apr.

May

29-

June 8

May

June

SUMMER SESSION

1938

Registration Day
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
Summer Session closes at 4 p.m.

FIRST SEMESTER

1938

Matriculation Day — Freshman Class

Registration Day— Upper Classes

Recitations begin at 8 a.m.

University Day — Afternoon holiday

Meeting of University Senate at 4:15 p.m.

Dads' Day

Annual Meeting of Board of Trustees

Mid-Semester reports to be filed, 5 p.m.

Homecoming Day

Thanksgiving Recess — Wed., 12.30 p.m. to

Mon., 8 A.M.
Christmas Recess begins at 12.30 p.m.

1939

Christmas Recess ends at 8 a.m.
Meeting of Board of Trustees
First Semester examinations

SECOND SEMESTER

Registration Day — All Classes

Recitations begin at 8 a.m.

Winter Carnival, Fri., 12.30 P.M., to Sat.,

12:30 p.m.
Meeting of University Senate at 4:15 p.m.
Spring Recess begins at 12.30 p.m.
Spring Recess ends at 8 A.M.
Mid-Semester reports to be filed, 5 p.m.
Meeting of Board of Trustees
Mothers' Day

Tues.-Thurs.

Tuesday

Friday

Saturday

Sunday

Monday

June 26 Monday
June 27 Tuesday
Aug. 4 Friday

Second Semester examinations

Memorial Day — Holiday

Meeting of University Senate at 4:15 p.m.

Alumni Day — Meeting of Board of Trustees

Baccalaureate Exercises

Class Day Exercises at 10:00 a.m.

Commencement at 3:00 P.M.

SUMMER SESSION

1939

Registration Day
Classes begin at 8 a.m.
vSummer Session closes at 4 p.m.

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

His Excellency, Governor Francis P. Murphy, a.m., ll.d., ex officio

President Fred Engelhardt, a.m., ph.d., ex officio

Andrew L. Felker, Commissioner of Agriculture, ex officio

Roy D. Hunter, ll.d.. President West Claremont

June 14, 1916 to June 30, 1941

Harry D. Sawyer Woodstock

September 15, 1926 to June 30, 1938

James A. Wellman, b.s. Manchester

January 26, 1928 to June 30, 1939

Robert T. Kingsbury Keene

January 27, 1928 to June 30, 1940

t*CHARLES H. Hood, b.s., d.sc. Boston, Massachusetts

May 6, 1929 to June 30, 1939

George T. Hughes, a.m., ll.d. Dover

July 1, 1931 to June 30, 1939

*JoHN S. Elliott, b.s.. Secretary Madbury

July 1, 1932 to June 30, 1940

Jessie Doe RoUinsford

July 1, 1932 to June 30, 1938

John T. Dallas, a.b., d.d., ll.d. Concord

July 1, 1933 to June 30, 1941

Frank W. Randall, b.s. Portsmouth

July 1, 1936 to June 30, 1940

*RoHL C. Wiggin, b.a. Newton Centre, Massachusetts

January 21, 1938 to June 30, 1939

* Elected by Alumni.

t Died November 22, 1937.

OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Fred Engelhardt, ph.d., President of the University

John C. Kendall, b.s., Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station
and Extension Service

George W. Case, m.c.e., Dean of the College of Technology and Director
of the Engineering Experiment Station

C. Floyd Jackson, b.a., m.s., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts

M. Gale Eastman, ph.d.. Dean of the College of Agriculture

Hermon L. Slobin, PH.D., Dean of the Graduate School

Norman Alexander, ph.d., Dean of Men

Ruth J. Woodruff, ph.d., Dean of Women

Raymond C. Magrath, Treasurer and Business Secretary

Oren V. Henderson, Registrar

Edward Y. Blewett, b.a., Assistant to the President

Marvin A. Miller, b.a., b.s.. Librarian

Frederick W. Taylor, b.s. in agric. Director of Commercial Depart-
ments, College of Agriculture ■

Andrew J. Oberlander, m.d.. University Physician

Harold W. Loveren, b.s.. Superintendent of Property

Eric T. Huddleston, b.arch., Supervising Architect

Eugene K. Auerbach, b.a.. Alumni Secretary and Director, Bureau of
Appointments

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY AND STAFFS

Engelhardt, Fred, President of the University

Ph.B., Yale, 1908; A.M., Columbia, 1915, Ph.D., 1924. Graduate
study. Harvard university, 1909-10; University of Pennsylvania,
1916-17. Assistant instructor, Yale university, 1908-09; teacher and
principal, public schools, New York, and private schools, Pennsylvania
and Illinois until 1919; inspector, elementary education. New York
State department of education, 1919; director, Bureau of Admin-
istration, Pennsylvania State department of education, 1919-22;
assistant dean in charge, College of Liberal Arts, University of Pitts-
burgh, 1922-24; professor of educational administration, College of
Education, University of Minnesota, 1924-37. Present position,
1937-

Pettee, Charles H., Dean Emeritus and University Historian

A.B., Dartmouth college, 1874; C.E., Thayer school, ihid., 1876;
A.M., Dartmouth, 1877; LL.D., New Hampshire college, 1913.
Served as acting president, New Hampshire college, for several
months each between the administrations of Presidents Murkland
and Gibbs; Presidents Gibbs and Fairchild; and Presidents Fairchild
and Hetzel. Instructor in the Thayer school of Dartmouth college,
and in New Hampshire college, then a department of Dartmouth,
1876-77; professor of meteorology, 1876-1928; professor of mathe-
matics, 1877-1917; dean, 1888-1937. Present position, 1937-38*

Thompson, Charlotte A., Assistant Librarian Emerita

Graduate, Concord High school. Teacher: Durham Point school and
Concord, 1871-1895. Librarian, Durham Public library, 1895-1907.
Assistant Librarian, University of New Hampshire, 1907-29

Abell, Max F., Assistant Agrictdtural Economist in the Experiment
Station and Assistant Economist, Farm Management, in the Extension
Service
B.S., Cornell university, 1914; Ph.D., ihid., 1924. Graduate student,
Ohio State university, 1914-15. Student assistant, Cornell university,
1915-17; instructor and assistant professor, Connecticut Agricultural
college, 1917-20;assistant professor, Massachusetts Agricultural college,

1920-26. Present position, 1926-
AcKERMAN, Walter T., Assistant Professor of Agrictdtural Engineering

and Agricultural Engineer in the Experiment Station and Extension

Service
B.S., Connecticut Agricultural college, 1915; B.S.A.E., Iowa State
college, 1922. Assistant and instructor in mechanical engineering,
Connecticut Agricultural college, 1916-17; supervisor of agriculture,
Connecticut State board of education, 1917-18; in charge of agricul-

* Died March 23, 1938.

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

tural engineering department, Connecticut Agricultural college,
1919-20; instructor in agricultural engineering, Iowa State college,'
1920-23; assistant professor of agricultural engineering, Virginia
Polytechnic institute, 1924. Specialist in rural electricity in the Experi-
ment station. University of New Hampshire, 1925-32; assistant pro-
fessor of agricultural engineering and agricultural engineer of the
Experiment station, 1932-36; agricuhural engineer in the Experiment
station and Extension service. 1936-37. Present position, 1937-

Adams, Eloi a., Agricultural Agent in Strafford County

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1918. Practical farmer since
1918; service department, University of New Hampshire, 1919-28.
Present position, 1928-

Adams, Ruth C, Instructor in Economics

A.B., North Central college, Illinois, 1928. Graduate courses in
busmess education: University of Southern California, 1931; Univer-
sity of Chicago, 1932; Boston university, 1935; instructor, Flora Mac-
donald college, 1917-19; Baraboo Commercial college, 1919-21.
Confidential secretary to chairman Federal Reserve bank of Chicago
1921-24. Present position, 1935-

Ahern, C0RNELIU.S J., Agricultural Agent in Cheshire County

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934. General Ice Cream cor-
poration, 1934-36. Acting Agricultural agent in Cheshire county.
University of New Hampshire Extension service, 1936. Present
position, 1937-

Alexander, Norman, Dean of Men and Associate Professor of Eco-
nomics

B.A., University of North Dakota, 1919; M.A., ihid., 1920; LL.B
Yale university, 1922; Ph.D., Columbia university, 1931. Carnegie
Teaching fellow, Columbia university 1924-25. President, Eastern
Association of Deans and Advisers of Men 1931-32. Principal of
schools, Clyde, North Dakota, 1915-17. Instructor in economics,
University of New Hampshire, 1922-24; assistant professor, 1925-28;
associate professor, 1928-29. Present position, 1929-

Auerbach, Eugene K., Alumni Secretary and Director of the Bureau of
Appointments
B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1928; M.B.A., Han-ard Graduate
School of Business Administration,l930. Warehouse superintendent,
The Great Atlantic and Pacific Tea company, 1930-35; Assistant to
the President, H. Tabenkan company, 1935-36. Assistant director,
bureau of appointments. University of New Hampshire, 1936; acting
alumni secretary and acting director of the bureau of appointments
1936-37. Present position, 1937 —

Ayer, Perley F., Instructor in Agricultural Economics and Specialist in
Rural Organization and Recreation in the Extension Service
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1922; student, Cornell university,

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

1935-36; teacher and farmer at Country Life academy, Star, North
Carolina, 1922-24; teacher, farm manager, and supervisor of boys'
work at Pleasant Hill academy, Pleasant Hill, Tennessee, 1924-27;
Boys' and Girls' Club agent in Merrimack County, University of New
Hampshire, 1927-36. Present position, 1936-

Babb, Anita N., Home Demonstration Agent in Rockingham County
Diploma, Boston School of Domestic Science; certificate, dietetics
training, Wilmington, Delaware; certificate, dietetics training, Boston,
Massachusetts; dietitian, Springfield, Mass., three years; teacher,
Bangor, Maine, high school, one year; dietitian, Westfield, Mass., two
and one-half years; dietitian. Camp Big Pine, eleven summers; home
demonstration agent, Maine, three years; teacher, Spellman seminary,
two years. Present position, 1934-

Babcock, Donald C, Professor of History

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1907; M.A., ihid., 1908; S.T.B.,
Boston university, 1912. Ministry, 1909-19. Assistant professor of
history. New Hampshire college, 1918-21; associate professor of his-
tory and political science, 1921-25. Present position, 1925 —

Bachelder, Joseph E., Jr., Instructor in Sociology

B.A., Westminster college, 1933; Ph.D., Yale university, 1937. Re-
search assistant in Sociology, Institute of Human Relations, Yale
university, 1934-36; Carnegie fellow, Yale university, 1933-34, and a
Yale university fellow, 1935-36. Present position, 1936-

Barraclough, Kenneth E., Extension Forester

B.S., New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse university, 1921;
blister rust agent with Bureau of Plant Industry, Rockingham county,
New Hampshire, 1922-26; forester for Federal Emergency Relief
Administration in the Northeastern States, office of Federal Extension
service, April-June, 1935. Present position, 1926-

Barstow, Caroline O., Library Assistant
Present position, 1916-

Batchelder, Lyman J., Instructor in Woodshop, Department of MecJmni-
cal Engineering
Perkins and Bancroft, architects, Haverhill, Mass., 1891-93; Batch-
elder and Guimon, store and bank fixtures, 1893-97; superintendent,
mill and box shop, 1897-1900; foreman, Haverhill Wood Heel Com-
pany, Haverhill, Mass., 1900-03; foreman, woodshop, to chief drafts-
man, Laconia Car Company, Laconia, N. H., 1903-15. Present
position, 1915-

Bauer, George N., Professor of Statistics in the Department of Mathe-
matics and Officer in Charge of Freshmen
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1894; M.S., University of Iowa, 1898;
Ph.D., Columbia university, 1900; Goettingen, Germany, 1907-08.
Principal of High school, Montevideo, Minn., 1894-95; instructor in
mathematics. University of Iowa, 1895-98; instructor, associate pro-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

fessor, professor, chairman of department of mathematics, University
of Minnesota, 1900-20; associate professor of mathematics. University
of New Hampshire, 1924-28; acting dean of men, 1928-29; professor
of statistics, and officer in charge of freshmen, 1928-33, College of
Liberal Arts, 1929-33; professor of statistics. College of Technology,
and officer in charge of freshmen, 1933-34. Present position, 1934-

Beckwith, Marion C, Instructor in Physical Education for Women
A.B., Oberlin college, 1935; M.Ed., University of New Hampshire,
1937. Graduate assistant in the Department of Physical Education
for Women, University of New Hampshire, 1935-37. Present
position, 1937-

Beecher, Myrtis E., Home Demonstration Agent in Hillsboro County
Graduate, Framingham Normal school, 1919; Summer school, Chau-
tauqua, N. Y., 1923; teacher, Gardner, Mass., 1919-20; executive
secretary, Girls' club, Gardner, 1920-24; home service department,
Washburn Crosby company, 1924-26. Present position, 1926-

Beggs, Ann F., Extension Economist, Home Management

Nason institute, 1913-15; University of Chicago, January-September,
1927. Teacher, Hopkinton, N. H., 1915-16; Rochester, N. H.,
1916-17. Emergency home demonstration agent, Hillsborough
county, University of New Hampshire Extension service, 1917-19;
home demonstration agent, Hillsborough county, 1919-20; assistant
state home demonstration leader, 1922-29; home management spe-
cialist, 1929-1937. Present position, 1937-

Bennet, Marion B., Assistant Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Merri-
mack County
B.S. in Educ, State Teachers' college, Framingham, Mass., 1930.
Teacher, Home Economics, Vineyard Haven, Mass., 1930-32; public
welfare visitor, Springfield, Mass., 1933-35; teacher, evening school,
Springfield, Mass., 1933-35; assistant county club agent, Springfield,
Mass., 1935-37. Present position, 1938-

Berzunza, Julio, Assistant Professor of Languages

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1921; M.A., University of Illinois,
1923. Assistant in Spanish, University of Oklahoma, 1919-21;
assistant in romance languages, University of Illinois, 1921-25; in-
structor in Spanish and Italian, University of Maine, 1926-28.
Present position, 1928-

Bingham, Sylvester H., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Dartmouth college, 1922; A.M., Harvard university, 1929;
Ph.D., Yale university, 1937. Master, Taft school, 1926-28; instruc-
tor and assistant professor, Rollins college, 1928-33. Present posi-
tion, 1936-

BisBEE, Harlan M., Associate Professor of Education

A.B., Bowdoin college, 1898; A.M., Harvard university, 1905. As-
sistant, Rumford Falls, Maine, High school, 1898; principal, Brewer,

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Maine, High school, 1899-1904; principal, Robinson seminary,
Exeter, N. H., 1905-28; assistant professor of education, University
of New Hampshire, 1928-30. Present position, 1930-

Blewett, Edward Y., Assistant to the President

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1926. Ginn and company,
Boston, 1926-27; alumni secretary, University of New Hampshire,
1927-29; alumni secretary and executive assistant, 1928-29; executive
secretary, 1929-37. Present position, 1937-

Blickle, Robert L. Research Chemical Assistant in Entomology in the
Experiment Station
B.S., Ohio State university, 1937. Assistant in entomology, Louisiana
State university, June 1937-January 1938. Present position, Janu-
ary 15, 1938-

Blood, Edward J., Instructor in Physical Education and Athletics
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935. U.S. Olympic team. Lake
Placid, 1932; Germany, 1936. Present position, 1936-

Blood, Paul T., Assistant Agronomist in the Experiment Station

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1921; M.S., University of New Hamp-
shire, 1924. Graduate assistant in horticulture, University of New
Hampshire, 1921-1924; with Granite State Nurseries, Exeter, N. H.,
1924-28. Present position, 1928-

BoTTORFF, Charles A., Jr., Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
and Poultry Pathologist of the Experiment Station
B.S., in Bacteriology, B.S. in Veterinary Medicine, and D.V.M.,
Washinton State college, 1928. Instructor in poultry husbandry and
poultry pathologist of the Experiment station, University of New
Hampshire, 1928-35. Present position, 1935-

Bourne, Elizabeth, Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Rockingham County
Diploma, Framingham Normal school, 1924. Teacher, household
arts. Oak Bluffs, Mass., 1924-26. Present position, 1926-

BowEN, Irma G., Assistant Professor of Home Economics

B.S., University of Rochester, 1925; graduate of Mechanics Institute,
Rochester, New York, 1911; Teachers college, Columbia university,
1915-17. Studied, Boston Museum of Fine Arts; Grace Cornells'
Art school; and Fellowcrafter's school, Boston. Teacher: Mechanics
Institute, 1911-15; New York Institute for the Blind, 1915-16;
University of Nebraska, 1917-18; University of Louisiana, 1918;
government service, 1918-20; director of training shop, Fashion Park
Clothing factory, 1919-20. Instructor in home economics. University
of New Hampshire, 1920-27. Present position, 1927-

BowLER, Edmond W., Professor of Civil Engineering

S.B. in Sanitary Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1914; assistant, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1914-15;
topographer, U. S. Geological survey, 1913, 1915, 1916; second and

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

first lieutenant, Engineer corps, U. S. A., Canal Zone, 1917-19.
Assistant professor of mathematics, University of New Hampshire,
1920-27; assistant professor of civil engineering. 1927-28; associate
professor, 1928-29. Present position, 1931-

Bradley, R. Claude, Extension PouUryman

A.B., B.S., B.S. Educ, Central Missouri State Teachers college,
1920; M.S., Cornell university, 1921; Ph.D., ihid,, 1926. Instructor
in residence and extension teaching in poultry husbandry, Cornell
university, 1921-26; research specialist for Pacific Egg producers,
New York City, 1927; Manager, Garber Leghorn farm, Enid, Okla-
homa, 1927-31. Present position, 1931-

Breon, Willard S., Graduate Assistant in Agricultural and Biological
Chemistry in the College of Agriculture
B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1937. Present position, 1937-

Brown, Fred H., Staff Sergeant, Detached Enlisted Men's List U. S. A.,
Assistant in Military Science and Tactics.
Enlisted in U. S. army, 1915; service in A.E.F., France, from 1917; in
action near Luneville, Lorraine, August, 1918; participated in battles
of St. Mihiel and the Meuse-Argonne, September and October, 1918;
promoted sergeant, 1919; service on the Rhine, 1919; returned to the
United States, 1922; R.O.T.C, University of New Hampshire, 1924;
staff sergeant, 1937

BuFFiNGTON, ALBERT F., Instructor in Languages

A.B., Bucknell university, 1928; A.M., Harvard university, 1932;
Ph.D., ibid., 1937. Student, summer 1926, University of Berlin,
Germany. University of Pennsylvania, Lauber Fellowship in Ger-
man, 1930; University of Pittsburgh, Fellowship in German, 1930;
University of Chicago Fellowship, 1930. Part-time instructor in
German, Bucknell university, 1927-28; head of German department,
Central High school, Scranton, Pa., 1928-30; part-time instructor in
German, Harvard university, 1930-37. Present position, 1937-

BuRACKER, Samuel L., Major, Infantry, Assistant Professor of Military
Science and Tactics
Virginia Military Institute, 1912-15. Served with 318th infantry,
80th division, A.E.F., in the Artois sector, Picardy, St. Mihiel, and in
the Meuse-Argonne. Communications Course, Second Corps schools,
Chatillon-sur-Seine, 1918; 12th U. S. infantry. Fort Meade, Maryland,
1920-21; commanded the Infantry school detachment, Fort Benning,
Georgia, 1921-24; headquarters staff. Infantry school, 1924-25; grad-
uate, Company Officers' class, Infantry school, 1926; 15th U. S. in-
fantry, Tientsin, China, 1926-29; headquarters staff, Infantry school,
1930-34. Present position, 1934-

Butler, Ormond R., Professor of Botany and Botanist of the Experiment
Station
B.S., M.S., University of California, 1905; Ph.D., Cornell university,
1910. Assistant in viticulture, 1904-05; assistant at Whittier Patho-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

logical laboratory, 1906-08; research instructor, department of horti-
culture, University of Wisconsin, 1910-12, Botanist, New Hampshire
Experiment station, 1912. Present position, 1912-

Calnan, C. Dorothy, Assistant in Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1933; AT .8., ibid., 1936. Present
position, 1937-

Carlisle, Nancy E., Home Demonstration Agent in Carroll County
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934. Acting home demonstra-
tion agent, Carroll county, January-March, 1935; filing clerk, de-
partment of agriculture. Concord, N. H.; commercial demonstrating,
1935. Home demonstration agent at large, University of New
Hampshire, 1935-38. Present position, 1938-

Case, George W., Dean of tlie College of Technology, Director of the
Engineering Experiment Station, and Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S. in C.E., Purdue university, 1906; M.C.E., Cornell university,
1912. Assistant professor of civil engineering, Purdue, 1907-13;
assistant professor of sanitary engineering, 1913-14, associate profes-
sor of sanitary engineering, 1914-16, professor of sanitary engineering,
1919-22, University of Pittsburgh. Chief engineer, American City
Engineering company, 1920-25. Dean of the College of Technology
and professor of mechanical engineering. University of New Hamp-
shire, 1925-29; professor of civil engineering, 1926-29. Present
position, 1929-

Caughey, Robert A., Research Assistant in the Engineering Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935; M.S., Massachusetts
State college, 1937. Present position, 1937-

Chapman, Donald H., Assistant Professor of Geology

B.A., University of Michigan, 1927; M.A., ibid., 1928; Ph.D., ibid.,
1931. Assistant in geology, University of Michigan, 1926-28; instruc-
tor in geology, Dartmouth college, 1928-30; part-time instructor in
geology, University of Michigan, 1930-31; visiting professor of physi-
ography and meterology, department of geography of the School of
Geology, Louisiana State university, second semester, 1937-38. In-
structor in geology. University of New Hampshire, 1931-36. Present
position, 1936-
Leave of absence, second semester, 1937-38

Charles, T. Burr, B.S., Professor of Poultry Husbandry and Poultry
Husbandman of the Experiment Station
B.S., Cornell university, 1915. Assistant and instructor, Cornell
university, 1913-16. Practical poultryman in New York state,
1916-20, 23-26. Instructor and assistant professor, Pennsylvania
State college, 1920-23; associate professor, 1926-28. Present posi-
tion 1928-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Christensen, Ernest W., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Athletics
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1923, Assistant coach of foot-
ball, University of New Hampshire, fall terms of 1923 and 1924.
Instructor in physical education and athletics, University of New
Hampshire, 1925-35. Present position, 1935-

Clapp, Henry S., Instructor in Ornamental Horticulture and Supervising
Landscape Architect
B.S., Cornell university, 1931. Graduate study, Cornell university,
spring 1931 and summers 1933, 36; Harvard School of Landscape
Architecture, 1935-36; nurseryman, Long Island State Park commis-
sion, IsHp, New York, 1930. Present position, 1931-

Clapp, James W., Instructor in Chemistry

B.S., Massachusetts State college, 1936. Graduate assistant in
chemistry, University of New Hampshire, 1936-37. Present position,
1937-

CoATEs, William H., Assistant in the Soil Survey, Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934. Present position, 1935-

CoLBURN, Hazel A., Assistant Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Hills-
borough County
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935. Present position, 1935-

CoLOVOS, Nicholas F., Assistant in Animal Husbandry in the Experi-
ment station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1927; M.S., ibid., 1931. Present
position, 1928-

CoNKLiN, James G., Instructor in Entomology and Assistant Entomologist
of the Experiment Station
B.S., Connecticut Agricultural college, 1926; M.S., University of
New Hampshire, 1929. Graduate work, Ohio State university,
1929-31. U.S.D.A., Bureau of Entomology, 1926-28. Graduate
Assistant, Ohio State university, 1929-31. Field assistant, U.S.D.A.,
Bureau of Entomology, summer 1930. Present position, 1931-

CoNROY, John J., Instructor in Physical Education and Athletics

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1932. Assistant, department of
physical education and athletics. University of New Hampshire,
1932-35. Present position, 1935-

CoRTEz, Edmund A., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Taylor university, 1923; B.O., Asbury college, 1924; B.D.,
Asbury Theological seminary, 1925; M.A., Columbia university,
1926; Ed.M., Harvard university, 1927; organizer and director of
social-religious groups, Taylor university, 1921-23; associate in dra-
matics and public speaking, Asbury college, 1924-25; assistant
supervisor of religious education. Labor Temple, New York city,
1925-26; part-time instructor in declamation, Phillips Exeter acad-
emy, 1928-33. Instructor in English, University of New Hampshire,
1927-29. Present position, 1929-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Coulter, Charles W., Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Toronto, 1908; B.D., Victoria college, 1909;
M.A., Yale university, 1910; Ph.D., ihid., 1914. Assistant in eco-
nomics, Yale university, 1914; instructor in sociology, Western Re-
serve university, 1915-19; assistant professor. Western Reserve
university, 1919-23; exchange professor, University of Nanking, fall
semester, 1922-23; Princeton-in- Peking lecturer, University of Peking,
spring semester, 1922-23; Summer schools: Lakeside, 1926, 27;
Hampton institute, 1928; Western Reserve university, 1929; visiting
professor to universities of South Africa under Carnegie corporation,
1929-30; professor of sociology, Ohio Wesleyan university, 1923-34.
Present position, 1934-

CowDEN, Herbert B., Instructor in CJiemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1936. Graduate assistant in
chemistry. University of New Hampshire, 1936-37. Present position,
1937-

CowELL, William H., Professor and Director of Physical Education and
Athletics
B.S., University of Kansas, 1910; University of IlHnois, 1911-12;
University of Pittsburgh, 1913. Coach, Haskell institute, Kansas,
1914. Present position, 1915-

Daggett, Albert F., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1928; M.S., ibid., 1930; Ph.D.,
Columbia university, 1934. Instructor, University of New Hamp-
shire, 1928-31; research associate, Columbia university, first semester,
1934-35; instructor. Hunter college, second semester and summer
session, 1934-35; instructor in chemistry. University of New Hamp-
shire, 1935-37. Present position, 1937-

Dart, J. Doris, Head Cataloguer

B.A., McGill university, 1921; graduate student, Yale university,
1921-23; certificate, Pratt Institute School of Library Science, 1925;
cataloguer, Yale university library, 1926-29; acting librarian. Univer-
sity of New Hampshire, Februarv 6-March 21, 1932. Present posi-
tion, 1929-

Davis, Henry A., Assistant in Agricidtural and Biological Chemistry in
the College of Agriculture and the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1932; M.S., ibid., 1934. Gradu-
ate assistant in agricultural and biological chemistry in the Experiment
station. University of New Hampshire, 1932-34. Present position,
1934-

Davis, Marion S., Home Demonstration Agent in Sullivan County
B.E., Keene Normal school, 1929. Teacher of home economics,
Springfield, Vermont, high school, 1929-37. Present position, 1937-

Dawson, Charles O., Instructor in Civil Engineering

B.C.E., Ohio State university, 1930. Present position, 1930-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Degler, Carroll M., Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., University of Kansas, 1925; M.B.A., New York university,
1927. Student assistant, University of Kansas, 1923-25; assistant
instructor. New York university, 1927-28 and 1936-37; instructor in
economics, University of New Hampshire, 1928-36. Present position,
1936-

DeQuoy, Stanley W., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Grafton County
Graduate, Essex County Agricultural school, 1917. Poultryman,
North Andover, Mass., 1918-19; egg-laying contest poultryman,
Essex County Agricultural school, 1920-21; Club agent, Essex county,
Mass., 1921-26. Present position, 1926-

Demos, Miltiades S., Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Robert college, Constantinople, Turkey, 1922; Ph.D., Harvard
university, 1926. Sheldon Traveling fellow of Harvard university,
Munich, Germany, 1926-27. Instructor, Harvard university,
1927-28; instructor, Columbia university, 1928-31. Present posi-
tion, 1931-

Devens, W. George, Captain, Coast Artillery Corps, Assistant Professor
of Military Science and Tactics
B.S., United States Naval academy, 1924. Graduate of Coast Artil-
lery school, regular course, 1935; Ordnance school, Course II, 1931;
School for bakers and cooks, Fort McKinley, Philippine Islands, 1929;
52nd Coast artillery, 1924-28; 91st Coast artillery, Philippine Islands,
1928-30; ordnance department, 1930-34; education and recreation
officer, Fort Mills, PhiUppine Islands, 1929-30; department director.
Ordnance Field Service school, Raritan arsenal, New Jersey, 1931-34.
Present position, 1935-

DiCKEY, Edna F., Assistant in History

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1933; M.A., ihid., 1936. Gradu-
ate assistant in history, University of New Hampshire, 1934-36.
Present position, 1936-

DixoN, Paul J., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Carroll County

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1928. Present position, 1928-

DoE, Roger M., Assistant in Animal Husbandry in the Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934; M.S., ibid., 1936. Present
position, 1935-

DoNOVAN, Edward T., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1921. Assistant, University of Wis-
consin, 1921; assistant and instructor, Purdue university, 1921-24;
assistant engineer, Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul railway, 1924-26.
Present position, 1926-

DouGHERTY, LAWRENCE A., Extension Economist in Marketing

B.S., Purdue university, 1921. Teacher, secondary schools and nor-
mal college, Iowa, Indiana, and Montana, 1921-30. Present position,
1930-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Downey, Paul B., M.S., Assistant in Chemistry

B.S., Worcester Polytechnic institute, 19v36; M.S., University of New
Hampshire, 1938. Present position, February 1, 1938-

DuNN, Stuart, Assistant Professor of Botany and Assistant Botanist of
the Experiment Station
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.S., Iowa State college, 1925;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1931. Assistant in plant physiology,
University of Minnesota, 1923-24; fellow in botany, Iowa State
college, 1924-25; instructor in plant physiology, Iowa State college,
1925-26. Instructor in botany and assistant botanist of the Experi-
ment station, University of New Hampshire, 1926-37. Present
position, 1937-

DuRGiN, RosLYN C, Record of Performance Inspector and Research
Assistant in Poultry Husbandry in the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1930. Assistant poultry tester
and assistant foreman of the poultry plant, University of New^ Hamp-
shire, 1930-31; assistant poultry tester in the Experiment station,
1931-35; record of performance and certification inspector in poultry
husbandry in the Experiment station, 1935-36. Present position,
1936-

Eadie, William R., Instructor in Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1932; M.S., ibid., 1933. As-
sistant in zoology, University of New Hampshire, 1933-35. Present
position, 1935-

Eastman, M. Gale, Dean of the College of Agriculture and Professor of
Agricultural Economics
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1913; M.S., Cornell university, 1916;
Ph.D., ibid., 1931. County agent, Sullivan county. New Hampshire,
1913-14; assistant commissioner of agriculture. State House, Concord,
N. H., 1914-15; superintendent. Willow farm. New London, N. H.,
1916-18; assistant professor of agronomy and assistant agronomist of
the Experiment station. New Hampshire college, 1918-25; associate
professor of agronomy and associate agronomist of the Experiment
station, 1925-29; professor of agricultural economics and associate
agricultural economist of the Experiment station, 1929-31; associate
dean, 1931-33. Present position, 1933-

Ekdahl, Adolph G., Associate Professor of Psychology

D.M.D., Tufts College Dental school, 1912; A.B., Clark college,
1919; A.M., ibid., 1920; Ph.D., Ohio State university, 1925. As-
sistant and scholar in psychology, Clark university, 1919-20; in-
structor in psychology, Syracuse university, 1920-22; assistant pro-
fessor of psychology, ibid., 1922-23; instructor in psychology, Ohio
State university, 1923-25; professor of education, Howard college
Summer school, 1926, 27, and 28. Assistant professor of education.
University of New Hampshire, 1926-28; associate professor of educa-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

tion and psychology, 1928-29; associate professor of philosophy and
psychology, 1929-34. Present position, 1934-

Ekdahl, Naomi M. G., Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Syracuse university, 1922; M.A., ibid., 1923; Ph.D., Ohio State
university, 1925. Dean of women and professor of education, How-
ard college Summer school, 1927; dean of women and instructor in
education, University of New Hampshire Summer school, 1928 and
1929; dean of women and assistant professor, ibid., 1930-; instructor
(part time) in education, University of New Hampshire, 1926-29;
assistant professor of education, 1929-34. Present position, 1934-
Leave of absence, second semester 1937-38

Ellis, Elizabeth E., State Nutrition Specialist in the Extension Service
B.S., Teachers college, Columbia university, 1927; M.A., ibid., 1929.
Graduate in home economics, Normal school, Truro, Nova Scotia,
1916; home economics diploma, MacDonald institute, Guelph, On-
tario, 1920. Instructor, School of Home Economics, Truro; Halifax
Ladies college, Nova Scotia; Soldier Settlement board, Woman's
institute, and the Halifax Health center, 1916-27. Present position,
1929-

Ells WORTH, Clifford C, Assistant Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in
Rockingham County
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935. Present position, 1935-

EvANS, Nell W., Instructor in Physical Education for Women

B.S. in P.E., Sargent college of Boston university, 1935; M.Ed.,
University of New Hampshire, 1937. Graduate assistant in physical
education for women, University of New Hampshire, 1935-37. Pres-
ent position, 1937-

Falt, Mary H., Circulation Librarian

B.A., Acadia, 1926; B.S., Simmons college, School of Library Science,
1927. Present position, 1927-

Floyd, John A., Instructor in Languages

A.B., Boston University 1928; Diplome de Frangais; Degre Superieur,
University of Dijon, France, 1929; M.A., Middlebury college, 1937.
Present position, 1929-

FoGG, Heman C, Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1918; M.S., ibid., 1920; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Michigan, 1933. Assistant" in chemistry, New Hampshire
college, 1918-21; instructor in chemistry, 1921-27; assistant professor
of chemistry, 1927-36. Present position, 1936-. Leave of absence,
1937-38

Fogg, Lloyd C, Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., Dartmouth college, 1922; M.S., ibid., 1924; Ph.D., Columbia
university, 1930. Instructor, general biology and genetics, Dart-
mouth college, 1922-24; instructor, general biology, Washington
Square college, New York university, 1924-31; cytologist, assigned to

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

cancer investigations at Harvard Medical school, U. S. Public Health
service, 1932-36; research fellow in preventive medicine and hygiene,
Harvard Medical school. Instructor in zoology, University of New
Hampshire, 1937. Present position, 1937-

FouLKROD, George M., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering
and Assistant Agricultural Engineer in the Extension Service
B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1919; B.S. in agricultural engineering,
ibid., 1931; M.S. in agricultural education, i&«^., 1931. Instructor and
assistant professor, Pennsylvania State college, 1919-31. Instructor
in agricultural engineering and assistant agricultural engineer in the
Experiment station, University of New Hampshire, 1933-36; assistant
professor of agricultural engineering in the department of agronomy,
1936-37. Present position, 1937-

French, Kendrick S., Instructor in Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935; M.S., ibid., 1937. Student
assistant in chemistry. University of New Hampshire, 1933-35.
Present position, 1935-

FuNKHOUSER, J AMES A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1925; Ph.D., Ohio State
university, 1930. Assistant and instructor, Ohio State university,
1926-30. Present position, 1930-

Geraghty, Mary L., Research Assistant in Agricultural Economics in the
Experiment Station
A.B., Mt. Holyoke college, 1933. Clerk, actuarial department,
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance company, 1934-37. Present
position, 1937-

Getchell, Edward L., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maine, 1914; E.E., ibid., 1920. Engineering staff.
Stone & Webster, 1914-15; assistant superintendent. Gore Welding &
Manufacturing company, Boston, 1915-16; submaster, Lawrence
academy, Groton, Mass., 1916; principal, Westport High school, 1917.
Instructor in mechanical engineering, New Hampshire college, 1917;
in charge of auto mechanics and gas engine section in connection with
vocational work at New Hampshire college, 1918; acting head of
department, 1918-19; assistant professor of mechanical engineering,
1918-29. Present position, 1929-

GiBBS, Kenneth E., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Hillsborough County
B.S., University of Maine, 1923. State forester, Orono, Maine,
summer of 1923; agricultural teacher, Leavitt institute, Turner Cen-
ter, Maine, 1923-25. Present position, 1925-

Gillette, Willard R., Graduate Assistant in Botany in the Experiment
Station
B.S., Massachusetts State college, 1936. County supervisor, shade
tree pest control, Middlesex county, Mass., June-September, 1935.
Present position, 1936-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Glover, Leon C, Research Assistant in Entomology in the Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1923; M.S., ibid., 1928; Ph.D.,
Iowa State college, 1936. Present position, 1928-

Grant, Robert H., Instructor in English

A.B., Bowdoin college, 1933. Teacher: Gardiner, Maine, High
school, 1933-36; Laconia, New Hampshire, High school, 1936-37.
Present position, 1937-

Gray, Rena, Home Demonstration Agent in Belknap County

B.S., Simmons college; A.M., Columbia university, 1928. Home
economics teacher, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, and Hawaii,
1917-27. Present position, 1928-

Grasso, Salvatore, Assistant in Civil Engineering

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1937. Student engineer, Moose
Brook Park C.C.C. Camp, Gorham, N. H., June-September, 1935;
with U. S. army engineers on flood control projects, July-September,
1936. Present position, 1937-

Grigaut, Paul L., Assistant Professor of Languages

B. es L., 1926, Certifie de Licence (Sorbonne); Dipldme de TEcole du
Louvre, 1932. Lycee Henri IV, Paris, 1917-24; Paris university,
Sorbonne, 1924-27, 1931-32; National School of the Louvre Museum,
Paris, 1926-27. Instructor in languages, University of New Hamp-
shire, 1927-30. Present position, 1930-

Grinnell, Harold C, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and
Assistant Agricultural Economist in the Experiment Station
B.S., Cornell university, 1921; M.S., ihid., 1.930. Dairy farmer,
Broadalbin, New York, 1921-28; field agent, Federal Farm board,
1930-31; acting agricultural economist. University of Vermont,
1931-32. Present position, 1932-

Haddock, Jay L., Extension Agronomist

B.S., Brigham Young university, 1930; M.S., Massachusetts State
college, 1932. Instructor, agronomy department, Massachusetts State
college, 1930-35. Present position, 1935-

Hager, Russell P., Assistant in Zoology

B.A., Bates college, 1934; M.A., University of IlUnois, 1935. Gradu-
ate student. Brown university, 1935.-37. Present position, 1937-

Hall, Clyde N., Assistant Extension Dairyman

B.S., University of Maine, 1923. Teacher, New York, 1923-25;
Maine, 1925-28. Milk tester, Mass., 1929-32; New Hampshire,
1932-33. Present position, 1933-

Hall, Mary A., Acting Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Cheshire County
B.Ed., Keene Normal school, 1929. Teacher, High school, Canaan,
New Hampshire, 1929-33; recreation advisor, Cheshire county,
1934-37. Present position, 1937-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Hart WELL, William H., Assistant Professor of Physics

B.S,, Boston university, 1924; M.A., Wesleyan university, 1927.
Assistant in physics, Boston university, 1924-26; assistant in physics,
Wesleyan university, 1926-27; instructor in physics, University of
Maine, 1927-28; assistant in physics, Harvard university, 1928-29.
Instructor in physics, University of New Hampshire, 1929-33. Pres-
ent position, 1933-

Hauslein, John D., Assistant Professor of Economics

B.A., Yale university, 1916; M.A., Yale university, 1920. Laboratory
assistant in accounting, Yale university, 1917; junior accountant,
Whittlesey, Wythes & Wilson, New York city, 1919; field auditor,
U. S. Housing corporation, Bridgeport, Connecticut, 1920; instructor
in accounting, Yale university, 1921-26. Present position, 1926-

Henderson, Oren v.. Registrar

Valparaiso university. Purchasing agent, New Hampshire college,
1914-20; executive secretary and registrar, 1920-21. Present posi-
tion, 1921-

Hennessy, Bethyl C, Assistant in Oral English

Graduate, Oakland City college, School of Oratory, 1911; special
student. King's School of Oratory, 1912; special student of Miss
Diana Storm (Washington Square Players' school, New York city),
1919. Professional reader, 1913-22. Instructor in English (part-
time). University of New Hampshire, 1924-25; instructor in English,
1925-28. Present position, 1929-

Hennessy, William G., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Boston university, 1916; A.M., Boston university, 1924. Pro-
fessional stage manager and drama director, 1916, 1919-21; A.E.F.,
U.S.A., 1917-19; instructor in English and history, Hampton institute,
Virginia, 1921; instructor in English and history, Northampton,
Mass., High school, 1921-23; associate professor, Boston university
Summer school, 1926 and 1928. Public speaking, coach of debating.
University of New Hampshire, 1923-25; director of dramatics, 1923-.
Instructor in English, University of New Hampshire, 1923-24; as-
sistant professor of English, 1924-28. Present position, 1928-

Hepler, Jesse R., Associate Professor of Horticulture and Associate
Horticulturist of the Experiment Station
B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1911; M.S., University of Wisconsin,
1922; instructor and graduate student in horticulture, University of
Wisconsin, 1912-16. Assistant professor of horticulture and assistant
horticulturist of the Experiment station. University of New Hamp-
shire, 1917-31. Present position, 1931-

Herr, Clarence S., Assistant Extension Forester

B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1925; M.S., Harvard, 1930. As-
sistant county agent in Coos and Grafton counties. University of New
Hampshire, 1928-36; acting extension forester, April-June, 1935.
Present position, 1936-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

HicKEY, Joseph W., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1937. Present position, 1937-

HiGGiNS, Leroy J., Assistant Professor of Agronomy and Assistant
Agronomist of the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1923. Submaster and teacher
of agriculture, Walpole, N. H., High school, 1923-25; headmaster and
teacher of agriculture, Sunapee, N. H., High school, 1925-27. In-
structor in agronomy, University of New Hampshire, 1927-28.
Headmaster, Pittsburg, N. H., High school, 1928-29. Instructor in
agronomy and assistant agronomist of the Experiment station, Uni-
versity of New Hampshire, 1929-32. Present position, 1932-

HiLL, Hazel E., Extension Specialist in Clothing

B.S. in Educ, Framingham State Teachers' college, 1928. Teacher,
junior high school, high school and evening practical arts school. East
Douglas, Mass., 1920-22 and Chicopee, Mass., 1922-26. Present
position, 1928-

HiTCHCOCK, Leon W., Professor of Electrical Engineering

B.S., Worcester Polytechnic institute, 1908. Engaged in industrial
electrical engineering, 1908-14; Revising and writing courses in
electrical railways, practical electricity, electrical transmission and
practical mathematics, with the department of university extension,
Massachusetts State board of education, 1916-17; head instructor,
electricians' division, New Hampshire college, United States army
training detachment, 1918. Instructor in electrical engineering, New
Hampshire college, 1910-12; assistant professor, 1912-18; associate
professor, 1918-21. Present position, 1921-

HoBAN, Margaret R., Assistant Professor and Director of Physical Edu-
cation for Women
B.S., Boston university, 1931; graduate of Sargent School for Physical
Education, 1925; Roger's School of Dramatic Art, 1927. Instructor,
Hannah More academy, 1925-27; instructor and director of physical
education for women, Thiel college, 1927-30. Director, Camp
Marlyn for girls, 193 1-. Present position, 1931-

HoBBY, Irving R., Instructor in Political Science

B.B.A., College of Business Administration, Boston university, 1922.
Instructor in marketing, Boston university, 1921-25; instructor,
Phillips-Andover academy, 1925-26; high school teacher, Middleboro,
Mass., 1927-28; Cranston, Rhode Island, 1928-29; Rutland, Vermont,
1930-36; managing director, Fisk Rubber company, Berlin, Germany;
head of merchandising service department, Flint Daily Journal,
Flint, Michigan; field manager, General Service company, Boston.
Instructor in economics. University of New Hampshire, 1936-37,
Present position, 1937-

HoDGDON, Albion R., Instructor in Botany

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1930; M.S., ibid., 1932; Ph.D.,
Harvard university, 1936. Graduate assistant in botany. University

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

of New Hampshire, 1930-32; assistant in botany and biology, Harvard
university and Radcliffe college, 1932-36. Present position, 1936-

HoiTT, Samuel W., Assistant State Leader, Boys' and Girls' Club Work
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1928; M.S., ibid., 1931. Gradu-
ate assistant in agricultural economics in the Experiment station. Uni-
versity of New Hampshire, 1929-31; assistant Boys' and Girls' club
agent in Rockingham county, 1931-35. Present position, 1935-

H OLDEN, Edward W., Agricultural Agent in Merrimack County

B.S., University of Maine, 1923. Agricultural agent, Strafford
county. University of New Hampshire Extension service, 1923-24.
Present position, 1924-

H DOVER, Earl E., Assistant Professor of Economic Zoology

B.S., Lebanon Valley college, 1934. Instructor, Johns Hopkins uni-
versity, 1934-35; field zoologist, U. S. department of the interior, in
charge of New England region, 1935; biologist. New Hampshire Fish
and Game commission, 1936-. Present position, 1938-

HousTON, Norman J., Research Assistant in the Engineering Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1930. Estimator and draughts-
man, Caughey & Pratt, Antrim, N. H., 1930-31; first lieutenant
CA-Res., 6th COG district, Camp Charles M. Smith, VVaterbury,
Vermont, 1935-36; foreman, Littleton Construction company, Little-
ton, N. H., 1937. Present position, 1937-

HowES, Horace L., Professor of Physics

B.S., Syracuse university, 1905; Ph.D., Cornell university, 1915. In-
structor in Physics, Cook academy, Montour Falls, New York,
1905-10. Research assistant, Carnegie institution of Washington,
1915-18. Summer research work with Professor Nichols of Cornell on
fluorescent radiation, 1918-30. Present position, 1918-

Huddleston, Eric T., Professor of Architecture and Supervising Archi-
tect of the University
B.Arch., Cornell university, 1910. Postle and Fisher, Chicago, 1910;
S. Cronin, architect, Chicago, 1911; American Terra Gotta company,
Chicago, 1911; Pretzinger and Musselman, architects, Da>i;on, Ohio,
1912-13; Schenk and Williams, architects, Dayton, 1914. Professor
of Architecture, University of New Hampshire, 1914; supervising
architect, University of New Hampshire, 1919. Present position,
1919-

Hudon, Lillian B., Acting Manager of the University Dining Hall and
Instructor in Home Economics
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1926. Teacher of home eco-
nomics, St. Faith's school, Saratoga Springs, 1926-29; teacher of Latin
and history, ibid., 1927-29. Assistant manager of the university
dining hall. University of New Hampshire, 1929-37. Present position,
1937-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Iddles, Harold A., Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Michigan State college, 1918; M.S., University of Iowa, 1921;
Ph.D., Columbia university, 1925. Instructor in chemistry, Michi-
gan State college, 1918-20; research assistant in organic chemistry,
University of Iowa, 1920-22; instructor in organic chemistry, Colum-
bia university, 1922-29. University of Graz, Austria, summer of
1926. Cutting traveling fellow, research work at University of
Manchester, England, and University of Munich, Germany, 1927-28.
Present position, 1929-

Jackson, Alma D., Associate Professor of Zoology

DePauw university, 1903-05; B.A., Ohio State university, 1907; M.A.,
ibid., 1908. Assistant in the department of zoology. New Hampshire
college, 1908-12; instructor in zoology, 1917-26; assistant professor of
zoology, 1926-29. Present position, 1929-

Jackson, C. Floyd, Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Professor of
Zoology
B.A., DePauw university, 1905; M.S., Ohio State university, 1906.
Instructor, DePauw university, 1904-05; fellow, Ohio State univer-
sity, 1905-07. Instructor in entomology. New Hampshire college,
1908-09; assistant professor of entomology and zoology, 1909-10;
professor of zoology and entomology, 1910-17; professor of zoology,
1917-30. Present position, 1930-

Jackson, Frederick D., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1920. Western Electric company.
New York, 1920-21; instructor in School of Electrical Engineering,
Cornell university, 1921-23; radio engineering department of the Gen-
eral Electric company, 1923-24; Philadelphia Electric company,
summer 1922; American Telephone and Telegraph company, long
lines department, Philadelphia, summer 1925; General Electric com-
pany, summer 1929; New England Telephone and Telegraph com-
pany, summer 1930. Instructor in electrical engineering, University
of New Hampshire, 1924-27. Present position, 1927-

Jarest, Joseph R., Research Assistant in the Engineering Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934. Present position, 1937-

Jewett, Irene E., Assistant Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Grafton
County
B.E., Keene Normal school, 1932. Teacher, Monroe, New Hamp-
shire, 1932-34. Present position, 1934-

JoHNSON, Arthur W., Associate Professor of Economics

Bay Path institute. Normal department, Springfield, Mass.; B.B.A.,
College of Business Administration, Boston university; M.B.A., ibid.,
1929. Certified public accountant, New Hampshire; head of commer-
cial department, Oldtown High school, Oldtown, Maine, 1915-16;
head of accounting department. Bay Path institute, 1916-17; instruc-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

tor in accounting and business mathematics, Medford, Mass., high
school, 1917-20; special instructor of accounting. College of Business
Administration, Boston university, evening division, 1930-31; secre-
tary-treasurer, State Board of Accountancy, New Hampshire. In-
structor in economics. New Hampshire college, 1920-21; assistant
professor of economics, 1921-27. Present position, 1927-

JOHNSON, Gibson R., Assistant Professor of History

A.B., Muskingum college, 1916; M.A., Princeton university, 1920;
Ph.D., Edinburgh university, 1922. Graduate study. University of
Berlin, summer of 1921. Associate and professor of religion, Muskin-
gum college, 1922-29; dean of School of Religion, Parsons college,
1929-32. Present position, 1932-

JoNES, Arthur W., Assistant Professor of History

Ph.B., Dennison university, 1920; M.A., Ohio State university, 1923.
Graduate work. Harvard university, 1925-26. Principal, Everly
High school, Everly, Iowa, 1921-22; instructor, European history,
Ohio State university, 1923-25; instructor, Bureau of University
Travel — in Europe, 1926-. Present position, 1926-. Leave of ab-
sence, 1937-38

Justice, Charles M., Instructor in Physical Education and Athletics
B.A., University of Nebraska, 1932. Science instructor, director of
athletics and coach, Cambridge, Nebraska, high school, 1932-34; head
football coach, director of intramural sports, track coach, assistant
commandant of cadet regiment, and physical education instructor.
Central High school, Omaha, Nebraska, 1934-37. Present position,
1937-

Kalijarvi, Thorsten v., Professor of Political Science

A.B., Clark university, 1920; A.M., ibid., 1923; Ph.D., University of
Berlin, 1935. Graduate work, Carnegie Endowment fellow. School of
Arts and Sciences, Harvard university, 1920-22. Attended Hague
Academy of International Law and Geneva School of International
Relations, summer of 1929. Conducted Manchester public forum,
February-April, 1937. Instructor in modern languages, University of
New Hampshire, 1923-24; instructor in history and political science,
1924-25; assistant professor of history and political science, 1925-27;
assistant professor and acting head of the department of political sci-
ence, 1927-28; associate professor of political science, 1928-37. Pres-
ent position, 1937-

Karr, Margaret, Instructor in Home Economics

B.S., University of Maryland, 1930; M.A., Mills college, 1932. Fel-
lowship in the department of child development. Mills college, 1931-32.
Instructor in department of child development. Mills college, 1932-35 ;
and summer schools of 1935, 36, ibid. Research assistant, Fels
Research institute, Antioch college. Present position, 1937-

Kelley, Ruth B., Library Assistant

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1937. Present position, 1937-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Kendall, John C, Director of the Experiment Station and Extension
Service
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1902; Instructor and assistant professor
of dairy husbandry. North Carolina State college, 1902-07; Kansas
State dairy commissioner, 1907-08; professor of dairy husbandry,
Kansas State Agricultural college, 1908-10. Director, New Hamp-
shire Agricultural Experiment station, 19 10-, Director of Extension
service, 1911-

KiCHLiNE, William L., Instructor in Mathematics

B.A., Lehigh university, 1924; M.S., ibid., 1928. Assistant in mathe-
matics, Lehigh university, 1924-28; instructor in mathematics, ihid.,
1928-31. Present position, 1931-

Lamoureux, Lucille L., Gradtiate Assistant in Langtmges

A.B., Regis college, 1936; Junior year, Sorbonne, Paris, France, re-
ceiving Dipl6me de Civilisation Frangaise, Cours Sup6rieur, Diplome
de Langue Frangaise. Teacher of French, Miss Vining's Country Day
school, Winter Haven, Florida, 1936-37. Present position, 1937-

Lash, Mabel A., Home Demonstration Agent in Merrimack County
B.S., Simmons college, 1933. Clerk, one year; laboratory technician,
Manchester Dairy system, one year. Present position, 1935-

Latimer, L. Phelps, Assistant Professor of Horticulture and Assistant
Horticulturist of the Experiment Station
B.S., University of California, 1921; M.S., ihid., 1922; Ph.D., ihid.,
1926. Graduate assistant in pomology. University of California,
1922-26. Instructor in horticulture and assistant horticulturist of the
Experiment station, University of New Hampshire, 1926-28. Present
position, 1928-

Laton, Thomas J., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1904. Research in turbine work. Gen-
eral Electric company, Lynn, Mass., 1904-06; commercial turbine
work, General Electric company, 1906-07; summers of 1918 and 1920
with National Woodworking Machine company, Dover, New Hamp-
shire; summer of 1930 with Kidder Press company, Dover, New
Hampshire. Instructor in drawing. New Hampshire college, 1907-18;
assistant professor of drawing, 1918-25. Present position, 1925-

Leavitt, Harold I., Instructor in Physics

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1921; M.Ed., ihid., 1936. Grad-
uate student's course, Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing
company, 1921-22; commercial engineer, ibid., 1922-26. Present
position, 1928-

LiTTLE, Earl H., Instructor in Agricultural Education; State Supervisor
and Teacher Trainer, Agricultural Education, State Board of Edu-
cation
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1923; M.S., Cornell university,

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

1936, Submaster and teacher of vocational agriculture, Hopkinton
High school, Contoocook, New Hampshire, 1924-28; Walpole High
school, 1928-31. Instructor in agricultural education, University of
New Hampshire, 1931-

LiTTLEHALE, ALBERT D., ShepJicrd, Experiment Station
Present position, 1907-

LovEREN, Harold W., Superintendent of Property

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1923. Assistant chief engineer.
Pacific Mills, Dover, N. H., 1923-26. Present position, 1926-

LuNDHOLM, Carl, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Athletics
B.S., New Hampshire college. 1921. Instructor in American his-
tory and director of athletics, Spaulding High school, Barre, Ver-
mont, 1921-24; instructor in American history and director of ath-
letics, Deering High school, Portland, Maine, 1924-28. Acting
director, bureau of appointments. University of New Hampshire,
April 1-August 31, 1935; instructor in physical education and ath-
letics, ihid., 1928-35. Present position, 1935-

Lyford, Walter H., Jr., Assistant in the Soil Survey, Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1930; M.S., ihid., 1932. Gradu-
ate assistant in chemistry. University of New Hampshire, 1930-32.
Present position, 1935-

Macfarlane, James, Instructor in Floriculture and Florist of the Experi-
ment Station
Dr. Bell's Collegiate High, London, 1880. Royal Horticultural
Society's Experimental station, 1888. Work in private estates and
commercial greenhouses in England, Germany, Belgium, France,
Italy and New York, 1888-1915. Present position, 1915-

MacLeod, Alan G., Assistant Economist in Marketing in the Experiment
Station and Extension Service
B.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1927; M.A., ihid., 1929. Graduate
student. Harvard university, 1931-33, 1935. Chemist, Canadian
Co-operative Wheat Producers, 1929-31; resident observer, Brookings
institution, 1933; wheat specialist, Brookings institution, 1934.
Present position, 1936-

MacPhee, Gladys E., Instructor in Education

B.S., Simmons college, 1916; Ed.M., University of New Hampshire,
1936. Social service, Mass., 1916-19; Extension service, Massachu-
setts, 1919-21; Hampden county improvement league, Springfield,
Mass., 1921-23; teacher. Proctor academy, Andover, New Hampshire,
1926-36. Assistant in education, University of New Hampshire,
1936-37. Present position, 1937-

Magrath, Raymond C, Treasurer and Business Secretary

Burdett Business college, 1916. Northfield schools, Northfield,

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Mass., 1916-18 and 1919-20. Chief clerk, University of New Hamp-
shire, 1920-23; business secretary, 1923-27. Present position, 1927-

Manton, Robert W., Director and Associate Professor of Music

Harvard university, 1918; studied privately the pianoforte and organ
under Harris S. Shaw of Boston; composition under Edward B. Hill,
Boston, and M. Vincent d'Indy in Paris. Instructor in pianoforte,
Mitchell military school, Billerica, Mass.; taught privately piano,
harmony, counterpoint, etc., at Boston; organist and choirmaster,
Grace Episcopal church, South Boston. Director and instructor in
music. University of New Hampshire, 1923-26; assistant professor,
1926-28. Present position, 1928-

Marsden, Thomas H., Jr., Extension Horticulturist in Landscaping
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935. Present position, 1937-

Marsh, William F., General Trainer and Instructor in the Department of
Physical Education and Athletics
Woodlawn school, Worcester, Mass. Track coach and trainer, Iowa
State college, 1905; track coach, Colby college, 1908; track coach and
trainer, Bowdoin college, 1911; assistant track coach, Amherst col-
lege, 1921-22; freshman track coach and assistant trainer, Dartmouth
college, 1923-24. Present position, 1926-

Marston, Philip M., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1924; M.A.,i6wf., 1927. Student
assistant in education and psychology. University of New Hampshire,
1924; graduate assistant in education, psychology and social science,
1924-25; instructor in social science and sociology, 1925-29; assistant
professor of social science and sociology, 1929-30; assistant professor
of history and social science, 1930-31. Present position, 1931-

Martin, Carl L., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science and Veteri-
narian of the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1925; D.V.M., Ohio State uni-
versity, 1928. In general practice, Southbridge, Mass., 1928. Pres-
ent position, 1928-

Mason, Charles M., Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., University of Arizona, 1928; M.S., ihid., 1929; Ph.D., Yale
university, 1932. Present position, 1932-

McGrail, Thomas H., Assistant Professor of Efiglish

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1927; M.A., Cornell University,
1931; Vh..T>., ibid., 1936. Graduate assistant in English, University
of New Hampshire, 1927-28; instructor in English, 1928-36. Present
position, 1936-

McLaughlin, Helen F., Professor of Home Economics

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1909; B.S., Simmons college, 1915;
M.A., Teachers college, Columbia university, 1925. Home Demon-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

stration agent, New Hampshire Extension service, 1917-20; instructor
in household science, New Hampshire college, 1920-21; Associate
Professor, 1921-23. Present position, 1923-

Mead, Alden H., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Coos County

B.S., Cornell University, 1928. Assistant club agent, Monroe
county. New York, 1929; club agent, Columbia county. New York,
1929; farmer, New Milford, Pennsylvania, 1929-30. Present posi-
tion, 1930-

Melnick, Charles H,, Assistant in English

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1936. Cadet teacher, one term,
Haverhill, Mass., high school, 1935-36. Present position, 1937-

Meyers, Theodore R., Assistant Professor of Geology

B.A., Ohio State university, 1926; M.A., ihid., 1929. Austin fellow,
Harvard university, 1931-32. Assistant in geology, Ohio State uni-
versity, 1924-26; assistant geologist for the geological Survey of
Ohio, summers 1925-28; geologist. New Hampshire State highway
department, summers of 1935 and 36. Instructor in geology. Uni-
versity of New Hampshire, 1927-34. Present position, 1934-

MiLLER, Marvin A., Librarian

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1926; B.S., School of Library Serv-
ice, Columbia university, 1929. Library assistant. University of
North Carolina, 1923-26; English teacher, Leaksville, North Carolina,
high school, 1926-27; stack supervisor, New York public library,
1928-29; reference assistant, information desk. New York public
library; 1929-32. Present position, 1932-

Miller, Wilbur H., Instructor in Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1936. Graduate assistant in
chemistry. University of New Hampshire, 1936-37. Present position,
1937-

Mills, Marian E., Assistant Professor of Botany

B.S., Teachers college, Columbia university, 1917; M.A., ibid., 1920.
Instructor in science, high school, Montclair, New Jerse^^ 1915-21;
assistant in biology department. Teachers college, 1921-22; associate
professor of biology, Kent State Normal college, 1922-27. Present
position, 1927-

MooRE, Herbert C, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry and As-
sistant Dairy Husbandman in the Experiment Station
B.S., Purdue university, 1923; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1925.
Instructor in dairying, Rutgers university, 1925-26; chemist. The
Paulus Dairy company. Inc., New Brunswick, New Jersey, 1926-28.
Instructor in dairy husbandry and assistant daiiy husbandman in the
Experiment station. University of New Hampshire, 1928-35. Present
position, 1935-

Moran, Clement, Associate Professor of Physics

A.B., Defiance college, 1910; M.S., Cornell university, 1935. Instruc-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

tor in science and mathematics, Starkey seminary, Lakemont, N. Y.,
1910-14; standardizing laboratory of the General Electric company,
1917-19. Instructor in physics, New Hampshire college, 1914-18;
assistant professor of physics, 1918-29. Present position, 1929-

MoRROW, Kenneth S., Professor of Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Hus-
bandman of the Experifnent Station
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1918; M.S., ibid., 1925. Operated
dairy farm, Minnesota, 1919-24. Assistant dairy husbandman,
Clemson college, South Carolina, 1925; associate dairy husbandman,
ibid., 1926-28; assistant professor of dairy husbandry and associate
dairyman. University of West Virginia, 1928-31; assistant dairy
specialist in the Extension service, Rutgers university, 1931-34.
Present position, 1934-

Naghski, Joseph, Graduate Assistant in Bacteriology in the Department
of Botany in the College of Agriculture and the Experiment Station
B.S., Cornell University, 1936. Present position, 1936-

NuLSEN, William B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1918; M.S., University of
New Hampshire, 1930. General Electric company, Schenectady,
New York, 1918-26. Instructor in electrical engineering. University
of New Hampshire, 1926-29. Present position, 1929-

Oberlander, Andrew J., University Physician

B.S., Dartmouth college, 1926; M.D., Yale University, 1933. As-
sistant professor of physical education and assistant football coach,
Ohio State university, 1926-30; head football coach and assistant pro-
fessor in physical education, Wesleyan university, 1930-33; interne in
the University hospitals, Cleveland, Ohio, 1934-35; interne in the de-
partment of mental hygiene of the state of New York at Letchworth
village, 1935-36; private practice, Reading, Mass., 1936-37. Present
position, 1938-

O'Brien, Daniel A., Agricultural Agent in Coos County

Cornell university, 1913. Agricultural instructor, high school, Little
Valley, New York, 1913-17; assistant farm manager. Parish, New
York, 1920. Present position, 1920-

O'Connell, Elias M., Instructor in Forging

Graduate, Wentworth institute, course in forging, hardening and
tempering, 1923; graduate, two-year course in pattern making, ibid.,
1925. Employed as acetylene welder and shop worker for Biddle and
Smart of Amesbury, Mass., 1922-23; as pattern maker, 1925-26; elec-
tric welder Sullivan Machine company, Claremont, N. H., summers,
1936-37. Present position, 1926-

O'Kane, Walter C, Professor of Economic Entomology and Entomologist
of the Experiment Station
B.A., Ohio State university, 1897; M.A., ibid., 1909; D.Sc. (hon.),
ibid., 1932. Newspaper and magazine work, 1899-1909; United

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

States food administration, 1917-18; chairman of board appointed
by U. S. Secretary of Agriculture to combat Mediterranean fruit fly
in Florida, January-November, 1930. Deputy commissioner of
agriculture, State of New Hampshire, 19 13-; State nursery inspector,
1915-. Associate professor of entomology and assistant entomologist
in the Experiment station, New Hampshire college, 1909-10. Present
position, 1910-

Parker, Clifford S., Professor of Languages
A.B., Harvard university, 1912; A.M., ihid., 1914; Ph.D., Columbia
university, 1925. Master in French and German, St. Stephens school,
1912-13; instructor in French and German, Union College, 1914-16;
master in French and Spanish, Country Day school, Kansas City,
Missouri, 1916-17; assistant professor of French, University of
Nebraska, 1919-20; instructor in French, Columbia university, 1920-
28; associate professor of French, University of Maine, 1928-31.
Present position, 1931-

Parmenter, Miriam F., Home Demonstration Agent in Cheshire County
B.S.Ed., Framingham State Teachers college, 1937. Teacher,
home economics, high school, Holden, Mass., 1921-23; Clarke school
for the deaf, Northampton, Mass., 1923-25. Present position,
1925-

Partridge, Allan B., Assistant Professor of History

B.A., Clark university, 1922; M.A., ibid., 1923. Master in the Hol-
derness school, 1923-25. Instructor in history and political science.
University of New Hampshire, 1925-29. Present position, 1929-

Percival, Gordon P., Assistant Chemist in Agricultural and Biological
Chemistry in the Experiment Station
B.S., Massachusetts Agricultural college, 1924; M.S., ibid., 1926.
Graduate assistant, Massachusetts Agricultural college, 1924-26.
Present position, 1926-

Perkins, Donald M., Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1931; M.S., ibid., 1933. Grad-
uate assistant. University of New Hampshire, 1931-33. Present
position, 1933-

Perkins, Lillian R., Assistant, Library

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1933. Present position, 1934-

Perreton, Arnold, Assistant Professor of Architecture

B.Arch., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1927. One year of travel
and study in Europe. Two years with Janssen & Cocken, architects,
Pittsburgh. Instructor in architecture. University of New Hamp-
shire, 1928-31. Present position, 1931-

Perry, Errol C, Agricultural Agent for Carroll County

B.S., Massachusetts Agricultural college, 1919. Tester for cow
test associations, laborer and herdsman, Claremont, Lebanon and
Hooksett, New Hampshire, 1920-29. Present position, 1929-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Phelps, Willard B., Instructor in Geology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934; M.A., Ohio State univer-
sity, 1936. Graduate assistant in geology, Ohio State university,
1934-36; research geologist, ihid., 1936-37. Assistant in geology,
University of New Hampshire, September 1, 1937-January 31, 1938.
Present position, February 1, 1938-

Phillips, Thomas G., Professor of Agricultural and Biological Chemistry
and Chemist of the Experiment Station
B.S., Ohio State university, 1912; M.S., ihid., 1913; Ph.D., University
of Chicago, 1918. Instructor to professor, department of agricultural
chemistry, Ohio State university, 1912-25. Present position, 1925-

PiERCE, Dorothy, Graduate Assistant in the Department of Physical
Education for Women
B.S. in Phys. Educ, Sargent School for Physical Education, Boston
university, School of Education, 1937. N.Y.A. supervisor, play-
grounds, Leominster, Mass. Present position, 1937-

PiERCE, El WOOD C, Graduate Assistant in Agricultural and Biological
Chemistry
B.S., Ohio State university, 1937. Present position, 1937-

PiERCE, Everett W., Agricultural Agent in Hillsborough County

B.S., Cornell university, 1923. Assistant county agent, Ontario
county. New York, 1923. Present position, 1923-

PoTTER, George F., Professor of Horticulture and Horticulturist of the
Experiment Station
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1913; M.S., ibid., 1916; Ph.D., Cornell ,
1930. Instructor in horticulture, University of Wisconsin, 1913-18;
assistant professor of horticulture, ibid., 1918-20. Present position,
1920-

PowERS, Wendell H., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry
B.S., Middlebury college, 1937. Present position, 1937-

Prince, Ford S., Professor of Agronomy and Agronomist of the Experi-
ment Station
B.S., University of Illinois, 1913. Instructor in soils, Michigan Agri-
cultural college, 1913-14; instructor and assistant professor of
agronomy. New Hampshire college, 1914-18; county agricultural
agent, Xenia, Ohio, 1918-25. Associate agronomist and extension
specialist in soils and crops. University of New Hampshire, 1925-32;
associate professor of agronomy, associate agronomist of the Experi-
ment station, and specialist in soils and crops in the Extension service,
1932-35; associate professor of agronomy and associate agronomist of
the Experiment station, 1935-36; professor of agronomy and associate
agronomist of the Experiment station, 1936-37. Present position,
193 7-. Leave of absence, June 1-September 30, 1938

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Prindle, George L., Major, Infantry, Assistant Professor of Military
Science and Tactics
B.S., Connecticut State college, 1917. Appointed second lieutenant,
infantry, Officers Reserve corps, August 15, 1917; promoted to first
lieutenant, National Army, March 23, 1918; honorably discharged,
September 29, 1919; appointed first lieutenant, regular army, July 1,
1920; promoted to captain, as of same date; promoted to major,
August 1, 1935; graduate of company officers course, the Infantry
school, Fort Benning, Georgia, 1923. Present position, 1936-

PuRDY, Wilfred G., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Merrimack County
B.S., Massachusetts State college; M.S., Ohio State university. Fif-
teen years of practical farming; foreman, Ann Arbor, one year;
teacher, Merrimac, Mass., 1934-35. Assistant Boys' and Girls' club
agent in Merrimack county, University of New Hampshire Extension
service, 1935-36. Present position, 1936-

PuRiNGTON, James A., Agricultural Agent in Rockingham County

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1916; M.S., Massachusetts Agricul-
tural college, 1920. Boys' and Girls' club agent, Cheshire county,
1920-22. Present position, 1922-

Putney, Edward W., Colonel, Coast Artillery Corps, U. S. A., Professor
of Military Science and Tactics
B.S., United States Military academy, West Point, 1908. Instructor,
U. S. Military academy, 1912-16; instructor, director, assistant com-
mandant, Army Heavy Artillery school, A.E.F., France, 1918; pro-
fessor of military science and tactics, Rensselaer Polytechnic institute,
1919; assistant professor of military science and tactics, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1919-23. Graduate, advanced course, Coast
Artillery school. Fort Monroe, Virginia, 1924; Graduate, Command
and General Staff school. Fort Leavenworth, Kansas, 1925; Graduate,
Army War college, Washington, D. C, 1931. Present position, 1931-

Rafferty, Terrence J., Assistant in Languages

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1934; M.A., ibid., 1937. Gradu-
ate assistant in languages. University of New Hampshire, 1935-37.
Present position, 1937-

Rath, Edwin R., Industrial Research Engineer, Engineering Experiment
Station
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1917; E.E., ibid., 1921. Apprentice-
ship course, H. L. Doherty Co., Denver, 1917-18; instructor in elec-
trical engineering. University of Pittsburgh, 1918-20; professor of
mathematics and physics, St. Vincents college, Latrobe, Pennsyl-
vania, 1919-25 ; assistant professor of electrical engineering. University
of Pittsburgh, 1921-23; associate professor, ibid., 1924-26; manager of
railway department. The Philip Carey company, Cincinnati, Ohio,
1926-28; manager of the electrical division, ibid., 1928-29; manager of
elastite flooring department, ibid., 1929-30; assistant to vice-president

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

and manager, insulation department, ihid., 1930-32. Present posi-
tion, 1932-

Rawlings, Cecil O., Extension Horticulturist

B.S., University of Illinois, 1925. U.S.D.A., Illinois, Florida and
Georgia, 1925-26; horticultural agent, St. Louis and Southwestern
railway, 1926-30. Present position, 1930-

Rhome, Margaret K., Graduate Assistant in History

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1935. Teacher, Jefferson, N, H.
high school, 1935-37. Present position, 1937-

RiCE, Una A., Home Demonstration Agent in Grafton County

B.S., Teachers college, Columbia university, 1927. Nasson institute,
1914-16. Teacher, home economics, Maine, New Hampshire, Ver-
mont and Massachusetts, 1916-29. Present position, 1929-

RiCHARDS, Alfred E., Professor of English

A.B., Yale university, 1898; A.M., ibid., 1900; Ph.D., University of
Munich, Germany, 1904. Instructor in English and history, Winsted,
Connecticut, 1900-01; instructor in modern languages, Lehigh uni-
versity, 1904-05; instructor in German, Princeton university, 1905-11;
instructor in English, University of Washington, 1911-12. Present
position, 1912-

Richardson, Edythe T., Assistant Professor of Zoology

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1922; M.S., ibid., 1924. Graduate as-
sistant in zoology. New Hampshire college, 1922-24; instructor in
zoology, 1924-29. Present position, 1929-

RiTZMAN, Ernest G., Research Professor in Animal Husbandry in the
Experiment Station
B.S.A., Iowa State college, 1903; M.S. (hon.). University of New
Hampshire, 1928. With bureau of animal industry, U. S. depart-
ment of agriculture, 1903-08; animal husbandman, Porto Rico Agri-
cultural Experiment station, 1908-15; research associate, Carnegie
Institution of Washington, 1934. Present position, 1915-

RoBiNSON, Earl P., County Agent Leader in the Extension Service
B.S., Michigan Agricultural college, 1907. Teacher, Northwood Cen-
ter, N. H., 1907-08; agriculturist for Indiana Sugar company, 1912;
county agricultural agent, Saginaw county, Michigan, 1913-17; as-
sistant state leader, Michigan, 1917-18. Rural rehabilitation unit of
federal relief administration, Washington, 1934. State executive of-
ficer, agricultural conservation program, 1936. Present position,
1919-

Rogers, Warren H., County Agricultural Agetit at Large

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1935. Present position, 1935-

Roper, Elizabeth R., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Strafford County
B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1928. Present position, 1928-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

RowELL, Barbara, Assistant in English

B.A,, University of New Hampshire, 1933. Cadet teacher, Bristol
high school, one term, 1932-33. Part-time graduate student. Univer-
sity of New Hampshire, 1933-34 and 1936-37. Present position,
1934-

RuDD, Herbert F., Professor of Philosophy

A.B., Central college, Iowa, 1900; B.D., University of Chicago, 1903;
M.A., ibid., 1913; Ph.D., ibid., 1914. Principal of Munroe academy,
Suifu, West China, 1906-08; general mission work, Nigyuanfu,
1909-14; lecturer on problems of China, University of Chicago, 1914;
supervisor of mission schools, Suifu, 1914-16; principal of Munroe
academy, 1916-17; professor of education and psychology, West China
university, Chengtu, 1918-19; dean of department of education, West
China university, 1920-21; special work, Columbia university and
University of Chicago, 1921-22. Associate professor of education and
psychology, New Hampshire college, 1922-25; professor of philosophy
and psychology, 1925-34. Present position, 1934-

Sanborn, Mary L., Assistant State Boys' and Girls' Club Leader, Ex-
tension Service
Oread institute, Worcester, Mass., 1914; Teachers college, Columbia
university, 1914-15. Teacher: Westerly, Rhode Island; Seekonk,
Massachusetts; and New Hampshire, 1904-1914. Present position
1915-

Sauer, George H., Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Ath-
letics
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934. Coached freshman football and
basketball teams. University of Nebraska, 1934; played professional
football with the Green Bay Packers, 1935-36; employed by General
Foods, 1937. Present position, 1937-

Schoedinger, Paul S., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Princeton University, 1920; M.A., Ohio State university, 1921.
Instructor in English, Ohio State university, 1921-22. Instructor in
English, University of New Hampshire, 1926-29. Present position,
1929^

Schoolcraft, James T., Jr., Instructor in Languages

B.S., Union college, 1923; Abgangs-Zeugnis, Heidelberg university,
1924; A.M., Columbia university, 1926. Teacher: Columbia univer-
sity, fall term, 1924; Hunter college, winter term, 1925-26; University
of Manitoba, 1927-30; The Phillips Exeter academy, 1931-34. Pres-
ent position, 1936-

ScRiPTURE, Paul N., Assistant in tJie Soil Survey, Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934. Laboratory assistant in
agricultural and biological chemistry, University of New Hampshire,
1934-35. Present position, 1935-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

ScuDDER, Harold H., Professor of English

B.S., Dartmouth college, 1903. Assistant to chemist, New Hamp-
shire State Experiment station, 1903-04. Newspaper work in New
England and the Pacific Northwest, 1904-13. In charge of publicity.
New Hampshire college, 1913-23. Publicity director Federal Food
administration for New Hampshire, 1918. Instructor in English,
New Hampshire college, 1913-14; assistant professor, 1914-18;
Faculty Boston university Summer session, 1917; associate professor,
1918-28; Faculty University of Maine Summer session, 1930; study at
Cambridge university, England, 1936. Present position, 1928-

Sheehan, Eleanor L,, Instructor in Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1930; M.S., ihid., 1931. Gradu-
ate assistant in zoology. University of New Hampshire, 1930-31;
assistant in zoology, Barnard college, Columbia university, 1931-32;
instructor, Adelphi college, 1932-33. Assistant in zoology. Univer-
sity of New Hampshire, 1933-35. Present position, 1935-

Shimer, Stanley R., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and Biological
Chemistry and Chemist of the Experiment Station
B.S., Muhlenberg college, 1918; M.S., Pennsylvania State college,
1923. Graduate study, Cornell university, 1929-30. Instructor in
Science, high school, Lansdale, Pennsylvania, 1918-19; head of
chemistry department. State Normal school. East Stroudsburg,
Pennsylvania, 1919-20; head of physics department, Battin high
school, Elizabeth, New Jersey, 1920-21; instructor in physiological
chemistry, medical department. Temple university, 1921-22; graduate
assistant in chemistry. University of Illinois, 1923-24. Instructor in
agricultural and biological chemistry and assistant chemist of the
experiment station. University of New Hampshire, 1924-28. Present
position, 1928-

SiLcox, Herbert E., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1936. Employed by F. E.
Jewett company, Lowell, Mass., 1936-37. Present position, 1937-

Skelton, Russell R., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

B.S. in civil engineering, Purdue university, 1923; C.E., ibid., 1934.
Highway engineer, Illinois Highway department, 1923-26; assistant
engineer, bridge department of Southern railway system, 1926-28.
Instructor in civil engineering. University of New Hampshire, 1928-
30; assistant professor of civil engineering, 1930-35. Present position,
1935-

Slanetz, Lawrence W., Instructor in Bacteriology, Department of
Botany, and Assistant in Bacteriology in the Experiment Station
B.S., Connecticut State college, 1929; Ph.D., Yale university, 1932.
Assistant instructor, Yale university, 1931-32. Instructor in bac-
teriology, department of botany, University of New Hampshire,
1932-34. Present position, 1934-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Slobin, Hermon L., Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Mathe-
matics
A.B., Clark universit3^ 1905; Ph.D., ihid., 1908. Instructor, Michi-
gan State college, 1908-09; instructor and assistant professor. Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1908-18. Study at Cambridge university,
England, and in Europe, 1932. Director of the University of New
Hampshire Summer school, 1922-27; acting director, 1933; director,
1934-37, Director of the Graduate school, 1928-30; dean of the
Graduate school, 1930-. Professor of Mathematics, 1919-. Present
position, 1930-

Smith, Grace H., Home Demonstration Agent in Strafford County
B.S., Cornell university, 1921. New York State College for Teachers,
1917-18. Assistant home demonstration agent, Suffolk county. New
York, 1921-22; home demonstration agent, Cai^^uga county. New
York, 1922-25, and in Herkimer county, New York, 1925-33. Present
position, 1933-

Smith, Harry W., Professor of Economics

A.B., Hamilton college, 1908; A.M., ibid., 1912; A.M., Columbia
university, 1920; Auburn Theological seminary, 1911. Summer
1926, studied, in Europe, international economic and political co-
operation under appointment of Carnegie Endowment for Interna-
tional Peace. For three summers member of School of Politics at
Williams college. State supervisor of workers' education, W.P.A.,
1936-37. Professor of oratory and economics, Dubuque college and
seminary, 1918-20, Present position, 1920-

Smith, Lucinda p.. Associate Professor of English

A.B., Colby college, 1901; M.A., Boston University, 1934. Taught in
Massachusetts high schools, 1901-05; Dover, New Hampshire, high
school, 1905-13. Instructor in English, New Hampshire college,
1919-26; Assistant professor of English, 1926-29, Present position,
1929-

Smith, Melvin M,, Associate Professor of Chemistry

A,B., Colby college, 1890; A,M., ihid., 1893. Submaster, 1898-1911
and headmaster 1911-16, Dover, New Hampshire, high school.
Instructor in chemistry. New Hampshire college, 1917-21; Assistant
professor of Chemistry, 1921-30. Present position, 1930-

Smith, Royal W,, Agricultural Agent in Belknap County

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1928. Agricultural agent in Car-
roll county. University of New Hampshire Extension service, 1928-29.
Present position, 1929-

Smith, Todd O., Associate Chemist of the Experiment Station

A.B., Indiana university, 1910; M.S., New Hampshire college, 1917.
Assistant chemist, New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment station,
1910-21. Present position, 1921-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Smith, William W., Research Assistant in Horticulture in tJie Experiment
Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1924; M.S., ibid., 1929; Ph.D.,
Michigan State college, 1935. Graduate assistant, Michigan State
college, 1929-33; research assistant, ibid., 1933-36. Present position,
1936-

SoLT, Marvin R., Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Lehigh university, 1918; M.S., ibid., 1925. Instructor, Mercers-
burgh academy, 1918-19; instructor in mathematics at Lehigh uni-
versity, 1919-26. Instructor in mathematics. University of New
Hampshire, 1926-29. Present position, 1929-. Leave of absence,
1938-39

Starke, Raymond R., Assistant Professor of Physics

A.B., Boston university, 1921; A.M., Harvard university, 1926. In-
structor in physics. University of New Hampshire, 1921-24; assistant
in physics. Harvard university, 1924-26. Instructor in physics.
University of New Hampshire, 1926-28. Present position, 1928-.
Leave of absence, second semester, 1937-38

Stevens, Clark L., Associate Professor of Forestry and Associate Forester
in the Experiment Station
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1917; M.F., Yale university, 1926;
Ph.D., ibid., 1930. Assistant in forestry, New Hampshire college,
1919, 1920-21; instructor in forestry, 1921; assistant professor of
forestry, 1922-25; assistant professor of forestry and assistant forester
of the Experiment station, 1925-37. Present position, 1937-

Stevens, Henry B., Executive Secretary, Experiment Station and Exten-
sion Service
A.B., Dartmouth college, 1912. Student, folk-play and folk-schools,
Europe, 1934. Assistant editor, Woman's Journal and Suffrage
News, 1912-13; associate editor, 1914-17. Present position, 1918-

Stol worthy, E. Howard, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing
B.S., Tufts college, 1922. Professional experience: design and in-
stallation of steam power and heating equipment. Instructor in
mechanical engineering. University of New Hampshire, 1922-29.
Present position, 1929-

Stol worthy, Marion J., Instructor in Home Economics

Graduate, State Normal school, Framingham, Mass., 1924. Practice
teacher, Newtonville Vocational high school, 1924; teacher, home
economics and French, Newmarket high school, 1925. Assistant
dietitian, Commons dining hall, 1927; substitute teacher, Robinson
seminary, 1927. Present position, 1927-

Stone, Samuel A., Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1936; M.S., ibid., 1937. Present
position, 1937-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Stowe, a. Monroe, Professor of Education

Ph.B., Northwestern university, 1903; A.M., ibid., 1904; A.M., Har-
vard university, 1905; Ph.D., Columbia university, 1909. Secondary
school work, four years; associate professor of education, Kansas State
Teachers college, 1909-12; director of training, State Normal school,
Whitewater, Wisconsin, 1912-13; acting professor of education,
DePauw university, 1913-14; President, University of City of Toledo,
1914-25; research, 1925-26; professor of education, Randolph-Macon
Woman's college, 1926-34; visiting professor, Duke university summer
school, 1927-34, 37. Present position, 1934-

SwAiN, Lewis C, Instructor in Forestry and Music

B.S., New Hampshire college, 1918. Graduate, bandmasters' school,
Chaumont, France, 1919. Bandmaster, 318th engineers' band,
United States army, 1918-19. Partner in woodworking concern,
1921-26; assistant pathologist, U. S. bureau of plant industry and
bureau of entomology and plant quarantine (civil service rating asso-
ciate pathologist), 1926-36. Instructor in music with the status of
bandmaster in the department of military science, University of New
Hampshire, 1927-36. Present position, 1936-

S WANTON, Donovan, Major, Infantry, Associate Professor of Military
Science and Tactics
B.S., United States Military academy, 1917. Commanded machine-
gun company, 3rd division, A.E.F.; Victory medal, 6 clasps; Silver
Star with oak-leaf cluster, 1918. Assistant adjutant, 3rd Division,
Army of Occupation, the Rhine, to 1919. Secretary to the general
staff, Paris, France, to 1920. Garrison duties, 1920-24. 2nd Corps
Area staff. New York, 1924-26. Graduate, Infantry school, Fort
Benning, Georgia, 1927. Attached, American embassy, Paris,
1927-28. Special student, the Sorbonne, 1928. Instructor in French
and tactics, West Point, 1928-31. Garrison duties, 1931-34. Com-
manded C.C.C. camps, Bitter Root mountains, Montana and Cum-
berland mountains, Tennessee, 1933. Present position, 1934-

SwASEY, Henry C, Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Athletics
B.S., Amherst college, 1915. Fellow in physical education, Amherst
college, 1915-16; instructor in physical education, Fessenden school.
West Newton, Mass., 1916-17; instructor in physical education,
Adelphia academy, Brooklyn, New York, 1917-18; instructor in
physical education, Worcester Polytechnic institute, 1918-21. As-
sistant professor of physical education for men. New Hampshire col-
lege, 1921-26. Present position, 1926-. Leave of absence, first
semester, 1938-39

Sweet, Paul C, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Athletics
B.S., University of Illinois, 1923. Director of athletics and physical
education, Elko, Nevada, County high schools, 1923-24. Instructor
in physical education and athletics, University of New Hampshire,

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

1924-27. Present position, 192 7-. Leave of absence, second semes-
ter, 1937-38

SwoNGER, Clair W., Assistant Professor of Economics

A.B., University of Kansas, 1925; A.M., Harvard university, 1927.
Graduate study, Harvard university, 1932-33. Instructor in eco-
nomics, University of New Hampshire, 1927-33. Present position,
1933-

Taylor, Frederick W., Director of the Commercial Departments of the
College of Agriculture
B.S., Ohio State university, 1900. Assistant, Ohio Experiment sta-
tion, 1900-01; government soil survey for the U. S. department of
agriculture, 1901-03. Professor of agronomy and agronomist of the
Experiment station. University of New Hampshire, 1903-32; dean of
the College of Agriculture, 1915-33; director of the commercial de-
partments of the College of Agriculture and agronomist of the Experi-
ment station, 1933-37. Present position, 1937-

Tepper, Albert E., Instructor in Poultry Husbandry and Assistant
Poultry Husbandman of the. Experiment Station
B.S., Pennsylvania State college, 1928; M.S., University of New
Hampshire, 1930. Poultry certification inspector in the Experiment
station, 1930-31. Present position, 1931-

Thomas, George R., Assistant Professor of Architecture

B.Arch., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1930. European travel
and study, June-September, 1933. In employ of architects: Neff and
Thompson, Norfolk, Virginia; Parks and Baxter, Washington, D. C.
Instructor, history and appreciation of art, Virginia Teachers college
(Fredericksburg), summer, 1935. Instructor in architecture, Uni-
versity of New Hampshire, 1930-34. Present position, 1934-

Thompson, Ruth E., Instructor in Zoology

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1929; M.S., ibid., 1931. Senior
assistant in zoology, University of New Hampshire, 1928-29; graduate
assistant in zoology, 1929-31. Present position, 1931-

Tingley, Mary A., Assistant in Horticulture in the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1933; M.S., ibid., 1936. Gradu-
ate assistant in horticulture in the Experiment station. University of
New Hampshire, 1934-36. Present position, 1936-

Tirrell, Loring v., Professor of Animal Husbandry

B.S., Massachusetts Agricultural college, 1920. Instructor, Massa-
chusetts Agricultural college, 1920-21. Instructor, University of
New Hampshire, 1921-25; assistant professor, ibid., 1925. Extension
specialist in sheep and livestock, Connecticut Agricultural college,
1926-30. Associate professor of animal husbandry. University of
New Hampshire, 1930-36, Present position, 1936-

ToNKiN, John C, Instructor in Machine Shop

Machinist and toolmaker, 1901-10 (Instructor in machine work and

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

forging, and mechanician to the laboratories, New Hampshire college,
1910-12. Director of Manual Training, Waltham, Mass., 1912-16;
Watertown Arsenal, 1917-20; instructor in Mechanical School of
American forces in Germany, 1920-21; foreman in machine shops in
Lowell and Boston, 1921-24. Present position, 1924-

To\\T.E, Carroll S., Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Bowdoin college, 1922; Ph.D., Yale university, 1933. Instruc-
tor, University of Texas, 1923-26. Teaching assistant, Yale uni-
versity, 1926-29; instructor, Yale university, 1929-31. Present
position, 1931-

ViER, D WAYNE T., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1937. Present position, 1937-

Wadleigh, Clarence B., State Boys' and Girls' Club Leader, Extension
Service
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1918. Institute of cooperation, Uni-
versity of New Hampshire, 1932. 4-H county club leader. New
Hampshire college, 1918-19; milk tester, New York State, 1919-20.
Acting State club leader. University of New Hampshire, 1920-21.
Present position, 1921-

Walsh, John S., Associate Professor of Languages

A.B., Harvard university, 1915; M.A., Boston university, 1928.
Taught in private and public high schools of Massachusetts and New
Jersey. Instructor in languages, University of New Hampshire,
1922-26; assistant professor, 1926-29; acting head of the department,
1929-31. Present position, 1929-

Washburn, Emily, Reference Librarian

B.S., Simmons college, school of social work, 1922; Graduate of Pratt
Institute Library school, 1934. Teacher, Waynflete Latin school,
Portland, Maine, 1922-26; associate general secretary of Y.W.C.A.,
Portland, Maine, 1926-29; substitute librarian, medical library of
Massachusetts General hospital, 1931; librarian of The Joseph Conrad
Memorial library, Seamen's Church institute. New York City,
1934-35. Circulation librarian. University of New Hampshire,
1931-33. Present position, 1935-

Webber, Laurance E., Research Assistant in the Engineering Experi-
ment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1934, Mechanical inspector,
U. P. M, Kidder Press company, Inc., 1934-37. Present position,
1937-

Webster, Robert G., Assistant Professor of English

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1926; M.A., ibid., 1930. Stu-
dent, Oxford and Cambridge universities, England, 1934-35. Gradu-
ate assistant in English and assistant in publicity. University of New
Hampshire, 1927; instructor in English, 1927-36. Present position,
1936-

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Welch, Albert G., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1936. Second lieutenant, United
States arm^^ 1936-37. Present position, 1937-

Wells, Howard N., Agricultural Agent in Sullivan County

Special work, Cornell university, 1907-08, 1914; University of New
Hampshire, 1932. Present position, 1914-

Westgate, Warren A., Research Chemical Assistant in Entomology in
the Experiment Station
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1928; M.S., ibid., 1929. Present
position, 1929-. Leave of absence, Jan. 1938-Jan. 1939 for research,
Crop Protection institute.

Weston, Ruth C, Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Belknap County
B.A., New Hampshire college, 1921. Teacher, Temple, Walpole, and
Hancock, New Hampshire. Boys' and Girls' club agent in Cheshire
county, University of New Hampshire Extension service, 1929-36;
Acting Boys' and Girls' Club agent in Belknap county, 1936-37.
Present position, 1937-

Whippen, Norman F., Boys' and Girls' Club Agent in Sullivan County
B.S., New Hampshire college, 1918. Farmer, Chittenango, New
York, 1919-20; milk tester, New York State, 1920; Boys' and Girls'
Club agent, Merrimack county. University of New Hampshire Ex-
tension service, 1920-23; Boys' and Girls' Club agent, Hampshire
County, Massachusetts Agricultural college, 1923-26; Superintendent,
Hillside school for Boys, Greenwich, Mass., 1926-27. Present posi-
tion, 1928-

White, George W., Associate Professor of Geology and Assistant to the
Dean of the College of Liberal Arts
B.A., Otterbein college, 1921; M.A., Ohio State university, 1925;
Ph.D., ibid., 1933. Assistant geologist, geological survey of Ohio,
summers of 1925-30 and 31 ; geologist, New Hampshire State highway
department, summers, 1930, 35. Instructor in geology and mineral-
ogy. University of Tennessee, 1925-26. Instructor in zoology and
geology. University of New Hampshire, 1926-28; assistant professor
of geology, 1928-34. Associate professor of geology, 1934-37. As-
sistant in the office of the dean of the College of Liberal Arts, July
1-August 31, 1936. Present position, 1937-

WiLBUR, Walter E., Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., University of Maine, 1908; M.S., ibid., 1911. Instructor in
mathematics. University of Maine, 1908-16; instructor in mathe-
matics and science, Lynn Classical high school, 1916-18; Newton
Classical high school, 1918-20; instructor in applied mathematics in
the General Electric Engineering school, 1920-22. Instructor in
mathematics, University of New Hampshire, 1922-26; assistant pro-
fessor of mathematics, 1926-32. Present position, 1932-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Williamson, Daisy D., State Home Demonstration Leader

B. of H.E., Normal school, Muncie, Indiana, 1917. Normal school,
Terre Haute, Indiana; Huntington college, Indiana. Teacher, Mt.
Vernon and Sidney, Indiana, 17 years; head of home economics de-
partment, Huntington college, 4 years; home demonstration agent,
Sullivan county, Indiana, 9 months. Assistant State home demon-
stration leader. New Hampshire college, 5 months. Present position,
1920-

Williamson, Eleanor S., Home Demonstration Agent in Coos County
B.E., Keene Normal school. Framingham Normal school. Teacher,
home economics, Groveton, New Hampshire, 1932-35. Present
position, 1935-

Wilson, Stanley E., Assistant in Poultry Improvement and Horticul-
tural Improvement in the Extension Service
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1926. Principal, Farwell Gram-
mar school. North Charlestown, N. H., 1926-27. Boys' and Girls'
Club agent in Belknap county. University of New Hampshire Exten-
sion service, 1927-36. Present position, 1936-

WiLsoN, W. Ross, Agricultural Agent in Grafton County

B.S., Cornell university, 1912. Instructor in dairying. New Hamp-
shire college, 1912-18. Present position, 1918-

WooD, Fred W., Technical Sergeant, Detached Enlisted Men's List,
Assistant in Military Science and Tactics
Enlisted in U. S. Army, 1908; promoted corporal, 1909; foreign service
in Panama from 1914; promoted sergeant, 1916; returned to the
United States, 1918; R.O.T.C., University of New Hampshire, 1921;
promoted staff sergeant, 1924; promoted technical sergeant, 1937.

Woodruff, Ruth J., Dean of Women and Assistant Professor of Eco-
nomics
A.B., Bryn Mawr, 1919; A.M., ibid., 1920; Ph.D., Radcliffe, 1931.
Assistant superintendent, Foulke and Long institute, Philadelphia,
1917; case worker, American Red Cross, Scranton, Pennsylvania,
1919; counselor, White- Williams foundation, Philadelphia, 1920-22;
employment supervisor, public schools, Philadelphia, 1922-28;
teacher, Northeast Evening high school, Philadelphia, 1923-28;
Social case worker, Children's hospital, Boston, 1930; Social case
worker, Massachusetts Memorial hospital, Boston, 1931. Present
position, 1931-

WooDWARD, Karl W., Professor of Forestry and Forester of the Experi-
ment Station
A.B., Cornell university, 1904; M.F., Yale university, 1904. U. S.
Forest service, 1904-15. Present position, 1915-

WoODWORTH, Harry C, Agrictdtural Economist in the Experitnent Sta-
tion and Farm Manxigement Demonstrator in the Extension Service
B.S., University of Illinois, 1919; M.S., Cornell university, 1916.

THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY

Study under social science research fellowship, Harvard university,
1929-30. High school teacher, Wells, Minnesota, 1909-13; County
agent, Minnesota, 1913-15; operator stock farm, Wells, Minnesota,
1916-21; regional chief, land use planning section, resettlement ad-
ministration, 1935-36; Consultant, resettlement administration,
1936-37. Present position, 1921-

Yale, William, A ssistant Professor of History

Ph.B., Sheffield Scientific school, Yale university, 1910; M.A., Univer-
sity of New Hampshire, 1928. Private tutor, 1910-12; Standard Oil
company of New York foreign service, 1913-17; special agent, depart-
ment of state, 1917; American military observer, Egyptian Expedi-
tionary Forces, 1918; expert on Arabian affairs attached to American
commission to negotiate peace, 1919; technical advisor to King
Crane Committee, 1919; shipping and tourist business, Egypt,
1920-23; lecturing, writing, farming, 1923-27. Instructor in history,
University of New Hampshire, 1928-33. Present position, 1933-

MAJOR ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS

Doris Beane, a.b., Secretary to the President

Evelyn H, Brettell, Secretary to the Dean of the College of Liberal Arts

Sadie V. Burke, r.n., Nurse

Maisie C. Burpee, Secretary to the Director of the Agricultural Experi-
ment Station and Extension Service

E. Prescott Campbell, Accountant, Business Office

Louise M. Cobb, House Director, Hetzel Hall

Arline B. Dame, House Director, Fairchild Hall

Esther M. Dunning, House Director, Congreve Hall

Mildred M. Flanders, Secretary to the Dean of the College of Technology

Elise F. Holt, r.n., Nurse

Lillian B. Hudon, b.s.. Acting Manager of the University Dining Hall

Helen F. Jenkins, Secretary to the Faculty of the College of Liberal Arts

Emma M. Kimball, b.s., Acting Assistant Manager, University Dining
Hall

Elizabeth B. Knowt>ton, House Director, Commons

Helen H. Latimer, Gas Analyst, Agricultural Experiment Station

Fedora L. Lessard, r.n., Nurse

Elizabeth E. McFadden, Secretary to the Dean of the College of Agri-
culture

Elizabeth E. Mehaffey, Assistant Librarian and Mailing Clerk,
Agricultural Experiment Station

Alberta R. Morrill, b.a.. Secretary to the Dean of Men

John P. Neville, b.a., Assistant Agricultural Editor

May E. Phipps, b.s. in Educ, House Director, Smith Hall

Beatrice M. Richmond, Cashier, Business Office

Betty G. Sanborn, Secretary to the Director of Commercial Departments,
College of Agriculture and Seed Analyst

Marcia N. Sanders, House Director, Scott Hall

Annie L. Sawyer, Matron, Hood House

John W. Spaven, b.s.. Executive Assistant, Extension Service

Gladys Tasker, Assistant Registrar

Christine L Warren, b.s., Secretary to the Officer in CJmrge of Freshmen
and Assistant to the Director, Neivs Bureau

Fred L. Wentworth, Manager of the Bookstore

HISTORICAL SKETCH

TN the year 1856, Benjamin Thompson, a farmer of Durham, New
■^ Hampshire, made a will, by the terms of which he left his entire
estate to the people of New Hampshire, on condition that the state
should establish on his land a college of agriculture. The provisions of
this will were not made public; no one knew of his proposed philanthropy;
the document was laid away in his legal adviser's safe, and it remained
sequestered there for the next 34 years.

At almost the same moment that the idea of an agricultural college
occurred to Benjamin Thompson, a similar conception of a peoples'
college, which, while not neglecting the subjects hitherto deemed es-
sential, should include also in its curriculum courses in agriculture and
the mechanic arts, came to Justin Smith Morrill, who, now after a career
as clerk, merchant, and farmer, was representing a Vermont district in
the national House of Representatives. Mr. Morrill's first bill, offered in
1857, was vetoed by President Buchanan because, in his opinion, its pro-
vision that the federal government should give an allotment of the public
lands to each state which would set up a college for the benefit of agri-
culture and the mechanic arts, would cause friction among the states and
would be unconstitutional. A similar bill, however, offered by him when
the next administration had taken office, passed both houses, and was
signed by President Lincoln, July 2, 1862.

Taking advantage of this national legislation, the state of New Hamp-
shire in 1866 accepted the provisions of the act, took scrip in lieu of
actual land, and selling this for $80,000, set this sum aside for the new
college which it actually established at Hanover in conjunction with the
already existent Dartmouth college in 1868. The president of Dartmouth
was also president of the New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the
Mechanic Arts, as the new institution was named, but there was a dis-
tinct board of trustees. The original program of study provided for a
three-year course, and in 1871 the first class of three members was gradu-
ated. For more than 20 years the college remained at Hanover, an un-
appreciated branch of Dartmouth, with an average enrollment of about
25 students.

When, however, in 1890 Benjamin Thompson died and the terms of
his will became known, the situation changed rapidly. That document
had in the lapse of years acquired several codicils. The original bequest,
indeed, remained unchanged, but the testator had further provided that
if the state of New Hampshire did not accept his gift the land was to go
to Massachusetts for the use of a college to be established there, and if
that state should decline, to Michigan, with no restrictions of any sort.
Michigan had by this time already established an agricultural college
which Thompson was willing to aid. New Hampshire, however, acted
promptly, the legislature making the necessary enactment in 1891. The

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Thompson estate then amounted in land and securities to $300,000, but
this was to lie untouched, at compound interest, for a period of 20 years.
When, at last, in 1912 it first became available, it amounted to approxi-
mately $800,000.

In the meantime the state began its career as a sponsor of higher edu-
cation by erecting a cow barn in Durham, and the enthusiastic senior
class of the college came down from Hanover and had its commencement
exercises before the first cattle were installed. As rapidly as possible after
this, the state erected four other buildings: Thompson hall, Conant hall,
Nesmith hall, and a building for the college shops. All these are still
in use, the first named, little changed, still housing the offices of the
president and other administrative officers, though the others have been
enlarged and remodelled out of all recognition.

The most marked effect of the new environment was an increased en-
rollment, and in 1893, when the new buildings became ready for occu-
pancy, there were 64 students, 10 of whom were women. There had been
but one woman student in all the previous years of the college's existence.
The class of 1893 held its conmiencement in the new Thompson hall, and
from then on all classes were held in Durham. It was soon apparent that
most of the women students and a good many of the men could not ac-
curately be listed in either of the categories which the name of the in-
stitution suggested. When, then, in 1914, constant expansion made some
administrative division essential, the college was divided into the three
divisions: of Agriculture, Engineering, and Arts and Science, and the
hitherto unclassified group was assigned to the Arts and Science division,
which from then on grew much more rapidly than the other two.

Moved by its alumni since 1910 to follow the example set it in other
states, and feeling that by now with its many courses and its more than
1,000 students another name would more nearly describe the fact than
the one originally adopted for the institution, the legislature in 1923 re-
named the college the University of New Hampshire, and reorganized it,
creating within it the three colleges of Agriculture, Technology, and
Liberal Arts, and followed this action in 1925 by providing permanently
for its support in granting it an annual income amounting to one mill for
each dollar of the assessed valuation of all the taxable property in the
state, a sum which this year, 1937, amounts to approximately $548,000.

Today, in addition to the three colleges of the university, there are also
an agricultural experiment station, and an agricultural extension service
which reaches every town in the state; an engineering experiment station,
a summer school, a graduate school, a summer school for zoological study
on the Isles of Shoals, and a permanent forestry camp with buildings and
and four hundred acres of land in the White Mountains.

The university enrollment, though rather rigidly restricted to those in
the upper three fourths of the graduating classes of the high schools of
the state and to some others of high standing from schools outside the
state, now amounts to more than 1,700.

OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY

Born in the humanitarian and idealistic fifties, the University of New
Hampshire is dedicated to the education of the state. It conceives its
duty to be of use to all and not to youth alone.

If primarily an institution for resident teaching, it also enters every
shop, every hotel, every manufactory, every farm, every home in the
state, for it understands the field of education to be all-inclusive.

In its classrooms, laboratories, and shops it teaches with little regard
for precedent whatever is desired, but it will also strive with equal zeal
to make it possible for all to find that which is desirable.

It exists not for one group nor for one class, but for all, and its build-
ings and its campus it would make a meeting place and a rallying place
where growth may come to all.

ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
NEW HAMPSHIRE

The government of the University of New Hampshire is vested in a
board of trustees, thirteen in number, of which the governor of the state,
the commissioner of agriculture, and the president of the university are
members ex oficiis. In addition there are two members elected by the
alumni of the university, one of whom must be a resident of New Hamp-
shire; and eight members appointed by the governor.

Whereas the government of the university is in the hands of the board
of trustees, within the university itself there exists the university senate,
which is a representative body elected by and from the faculty, which
has legislative jurisdiction in all matters of student government and
educational policy. Within the senate is an advisory body known as the
university council, which acts in an advisory capacity to the president,
and serves as an executive committee for the consideration of urgent
matter arising between meetings of the senate.

The university senate and council are the result of an attempt to de-
mocratize the government of the institution. In recent years the increase
in the size of the faculty has tended to make faculty meetings unwieldy.
Because of this fact, the idea of a university senate which would allow full
representation by means of a smaller group was adopted. At present
the senate is composed of the president of the university, the deans of the
several colleges, various other administrative officers, and representatives
from each department of instruction within the different colleges. Each
department has approximately one representative for each three mem-
bers. These departmental representatives are chosen by ballot within

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

the department, and all faculty members of the rank of instructor or
higher are eligible for election. The democratic ideal represented by the
senate is best illustrated by the fact that all eligible members of the
faculty must sooner or later represent their respective departments in the
senate, since no person is eligible for reelection until all eligible faculty
members of his department have served.

The university council is made up of the president of the university,
the various administrative officers of the university and certain other
officers and executives whose presence is felt necessary for the under-
standing of the matters brought before it. In addition the representa-
tives of each college in the senate elect two of their members to serve on
the council. The Agricultural Experiment station and Extension serv-
ice are represented in the senate and council in the person of their

director.

That part of the university devoted to resident teaching is composed
of three colleges: the College of Agriculture; the College of Technology;
and the College of Liberal Arts. Each of these has a dean as the presid-
ing officer, and a faculty which conducts resident teaching work. The
college faculties legislate in such matters as are referred to them by the
university senate; administer the educational and internal life of their
respective colleges within the limits prescribed by the president; and
make recommendations to the university senate through the president.

Within the colleges are contained the instructional units of the uni-
versity such as the department of English, the department of mathe-
matics, and the department of botany. These departments usually
have at their heads members of the faculty who have full professorial
rank. Under them come other members of equal or lower rank, down to
and including the rank of graduate assistant. Coordinate with the
college faculties are the Agricultural Experiment station and the Exten-
sion service staffs.

The New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment station, a branch of the
university, was established by the state, August 4, 1887, under an act of
congress of March 2 of that year. This and subsequent acts appropri-
ated funds for conducting research work on agricultural problems in New
Hampshire and throughout the nation.

The investigations conducted by the Experiment station vary ac-
cording to their nature, some lasting through one season only and some
covering a period of years. The projects of the station now include
ninety-five fundamental investigations to determine the underlying
principles of agricultural science and others of more practical application.

Appropriations from the state also enable the Experiment station to
conduct a limited amount of state service work on agricultural problems.
Advantage of the opportunities offered by the Experiment station has
been taken by the state in connection with the tests of seeds, fertilizers,
and feeding stuffs; and samples of these collected by the state depart-
ment of agriculture are tested at the station laboratories each year, in
accordance with legislative enactments.

Information relating to agricultural practices is supplied by the various

ORGANIZATION

departments and entails a large volume of correspondence in answer to
individual inquiries. Samples of soil are tested; plants and insects are
identified; blood samples from hens are tested, and post mortem examina-
tions of animals made.

The library of the Experiment station, which is open daily to students
and visitors, contains complete files of all bulletins issued by the experi-
ment stations in other states, all United States department of agriculture
bulletins, and many other reports, bulletins, and records as well as books
of agricultural value.

Publications of the station comprise 302 bulletins of the regular series
and 54 circulars, 70 technical bulletins, 64 scientific contributions and
4 school bulletins. The publications cover a wide range of subjects and
contain the information gathered by the experts of the station while
working on the various projects. The bulletins are issued at regular
intervals, and notices of publications are sent to all residents of New
Hampshire requesting them.

What the university classes are to its students the Extension service is,
only to a lesser degree, to the thousands who are beyond the reach of the
classroom. Through it the teachings of the university and the findings
of the Experiment station and the United States department of agricul-
ture are now being carried to farms and homes throughout the state by a
regularly established force of field workers. There are now ten agri-
cultural agents in the ten counties, ten home demonstration agents, and
ten boys' and girls' club agents, five assistant agents, and two agents-at-
large. Farm management, dairying, forestry, soils and crops, poultry,
horticulture, marketing, engineering, nutrition, clothing and home
management demonstrations are also conducted, with specialists in
charge.

The Extension service works largely through the New Hampshire
Farm Bureau, and has a staff of 58 members. Its publications comprise
182 press bulletins, 208 circulars, and 52 bulletins. Notices of new bul-
letins are sent to a mailing list, which is maintained in cooperation with
the Experiment station. Bulletins are sent free to all who request them.

Reading courses in fifteen subjects in agriculture and home economics,
prepared by members of the resident college staff, are offered during the
winter months.

In addition to the Agricultural Experiment station and Extension serv-
ice, the university also includes an Engineering Experiment station
which provides engineering and research facilities to all industries of the
state. Through it are made available to the manufacturers, for the
solution of their technical problems, the complete facilities of the College
of Technology, including personnel, laboratories, and equipment. While
not directly connected with the instructional departments, it provides
training for selected graduate and undergraduate students.

DEGREES

The following degrees are conferred at graduation upon those who
have successfully completed the regular courses leading to such degrees,
and who have fulfilled all other requirements of the university:

Graduate School — Master of science, master of arts, master of edu-
cation, master of civil engineering, master of electrical engineering, and
master of mechanical engineering.

College of Agriculture — Bachelor of Science.

College of Technology — Professional degrees of mechanical en-
gineer, civil engineer, electrical engineer; bachelor of science.

College of Liberal Arts — The degree of bachelor of science is con-
ferred upon students graduating from the College of Liberal Arts who
have completed a prescribed curriculum in general business, home eco-
nomics, hotel administration, pre-medical, social service, secretarial, or
who have majored in the general arts curriculum in any of the following
departments : architecture, botany, chemistry, economics and accounting,
education, entomology, geology, home economics, mathematics, physical
education for women, physics, sociology, zoology.

The degree of bachelor of arts is conferred upon students graduating
from the College of Liberal Arts who have majored in the general arts
curriculum in any of the following: art in the department of architecture,
English, French, German, Latin, Spanish, history, music, philosophy,
psychology, political science.

Certificate

College of Agriculture — In the two-year curriculum, a certificate
of graduation.

FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION

BUILDINGS FOR ADMINISTRATION AND INSTRUCTION

Thompson Hall, the general administration building, was built in
1893 and is named for Benjamin Thompson of Durham, the greatest
individual benefactor of the college and university. It contains the
office of the president and the offices of other general administrative
officers, and also affords classroom and laboratory facilities for work
in physical education for women, zoology', entomology, and home
economics.

CoNANT Hall, also built in 1893, is named for John Conant of Jaffrey,
an early and generous friend of the college. This building, originally
constructed to house scientific departments, gradually became during
the passage of years the headquarters of the department of chemistry.
It was in this building that Professor Charles James accomplished his re-
searches in the rare earths and minerals. Upon the completion of
Charles James hall in 1929, this building was largely given over to civil
engineering and geology.

Nesmith Hall, another one of the four original buildings erected in
Durham in 1893, is named for Judge George W. Nesmith of Franklin,
who was active as president of the board of trustees from 1877 to 1890.
This small building was enlarged and renovated in 1933 and now houses
the departments of botany and agricultural economics.

Shops, originally constructed in 1893 and enlarged during and im-
mediately after the World war, provide facilities for the department
charged with the maintenance of the buildings and grounds. This build-
ing also houses the laboratories for instruction in machine shop, wood
shop, and forge shop, and the automotive laboratory.

Cold Storage Plant. — In another part of the Shops building there is a
cold storage plant used by the department of horticulture for the fruit
from the university orchards, and as a laboratory for practical instruc-
tion and research in the handling and storage of horticultural products.

Morrill Hall, built in 1902, is named for Senator Justin Morrill of
Vermont, sponsor of the Land Grant act. This building serves as head-
quarters of the College of Agriculture, and contains also the office of the
director of experiment station and the extension service. In this build-
ing are the laboratories and classrooms of the departments of agronomy,
animal husbandry, horticulture, poultry husbandry, forestry, and offices
for agricultural extension and station staff members.

Hamilton Smith Library was erected in 1907 by means of a union of
funds left by Hamilton Smith, of Durham, for the erection of a town

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

library building and funds from the Carnegie corporation and the State
of New Hampshire. In the fall of 1937, two wings, each 42 feet by 76
feet and one story high, were erected on either side of the original struc-
ture, thereby increasing the reading room space from 4,300 to 8,800
square feet and making possible other improvements. The library
serves not only the faculty and students of the university but also the
residents of the town of Durham, being one of two such libraries in the
United States so constituted. Because it is the library of the state
university, it serves as far as possible the people of the state of New
Hampshire.

(For further information on the library see page 59.)

Dairy Building, constructed in 1910, is arranged and equipped for
purposes of dairy instruction. It contains equipment usually found in
an up-to-date dairy and affords splendid opportunities for the study
of all phases of the dairy industry.

DeMeritt Hall, provided in 1914, is named for Albert DeMeritt of
Durham, a long-time friend and staunch supporter of the college. It
serves as the headquarters of the College of Technology and affords
lecture, recitation, laboratory, and office rooms for the departments of
mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, physics, and architecture.

MuRKLAND Hall, built in 1927, is named for Charles Sumner Murk-
land, president of New Hampshire from 1893 to 1903. It provides
classroom and office facilities for the majority of the departments of
the College of Liberal Arts. It houses the departments of economics
and accounting, English, languages, mathematics, sociology, philoso-
phy and psychology, history, and political science.

Charles James Hall, dedicated in 1929, bears the name of Charles
James, professor of chemistry at New Hampshire from 1906 to 1928.
This structure houses the department of agricultural and biological
chemistry and the department of chemistry. It provides lecture and
recitation rooms and laboratories for instruction and research in both of
these departments.

Pettee Hall is a new three story building, which is being constructed
to replace the agricultural engineering laboratory destroyed by fire in
July, 1937. It is named in honor of Dean Emeritus Charles H. Pettee.
The building, which will be ready for occupancy in September, 1938,
will house the departments of agricultural engineering, home economics,
and military science.

Textile and Craft Cottage.— The Textile and Craft cottage is a
small house arranged to afford opportunity to those wishing to develop
leisure time activities by carrying on simple hand craft projects. The
cottage is equipped with looms, rug frames, and tools and supplies for
several types of work.

Ballard Hall, originally constructed in 1905 and acquired by pur-
chase in 1914, affords office and classroom facilities for the depart-

FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION

ments of education and music, accommodations for Christian Work,
Inc., and offices for student organizations.

The Power Plant, erected in 1927, is equipped for heating the build-
ings of the institution and it is also used for experimental purposes by the
students in mechanical engineering.

The Greenhouses, erected in 1928, provide facilities for botanical
and horticultural research and instruction.

The Poultry Plant, consisting of several up-to-date houses and im-
proved range facilities for chickens and turkeys, is operated for instruc-
tional and research purposes. Experiments are constantly in progress
in nutrition, breeding, brooding, management, and diseases.

A special poultry pathology laboratory, maintained for diagnosis and
research in poultry diseases, is available for student instructional pur-
poses.

The poultry flock consists of Barred Plymouth Rocks, Single Comb
White Leghorns and New Hampshires; also, representative units of
Bronze, White Holland, and Bourbon Red turkeys, White Pekin ducks,
and Toulouse geese.

The Dairy Barn, completed in the spring of 1932, provides accom-
modations for some 120 dairy animals. This unit consists of the follow-
ing: main barn for 60 cows; wing for bulls, calves, and young stock;
isolation barn; dry cow and young stock barn for 50 head; combine milk
room; milk house, with equipment for cooling, bottling and storing milk,
and for washing and sterilizing bottles and equipment.

The university dairy herd is made up of representatives of the Ayr-
shire, Guernsey, Holstein and Jersey breeds.

The Stock Barn is thoroughly equipped with modern appliances, and
houses an excellent herd of purebred Shorthorns, several Herefords,
small flocks of purebred Shropshire and Dorset sheep, and a well-bred
Percheron stallion.

The Piggery accommodates a herd of Chester White hogs.

RESIDENTIAL HALLS

President's House, a substantial, attractive building was erected
in 1904 to provide a residence for the president and his family.

Commons was erected in 1919, enlarged in 1925 and again in 1937.
It contains the freshman dining hall, a faculty dining room, a cafeteria, a
trophy and lounge room, rooms for meetings of student organizations,
and provides on the third floor dormitory facilities for a limited number
of undergraduate men.

Fairchild Hall, erected in 1916, honors Edward Thomson Fairchild,
president of New Hampshire from 1912 to 1917. It is a brick structure
of colonial design and furnishes accommodations for 150 undergraduate
men.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

East and West Halls were erected by the United States government
in 1918, in order to furnish housing facilities for troops in training at the
college during the World War. These buildings have since been parti-
tioned into moderate-sized rooms and provide desirable accommodations
and comfortable quarters at low cost for 230 men.

Smith Hall was originally constructed in 1908 with funds made pos-
sible by the generosity of Mrs. Shirley Onderdonk of Durham, who made
this provision as a memorial to her mother, Mrs. Alice Hamilton Smith.
The original building and an annex constructed in 1918 furnish desirable
rooming facilities for 68 women students.

CoNGREVE Hall was built in 1920 with funds made available through
the will of Mrs. Alice Hamilton Smith of Durham, and bears the name
of a family intimately connected with Mrs. Smith's ancestry. The
original building and a wing erected during the summer of 1922 accom-
modate 100 undergraduate women.

Hetzel Hall, built in 1925, is named for Ralph D. Hetzel, president
of New Hampshire from 1917 to 1927. It is the newest men's dormitory
on the campus and accommodates 156 undergraduate men.

Scott H.\ll, completed in 1932, is named for Clarence Watkins Scott,
Professor of History at New Hampshire from 1879 to 1930. This
building furnishes comfortable accommodations for 120 undergraduate
women.

Elizabeth DeMeritt House, erected in 1931, named for Mrs.
Elizabeth P. DeMeritt, Dean of Women from 1919-1931, maintained
for practice in home management, is a modified Cape Cod cottage, thor-
oughly equipped with modern household devices and furnished to illus-
trate various types of treatment in keeping with style. It will house
eight resident students and two instructors.

Charles Harvey Hood House, an infirmary erected in 1932, is the
gift of Mr. and Mrs. Charles Harvey Hood of Boston. It was erected
and will be maintained by funds presented to the trustees in 1930, the
fiftieth anniversary of Mr. Hood's graduation from the University of
New Hampshire. Hood house, designed and furnished in a cheery,
homelike style, is unusually well equipped to care for sick and ailing
students. It will accommodate normally thirty patients in both wards
and private rooms. The office of the university physician and quarters
for three trained nurses are also located in Hood house.

ATHLETIC FACILITIES

Lewis Fields, outdoor recreational center, dedicated October 10,
1936, in honor of Dr. Edward Morgan Lewis, president of the university
from 1927 to 1936, include six fields for football, soccer, and lacrosse, and
four baseball diamonds for alternate use with some of the aforementioned,
a first-class cinder track with a 220-yard straightaway and pits and run-

ATHLETIC FACILITIES

ways for jumping and vaulting, fourteen composition and six clay tennis
courts, concrete bleachers seating 1,750 spectators at baseball games
and concrete stands seating 5,000 spectators at football and track and
field contests. The entire equipment was built in cooperation with
Federal work-relief agencies. Materials used in the construction of
the main field stands were provided by alumni of the university as the
first project of the Alumni fund,

Brackett Field. — The varsity baseball field on Lewis Fields is
known as Brackett field, in honor of William H. L. Brackett, '14,
prominent student leader of his college generation who died from wounds
received during the World war.

Memorial Field. — At the annual meeting of the New Hampshire
alumni association held in Durham in June, 1919, it was voted that the
association should erect an appropriate memorial for the eighteen New
Hampshire college men who lost their lives in the World war. After
careful consideration of all suggestions for a memorial gift, it was voted
to raise $25,000 for the construction of a new athletic field to be known as
Memorial Field. On March 31, 1921, the campaign "went over the
top," and on June 10, 1922 Memorial Field was dedicated and officially
turned over to the college. It was the first gift of major importance
from the alumni to the university and one of which they were justly
proud.

Memorial Field was used by the university as a football field, for track
meets, lacrosse games, and for men's physical education classes until
the spring of 1937, when it was officially turned over to the women
students. The men's activities are now scheduled for Lewis Fields.

Armory and Gymnasium, erected in 1906, contains a large drill hall
and gymnasium and provides space for the offices of the departments
of physical education and athletics and military science and tactics.
In the basement facilities are provided for showers and lockers and
for the storage of military and athletic equipment. Upon completion
of Pettee hall and the University Field house, this building will be used
as a women's gymnasium.

University Field House, under construction adjoining the new
Lewis Fields stadium, will house the department of physical education
and athletics for men, thereby freeing the present gymnasium for use by
the women's department of physical education which at present is
housed on the fourth floor of Thompson hall. The Field house will
provide space for an indoor baseball diamond, jumping pits, an indoor
track, and accommodations for basketball and other sports. Offices
for members of the department staffs, team managers' quarters, shower,
locker and storage facilities will be provided in a wing built on a lower
level. Convocation will occasionally be held in the Field house. Other
large audiences will also be accommodated in the new structure as occa-
sion demands.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
OTHER FACILITIES

Lands. — The lands of the university total about 1,305 acres. Of this
area about 154 acres are devoted to the campus proper and athletic
fields; about 257 acres are used for hay, tillage, orchards, and gardens;
about 558 acres are forest, wood and brush land; about 300 acres are in
pasture; and about 18 acres in ponds.

The Horticultural farm comprises about 20 acres of fruit trees, two to
three acres of small fruits, chiefly strawberries, grapes, and raspberries,
and several acres of vegetables and garden crop. In addition, there is
maintained at the farm a display collection of some 450 varieties of
bearded iris.

The orchard site is one of the finest in southern New Hampshire, and
the soil, which is a Gloucester stony, sandy loam, has made some of the
plots exceedingly productive. Various long-time experiments are under-
way in these orchards, giving the student opportunity to study and
observe trees under various cultural treatments. Nearly all of the
important standard varieties of fruit are represented in the collection
and in addition a number of the more promising new sorts. In the
gardens an excellent collection of vegetable strains and varieties is grown
annually. An apiary of 25 hives provides bees for pollination studies
and class work.

The farm is well equipped with tractors, sprayers, power cultivator for
the garden, and other modern implements. The packing plant which
is maintained in connection with it is equipped with an excellent grader
and other apparatus for the handling and packing of fruit. The cold
storage plant has been described under the buildings for administration
and instruction.

Marine Zoological Laboratory.— In 1927 the university acquired
the use of land on Appledore island, Isles of Shoals, including an excellent
set of buildings for the establishment of a summer course in biology. From
this experiment there has been developed the Marine Zoological laboratory
of the University of New Hampshire. It is at the present time a com-
plete unit within itself which offers adequate instruction in various
phases of marine biology as well as courses in histology, embryology,
comparative anatomy, and biology-education methods courses. The
unit provides adequate housing and recreational facilities, and is par-
ticularly adapted for the work of senior or first-year graduate students
interested either in teaching, experimental work in biology, or in prepara-
tion for medical school.

The Isles of Shoals is a group of small islands nine miles off shore from
Portsmouth in an area famous for its abundance of marine life. Much
of the work, therefore, is conducted out of doors.

The laboratory plant itself provides ample classroom and laboratory
space. There are supplies for all types of ecological and experimental
work, including glassware, chemicals, stains, lanterns for projecting
slides, and a complete set of microscopes and microscopic equipment for
all students. A library sufficient for all the work offered is transported

OTHER FACILITIES

from the university each summer to the Shoals. Boats for dredging and
for ecological study are available, together with the necessary apparatus.
Living facilities are provided by dormitories, a faculty house, and a mess
hall.

College Woodo. — The college owns a tract of 50 acres of old-
gro-vvth timber and 500 acres of second growth. A nursery for the
growing of seedling forest trees has been established. The College
woods are also used as a laboratory for forestry students.

Forestry Summer Camp. — The forestry summer camp is at Passa-
conaway, New Hampshire. Here the university has a tract of 400 acres
of timberland, on which are examples of most of the Northern forest
types. The property is surrounded by the White Mountain National
forest, which makes available to the school more than half a million acres
of the finest woodlands in the East. Students are housed in an attractive
wooden building, formerly a summer hotel, with 20 sleeping rooms, a
large dining room, and a comfortable lounge, suitable for lectures, study,
and reading. Drafting rooms, laboratory and darkroom facilities are
being added.

There is a game management area close to the camp, and the Bartlett
Experimental forest is only a few miles away. In addition various
forest operations are being carried on near enough to serve for purposes
of instruction.

Recreational activities include swimming, fishing, tennir, and moun-
tain climbing. There are 50 mountain peaks within a 10-mile radius
of the camp, on most of which there are trails. Bartlett, Conway and
North Conway are easily accessible.

Museum Collection. — Though the university has no museum, there
are several collections housed in various buildings. At present, speci-
mens are being collected to illustrate the zoology of New Hampshire,
and New Hampshire collectors and naturalists are invited to make the
university their permanent depository.

The Pottery. — The pottery is maintained and operated by the
League of New Hampshire Arts and Crafts and was organized to teach
craftsmen to make pottery which they could sell in the league shops
throughout the state. As the principal clay deposits of New Hampshire
are in this section of the state, a site was sought in Durham and the
university offered to assist. It is housed in one of the laboratory rooms
in James hall. The course is open "to sophomore, junior, and senior
students of the university who may qualify by taking out league mem-
bership for a nominal fee. Students may sell the products of their
work in the league shops.

The Hamilton Smith Library. — The library at the University of
New Hampshire, known as the Hamilton Smith library, was formed
through an agreement reached in 1907 with the town of Durham, and
includes the collections of the university and those of the former Durham
Public library, the Durham Library association, and the New Hamp-

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

shire Agricultural Experiment station. The Hamilton Smith library
building, erected in 1907, is described on page 53.

The library collection now consists of 95,000 bound volumes, and
about 625 periodicals are received currently. The library is an official
depository for United States government publications and, as such,
receives most publications so available. While the major part of the
book collection is housed in the main library building, certain depart-
mental collections have been established in other buildings on the campus,
including the Experiment Station library in Morrill hall, the Chemistry
library in James hall, and the DeMerritt hall library, which contains
the principal material relating to the various branches of engineering,
architecture, and physics. Various other smaller collections are housed
in departmental offices, and are to be found listed in the Library Hand-
hook. Noteworthy special collections in the main library include the New
Hampshire collection of some 2,000 volumes, the Amoskeag collection,
consisting largely of the labor and production records of the old Amos-
keag Manufacturing company, and the Mary P. Thompson collection.
Recently, by the establishment of small nucleus book collections in
women's dormitories, a beginning has been made looking towards what
is hoped will develop into well-equipped dormitory libraries.

The library serves not only faculty and students, but also the towns-
people of Durham. In addition, as much service as possible is given to
the people of the state through cooperation with other libraries. Incom-
ing freshmen are instructed in the use of the library by the staff in con-
junction with the faculty of the department of English.

Aside from a small proportion of the collections restricted to use in
the library building, all books may be drawn for one or two weeks,
with the privilege of renewal, except on new popular works. Fines on
overdue books are charged at the rate of two cents a day. In the
reserved book room books may be withdrawn for overnight only,
subject to a fine of ten cents an hour for late return.

The library is open during the college session from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m.
on week days, and from 2 p.m. to 6 p.m. and 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. on Sundays.
In the summer session and in vacations the hours are somewhat shorter.
A complete statement of library rules is given in the Library Handbook,
which is distributed free of charge. The library also publishes a free
monthly leaflet, the Library Lantern, giving annotations and evaluations
of new books.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Reserve Officers Training Corps. — Recognizing in military train-
ing values making for the physical, mental and moral development of
the individual and a future safeguard for the nation, the university
maintains two units cf the Reserve Officers Training corps. This corps
comprising units at 125 prominent educational institutions throughout
the country, organized by Act of Congress in 1862 in the midst of the
Civil War, reorganized in 1916 and again in 1920 as a result of the ex-
perience of the World War, provides systematic military training for
school and college students and trains specially selected students to
become officers of the Reserve corps of the army.

While the War department supervises the training, details officers and
non-commissioned officers of the Regular army as instructors, and loans
the necessary equipment, students undergoing this instruction and who
are members of the R.O.T.C. are in no wise members of the military
forces of the government. They remain civilians and, as regards obliga-
tions to serve the government, are in the same category as students not
members of the R.O.T.C: that is, enrollment in the R.O.T.C. involves
no additional obligations as to service.

The cadets wear, while at military instruction, a uniform furnished by
the government. They are put to no expense other than the purchase
of one or two textbooks.* Students (freshmen and sophomores) pursu-
ing the basic course are issued attractive uniforms of good quality; ad-
vanced students (juniors and seniors) purchase their uniforms with an
allowance provided by the government. This uniform is suitable for use
after graduation upon the student's becoming a reserve officer.

Military science is a required course for all male students, not espe-
cially excused, who are members of the freshman and sophomore classes.
Students of the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Agriculture are assigned to
the infantry unit. Students of the College of Technology are assigned
to the coast (heavy and anti-aircraft) artillery unit. At the conclusion
of the first two years, those students who elect, and who are considered
especially qualified, are given the opportunity to continue with the
advanced course, subject to congressional limitations as to numbers.
Students completing four years satisf,actorily are commissioned in the
Officers' Reserve corps of the United States army.

Both the coast artillery and the infantry courses include military
fundamentals. The object of this training is to inculcate habits which

• A deposit of $15 is required of each student having military equipment in his pos-
session, whether registered for military science or not. At the end of the academic
year or upon a student's severing his connection with the university this deposit will
be refunded to him upon the satisfactory return to the university of all military property
loaned except that a reasonable deduction will be made to cover any damage beyond
natural wear and tear or for the loss of any of the equipment.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

make for success in civil as well as military pursuits; physical stamina,
good carriage, courtesy, punctuality, neatness in dress and person,
attention to duty, high personal integrity, and loyalty.

In addition, the coast artillery course covers the construction, use and
care of artillery material, heavy guns, coast and anti-aircraft gunnery
devices and mortar transportation. To the engineering student this
course offers, apart from the military training, an excellent opportunity
to observe practical applications of his classroom work and to enlarge
his view of the engineering field.

The infantry course covers the organization, equipment, tactics and
administration of the basic and numerically greatest arm of the service.
This course stresses theoretical and practical knowledge of personnel
problems and emphasizes leadership.

Advanced students (juniors and seniors) who elect and are selected
to continue with the third and fourth years, and who fulfill the required
conditions including attendance at the prescribed summer camp, are
allowed commutation of subsistence, a uniform allowance, travel ex-
penses to and from camp as well as a per diem allowance while attending
camp. The cash value of these for the two years is, at present, about
$200. The student is not bound to remain in college nor is he bound to
any military service during his course or thereafter. He is required,
once having enrolled for the advanced course, to complete it as a pre-
requisite to graduation, and to observe the rules and regulations
governing the corps.

The summer camp, of six weeks' duration, is normally held at the end
of the junior year. Here opportunity is offered to meet students of
other colleges. The courses taken on the campus are elaborated upon
with special attention to the practical side. As the student is furnished
an appropriate uniform for wear during this period, his only expense is
for such personal items as he may wish to make. The Regular army
officers in charge insure proper healthful living conditions, including
wholesome food, as well as proper discipline and a healthy moral tone.
Medical officers guard the student's health and athletics are encouraged.
These camps offer the student scope to enlarge his experience while
occupied in activities, mental and physical, that minister to his devel-
opment.

Bureau of Appointments.— The University bureau of appointments
assists seniors and alumni to secure permanent positions after graduation.
It corresponds with and interviews school superintendents, personnel
managers of industrial concerns, institutional managers, and others who
employ college graduates, calling to their attention those seniors and
alumni who are seeking positions. The bureau also assists in finding
opportunities for men students for employment in and about the village
of Durham.

Vocation Days. — For the benefit of students who are about to
graduate, the university conducts for three days each year, called
Vocation days, a series of meetings to give the student authoritative

GENERAL INFORMATION

information about both the technique of job getting and some of the
fields open to the college graduate. In 1938 the visiting speakers dis-
cussed manufacturing, social service, welfare work, retailing and mer-
chandising, banking and credit work, engineering, office and secretarial
work, home economics, agriculture, the federal bureau of investigation,
sales, government aviation, and teaching.

Health Service. — The University Health service includes a uni-
versity infirmary known as Hood house (for a detailed description of
this building see page 56), a university physician, and a staff of registered
nurses. The object of this organization is to protect, improve and
maintain the health of the students. There is individual health guidance
through personal conferences, treatment, and cooperation with family
physicians.

The services of the university physician are confined entirely to illness
that may be cared for by office calls, dormitory visits, and infirmary
confinement.

Injury or illness requiring X-ray examinations, hospital confinement
(other than in Hood house), the services of specialists, operations, am-
bulance service or special prescriptions, are at the expense of the student.
For any illness requiring a special nurse, the student pays for such
service.

Injuries to athletes connected with training or disabilities incurred in
practice for or participation in freshman or intercollegiate athletic con-
tests are attended by the university physician so far as practicable. For
those requiring medical attention other than above, the university may
assume a portion of the expense, but only upon the approval of the
president.

Students, while at Hood house are charged $1.00 a day for its use.
Office calls are made at Hood house between the hours of 8.00 a.m. and
5.00 P.M. A charge of $1.00 will be made for all calls at Hood house
between the hours of 5.00 p.m. and 8.00 A.M. The fee for such calls is
cancelled by the university physician if he finds that the onset of the
illness or injury occurred at such time as to make necessary a call
during this period. When a student, who has been attended by the
Hood house staff, is asked to return for treatment or observation after
hours, no fee will be charged.

Christian Work. — Christian Work Incorporated, is the organization
through which general religious activities on the campus are stimulated.
The advisory board for this undertaking consists of representatives
from the various church denominations, the state Y.M.C.A. and
Y.W.C.A,, the New England Student Christian Movement, the univer-
sity, the alumni, the faculty, and the students. The board employs a
staff for the direct leadership of the work. The program is supported
by voluntary contributions from the above groups together with gifts
each year from parents of the students and other interested friends.

The object of the organization is to facilitate the cooperation of vari-
ous persons and groups of persons interested in striving to develop and

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

to maintain vital religious life. Interested students become members
of the Student Christian Movement, which is a fellowship of those who
believe that a better life, both personal and social, is possible for all men.
Among the activities of the group are Sunday evening programs at
the Community church, weekly student-faculty teas, vesper services,
lectures, conferences and social meetings. The staff of Christian Work
cooperates with the pastor of the Durham Community church.

Newman Club. — The Newman club is a Roman Catholic club which
fosters, in order of importance, the spiritual, intellectual, and social
interests of the Catholic students of the university; welds them into a
common union; assists the university and its students whenever possible;
and promotes by Catholic action through the Bishop of the diocese a
more fervent and informed Christian life. Membership is open to all
Catholic students, men and women. Roman Catholic services are held
every Sunday morning at ten o'clock in the auditorium in Murkland
hall, the first Sunday of each month being the monthly communion
Sunday for the Newman club. The Newman club at the university was
organized in 1926.

The Faculty Club. — The University Faculty club is an organization
established in 1920 by members of the faculty of the University of New
Hampshire to stimulate their social and recreational interests. Mem-
bership is limited to members of the institutional staff.

University Folk Club. — The University Folk club is an organization
for all women connected with the university either as members of the
staff, as graduates, or through their families. The meetings are held the
second Tuesday of each month, from October through May. Although
the purpose of the Folk club is primarily social, it has a gift fund for
women students, administered by the dean of women and a committee
from the club.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

STUDENT GOVERNMENT

Student Council. — The Student council is an organization of men
students which endeavors to act as follows: (a) as a liaison body between
the university administration and the students, in which capacity it
makes recommendations to the administration; (b) as a representative
body seeking to promote the best interests of the university; (c) as a
stimulus in creating student leaders. Members of the council are
elected by ballot each Spring. The president of the Association of
Women Students meets with the Student council during consideration
of matters pertaining to both men and women.

Association of Women Students. — The purposes of this associa-
tion, as stated in the constitution of the organization, are as follows:
(a) to promote a sense of individual and collective responsibility among
the women students in maintaining the highest standards of university
life; (b) to promote the highest standards of honor and integrity in all
matters of personal conduct; (c) to enact and enforce laws in all matters
operating for the welfare of the women students and which do not fall
under the immediate jurisdiction of the University administration;
(d) to encourage active cooperation in the work of self-government
among the women of the university.

Casque and Casket. — A society which is composed of students of
the upper classes, having an equal number of representatives from
each fraternity. Its duty is to regulate the campus interfraternity rela-
tions. It is particularly charged with drawing rules governing the
fraternity rushing period.

Pan Hellenic. — An organization designed to transact all business
of common interest to the women's fraternities, including the regula-
tion of the rushing period.

Associated Student Organizations. — An organization composed
of all extra-curricular activities, societies or groups for the purpose of
securing a satisfactory administration of activity funds.

Activities receiving funds from the student activity tax are members
of this organization. A committee of six appointed by the president of
the university advises with organizations relative to the budgeting and
expenditure of monies resulting from the collection of the student
activity tax, approves the budgets presented, and makes recommenda-
tions to the president of the university relative to the general adminis-
tration of the tax. This committee includes undergraduates and faculty
members.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Athletic Association. — The Athletic association, composed of the
entire student body, was organized in 1897, for the conduct, in cooper-
ation with the administration and faculty, of a wholesome program
of intercollegiate sports. Every undergraduate automatically becomes
a member of the association at the time of registration. A ticket is
issued to each student at that time which admits him to all home var-
sity athletic games.

Women's Athletic Association. — Every woman student automati-
cally becomes a member of the Women's Athletic association at the time
of registration. Opportunity is given for participation in extra-curricu-
lar team sports and individual athletics, and for leadership in these
activities. The association owns a cabin at Mendum's pond that is
available for outings. It also sponsors social events, and has recently
added to the program an hour of dancing for men and women students
twice weekly, with instruction for beginners.

NATIONAL HONOR AND PROFESSIONAL SOCIETIES

Phi Kappa Phi. — A national honorar^^ fraternity founded at the
University of Maine in 1897 for the purpose of promoting the highest
grade of scholarship. A chapter was established at the university in
1922. Its membership is taken from the highest ranking members of
the senior class. New members are elected at the beginning of the
first and second semesters.

Alpha Zeta. — A national professional honor fraternity of agri-
cultural students, organized at the university in 1903. Membership is
honorary and is restricted to students obtaining high class standing or
to graduates who have shown marked ability in agricultural study and
research.

Phi Sigma, — A national honor society for students doing major
work in biology who have completed a certain number of courses with
honor grades. Established in 1915.

Tau Kappa Alpha. — A national honor society which takes its mem-
bership from students who have been outstanding in debate and ora-
tory. Established on the New Hampshire campus in 1925.

Kappa Delta Pi. — A chapter of the national educational society,
organized from a local group formed on this campus in 1926.

Alpha Chi Sigma. — A professional fraternity with chapters in va-
rious colleges and universities. Members are elected from high rank-
ing students whose major work is in the department of chemistry.
Established on this campus in 1911.

Mortar Board. — A chapter of the national senior women's honorar>'
society, Mortar Board, was established at the University of New Hamp-
shire, Februan,^, 1938, with the purpose of stimulating initiative among
the underclass women, fostering a spirit of friendship, and upholding the
traditions of the universitv.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Members are chosen in the early spring on the basis of scholarship,
leadership, and service, from the members of the senior class.

Scabbard and Blade. — A national honorary military fraternity.
The New Hampshire company (Company F, Sixth Regiment) was or-
ganized in 1926.

Branch of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. —
A student organization conducted in accordance with the by-laws of
the institute, whose meetings are given a place on the student's class
schedule. The purpose of the organization is to promote interest in
electrical engineering, to foster acquaintance and good fellowship
among the faculty and students in the department of electrical engineer-
ing.

Branch of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. —
An organization of upperclassmen in mechanical engineering. Holds
regular class meetings for the presentation and discussion of engineer-
ing papers by members and by visiting engineers.

Branch of the American Society of Civil Engineers. — An or-
ganization of upperclass students in civil engineering. Regular class
meetings are held for the purpose of investigating by reading and
discussion various engineering topics of the day.

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

The New Hampshire. — A semi-weekly newspaper presenting
undergraduate and alumni news, published by an editorial board com-
posed of students.

The Granite. — An illustrated annual published by the Junior class.

The New Hampshire Student Writer. — The New Hampshire Stu-
dent Writer is a collection of the best undergraduate verse and prose pub-
lished annually under the supervision of the department of English.
This is a paper-bound volume of about 140 pages issued in the second
semester and placed on sale at the university book shop. Contributions
may be submitted by members of all four classes.

CLUBS

Alpha Sigma. — An organization established in 1925, whose mem-
bership is taken from high ranking students in architecture.

Cauldrons. — The purpose of Cauldrons is to give the men students
of the university who, for financial or other reasons, are not fraternity
members, the advantages of fraternity organization. The society has
been granted representation on the Student council, and Sphinx, and
the right to participate in intramural sports. No freshman may be
taken into membership until the conclusion of the fraternity rushing
season. Any member may resign at any time to become a member of a
fraternity.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Classical Club. — This society, established in 1927, takes its mem-
bers from students interested in Latin and Greek.

Durham Camera Club. — The Durham Camera club, while not a
university organization, offers opportunity for membership to students
and other members of the university.

Erato. — ^A society composed of students interested in the study and
writing of poetry.

Flying Club. — The Flying club was organized in 1931 as the Glider
club. Its aim is to foster interest in flying both powered and motorless
aircraft as a sport. The club maintains a Waco primary glider. Mem-
bership is open to all students.

Folio. — ^A society composed of students interested in creative writ-
ing, particularly the short story and essay.

Forestry Club. — This organization was founded in 1915 and is
intended to promote interest in forestry and to bring forward informa-
tion that cannot be obtained in the classroom. A number of speakers
are presented each year in addition to which outings and instruction
trips are held under the auspices of the club. Membership is open to
forestry students.

French Club. — This society was established in the spring of 1919
to offer competent students an opportunity to acquire a speaking knowl-
edge of the French language and to stimulate an interest in the intel-
lectual life of France.

Gamma Kappa. — An organization, established in 1933, whose mem-
bership is taken from high ranking students in geology.

Gilbert and Sullivan Society. — This club, established in 1936,
aims to stimulate interest in light opera, and to produce one Gilbert
and Sullivan opera each year. Membership includes all students who
have participated in a production in the cast, orchestra, ballet, or as
stage technicians.

International Relations Club. — One of over 450 chapters scat-
tered throughout the world, the purpose of which is to increase the mem-
bers' knowledge of international affairs through discussion, lecture,
reading, conference, and association with others. The local chapter was
organized in 1925 and is open to all students who are interested, upon
demonstration that they can meet certain prescribed qualifications.
The Carnegie endowment for International Peace furnishes the club with
a library on current questions, also issuing a fortnightly summary of
international events which is distributed gratis to the members.

The Graduate Science Society. — The Graduate Science society is
made up of graduate students and faculty members who are engaged in
scientific research at the university. The organization seeks to pro-
mote good fellowship and the exchange of ideas in science through the

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

presentation of papers by both Its members and by research investiga-
tors of other institutions. It was founded in 1927.

Menorah Society. — A local chapter of the Intercollegiate Menorah
association for the study and advancement of Jewish culture and ideals.
Organized in 1928.

MiNNESAENGER. — All members of the university are eligible for mem-
bership in Die Minnesaenger; this German club has frequent meetings
for informal German singing, talks, and pictures; meetings are also held
fortnightly for informal German conversation.

Newman Club. — (See religious activities.)

N. H. Club. — Membership in this organization is open to all men
who have earned varsity athletic letters.

Outing Club. — The Outing club, which was established in 1915,
sponsors all out-of-door activities, especially mountain climbing and
skiing, and conducts the annual Winter Carnival, and the University
Horseshow. The club owns two cabins, one in Franconia Notch which
will accommodate twenty, and another at Mendums pond, nine miles
west of Durham on the Concord road. Besides these cabins the club
has the use of a third in Pinkham Notch. Throughout the school year
there are weekly trips to the mountains for climbing or skiing. All
students, alumni, and faculty are eligible for membership.

Phi Lambda Phi. — An honor society whose members are students of
high standing in physics.

Plant Science Club, — Formed in 1927, the Plant Science club is a
discussion group composed of faculty members and graduate assistants
of the departments of botany, forestry, horticulture, agricultural chem-
istry, and agronomy. Monthly meetings are held and reports made on
research experiments being carried on by the members.

Psi Lambda. — A society composed of high ranking students in home
economics. Established in 1926.

Sociology Club. — Reorganized in the fall of 1937, the Sociology club
provides an opportunity for informal discussions of social theories, the
effects of social changes, and the factors involved in current social prob-
lems. Speakers, outstanding in their fields, meet with the group from
time to time. Membership is not dependent on the student's major
subject.

University 4-H Club. — This organization is composed of students
who have been engaged in boys' and girls' club extension work.

Yacht Club. — Yacht club, open to students (active membership),
faculty, and alumni, was organized in 1936, to further the sport of inter-
collegiate racing and to teach its members the art of sailing.

The Senior Skulls. — The Senior Skulls is an honorary organization,
the purpose of which is to promote college spirit and to encourage

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

friendly relationship between fraternities and classes. Members are
elected each spring by the society from the junior class.

Blue Key. — Blue Key is a senior honorary society, the membership
of which is limited to men who are recognized leaders in undergraduate
activities. New members are elected in the spring of their junior year.

The Sphinx Society. — A society organized in 1932 for the purpose
of promoting good will between this university and those institutions
which send athletic teams to this campus. The Sphinx society meets
and houses visiting teams, aids their managers and coaches, conducts the
members of the teams about the campus, explaining points of interest,
and arranges meetings with any acquaintances visitors may have here.
The membership of the society is limited to one member of the junior
class selected from each fraternity and one from Cauldrons.

DRAMATIC AND MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS

Mask and Dagger. — ^This is a dramatic club which aims to make a
practical study of the drama and to present each year three plays on
the stage of the " little theater " in Murkland hall. Membership in this
society includes students who have participated in plays or who have
assisted in stage production.

University Band. — This is a military and concert organization
whose membership is taken from members of the university regiment
and selected students. Academic credit is given for successful comple-
tion of each semester's work. The band plays at various university
functions and games.

Glee Club. — The Glee club is divided into two organizations, one
for men and one for women. Membership in the club is open to all
undergraduates interested in choral singing who fulfill the require-
ments of a try-out. The club presents programs of choral singing
several times each year.

FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES

The following fraternities and sororities have chapters on the New
Hampshire campus. The dates listed indicate (1) date of founding as
local fraternity (in parentheses) and (2) date of granting of national
charter.

Fraternities. — Kappa Sigma, (1894) 1901; Sigma Alpha Epsilon,
(1894) 1917; Theta Chi, (1903) 1910; Lambda Chi Alpha, (1906)
1918; Alpha Tau Omega, (1907) 1917; Phi Mu Delta, (1914) 1918;
Pi Kappa Alpha, (1921) 1929; Sigma Beta, 1921; Phi Alpha, (1922)
1924; Theta Kappa Phi, (1922) 1923; Alpha Gamma Rho, 1924; Phi
Delta Upsilon, 1924; Tau Kappa Epsilon, (1926) 1932.

Sororities.— Ch\ Omega, (1897) 1915; Alpha Chi Omega, (1913)
1924; Alpha Xi Delta, (1913) 1914; Phi Mu, (1916) 1919; Kappa
Delta, (1919) 1929; Theta Upsilon, (1926) 1930; Pi Lambda Sigma,
1929.

FEES AND EXPENSES

Estimate of Freshman Expenses

High Average Low

Room (Dormitories) * $120.00 $80.00 $64.00

Board (at Commons) 200.00 200.00 200.00

Tuition ** 150.00 150.00 75.00 and a

tuition grant

Uniform f

Books 35.00 35.00 35.00

Laundry 35.00 20.00 15.00

Incidentals ft 100.00 60.00 50.00

Total $640.00 $545.00 $439.00

Expenses, First Semester $340 . 00 $275 . 00 $230 . 00

Tuition — Four- Year Students. — Tuition is $150 a year for resi-
dents of New Hampshire and $250 for non-residents. Tuition is paid
in advance in two equal installments, one on the first day of each
semester. Students who find it difficult or impossible to procure the
necessary funds for payment on the regular registration day may
make arrangements acceptable to the treasurer for a series of payments
during a semester.

A commencement fee of $5 is charged upon graduation. Charges will
be assessed for extraordinary breakage or damage. No laboratory or
course fees are charged. Payment of the tuition entitles the student
(four-year, two-year) to admission to all home 'varsity athletic contests.

Tuition — Two- Year Students. — Tuition for two-year students in
agriculture is $75 for residents of New Hampshire and $175 for non-
residents. Tuition is payable in advance in two equal installments,
one on the first day of each semester.

* See bulletin on residential halls.

** If not a resident of New Hampshire add $100 to high and average and $175
to low. If a resident and not a holder of a scholarship, add $75 to low.

t Uniform for members of the Reserve Officers' Training corps is provided by the
Federal government. A deposit of $15 is required of each student to whom military
equipment is issued.

tt Expenses for travel, clothing, etc., vary with the individual student, and should
be added. The Student Activity tax, authorized by vote of the undergraduate students,
with the approval of the Board of Trustees is paid by each undergraduate to a duly au-
thorized delegate of the Associated Student Organizations at the time of registration.
The University Business office will require evidence of the payment of the tax before
registration receipt is issued. The revenue from the tax provides each student with
The New Hampshire, semi-weekly newspaper; The Granite, university annual; student
government and class activities. During 1937-38, the tax was $3.65 for men students
and $4.50 for women.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Books. — Students may purchase books, drawing instruments, mate-
rials, etc., at the University bookstore in Thompson hall.

Rooms. — The university has three dormitories for women and five
for men. Men of the upper classes may reserve rooms in Hetzel, Commons,
and West halls. East and Fairchild halls are reserved for men of the
freshman class. Certain rooms in Hetzel hall, not taken by upper classmen,
may also he available to freshmen. All rooms are heated, lighted and
furnished. Bed linen, quilts and towels, however, are provided by the
individual student. Each women's dormitory is equipped with a
laundry. A service room is provided in each dormitory where grills
and irons may be used with safety. Prices range from $64 to $120 a
year. Applications for rooms in the dormitories should be addressed to
The Registrar, University of New Hampshire, Durham.

Students living in University dormitories are required to sign room con-
tracts covering the college year.

A Five-Dollar ($5.00) Room deposit must accompany each applica-
tion, this deposit to be forfeited if the room accepted is not occupied by
the applicant. The deposit is held as a guarantee against breakage and
will be returned at the close of the year or upon withdrawal.

Room rent is payable in advance in two equal installments, one on
August 15 and one on registration for the second semester. Rooms
reserved will be held only until August 15 unless one-half of the annual
rent is paid before that date.

Rooms paid for and not occupied one day after registration may be
declared vacant and the room rent returned, unless the individual
holding the reservation makes a written request to the registrar to hold
the room until a later date. The advance payment for the room will
not be returned to those making this special request. No room will be
reserved more than ten days after the registration date. Early applica-
tion is necessary in order to secure a choice of rooms. Rooms in private
dormitories or families may be secured for about the same prices as for
those in college dormitories.

Women students, unless living at home, are required to room in one
of the women's dormitories, or in approved houses. A competent house
director is in charge of each women's dormitory.

Board. — A dining hall is operated and supervised by the university
for the accommodation and benefit of the students. All freshmen,
whose homes are not located in Durham, are required to board at the
university dining hall. The aim of the compulsory regulation is to
insure a broad fellowship in the class, and to safeguard the health of
the first -year students by offering skilled dietetic oversight in the selec-
tion and preparation of their food. The dining hall is equipped with
the best appliances for cooking and serving on a large scale, and is
subject to constant sanitary inspection by the university physician.
Board is $200 for the college year, payable $100 at registration for
each semester.

The dining hall is not operated for profit. Savings made possible

FEES AND EXPENSES

by reduced costs of operation are passed along to the students in the
form of a reduced board charge in the second semester.

A cafeteria is open to all students of the upper classes who may
desire to take advantage of the low price and the high quality of food
available at the university dining hall.

Checking Accounts. — Students are earnestly urged to arrange
checking accounts in their home banks or to place money on deposit
in the Business office until needed, in order to avoid possible loss result-
ing from keeping on hand considerable sums of money. Such banking
arrangements will also facilitate payment of registration bills which are
strictly due and payable on registration day. The Business office will
accept and cash student checks.

Self-Support. — ^A great many students earn their education in part
by means of their own labor during summers and while in college.

All students and prospective students are advised, however, to carefully
survey their individual physical strengths and scholastic aptitudes before
committing themselves to the arduous combination of intensive study and
part-time employment.

Students are urged not to cotmt too much upon earning their way the
first year, and should be sure of at least $400 /row other sources, a low esti-
mate of the first year 's expense. Inquiries from men concerning self-support
should be addressed to the bureau of appointments, Durham, N. H.

Student Employment Committee. — In order to insure an equitable
distribution of university part-time employment, a committee of the
faculty is charged with the responsibility of rating students for em-
ployment. The committee accepts no responsibility for the annual
placement of students on jobs. Its only function is to try to see that
only needy students are certified as eligible to hold positions. Ap-
plication blanks, obtainable at the office of the Student Aid committee,
must be filled out and each student rated before he becomes eligible
for a university position. Applications for federal aid work are also
handled by the Student Aid committee.

In addition, the University bureau of appointments assists in finding
opportunities for men students for employment in faculty homes and
about the village of Durham. In the fall and spring months freshmen
may secure work several afternoons a week doing such odd jobs or chores
as taking care of lawns, gardens, furnaces, etc. By the end of freshman
year they may reasonably hope to secure steady work, such as waiting
on table, serving as janitor in one of the University buildings, etc.

Women Students. — Employment for women students, except for
positions in the university offices or departments, is in the hands of
the dean of women, and inquiries from women students should be
addressed to her.

Freshman women are advised not to attempt to earn their room and board
in private families unless they are in good physical condition and have
excellent preparation for their university work.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
UNIVERSITY AIDS TO STUDENTS

TUITION GRANTS

In order to enable students to attend the university who would be
unable to do so without some financial assistance, the trustees award
250 tuition grants annually to residents of New Hampshire who have
attended the university less than two semesters. Each tuition grant pays
$75 per year and is good for one year only.

Applications for these scholarships must be returned to the Student
Aid committee not later than July 15.

Recommendations for scholarships may be made by the subordinate
and Pomona granges, state senators, State Federation of Women's
clubs, and citizens of New Hampshire.

Upon investigation and approval scholarships will be granted to
those whose need appears to the committee to be the greatest.

SCHOLARSHIPS

A limited number of scholarships are awarded annually to deserving
students. In order to grant scholarships equitably the university re-
quires full information of all applicants relative to the necessity for
scholarship aid. Scholarship application blanks will be provided upon
request to the Student Aid committee.

These scholarships will be forfeited at any time for misconduct. A
student placed on probation thereby forfeits his scholarship during the
semester of probation.

A more detailed description of the several classes of scholarships
follows:

Conant Scholarships. — These scholarships provided by the bequest
of John Conant, of Jaffrey, pay $75 at present and are good for one
year. By terms of the bequest they are open to men taking agricultural
curricula and preference is given to residents of Cheshire county.
Application should be made to the Student Aid committee.

Nancy E. Lougee Memorial Scholarships. — Since 1921 the interest on
$5,000 bequeathed by Amos D. Lougee, of Somersworth, has been ex-
pended for scholarships of $75 each. They will be assigned each year
and will be good for one year only. No applications can be approved
without satisfactory evidence that the candidates would he unable to
attend -without the aid of the scholarships. Until July 15 of each year,
preference will be given to residents of Strafford county. Application
should be made direct to the Student Aid committee.

Valentine Smith Scholarships. — Through the generosity of Hamilton
Smith of Durham, the sum of $10,000 has been given to establish the
Valentine Smith scholarships.

"The income thus accruing shall be given to the graduates of an
approved high school or academy who shall, upon examination, be
judged to have the most thorough preparation for admission."

These are the most remunerative endowed scholarships that the in-

SCHOLARSHIPS

stitution has to offer. They pay $100 a year and are good for four
years if reasonable scholarship is maintained.

Competitive examinations for these scholarships will be held in
Thompson hall at the university, September 12 and 13, 1938. Exami-
nations will commence at 8 a.m. on Monday. Contestants must present
the usual credentials fulfilling the requirements for entrance, and must
pass examinations in English, American history, algebra (through
quadratics), plane geometry, and either physics or chemistry.

Requests for examinations should be forwarded to the officer in charge
of freshmen at least one week before the beginning of the examination
period, and must state the names and addresses of the students, and
the examinations desired.

Examinations are not restricted to residents of the state.

Class Memorial Scholarships. — In accordance with a communication
presented to the board of trustees by the Alumni association in 1922,
each class upon graduation may establish a fund of $3,000, the interest
of which will be used in payment of a class scholarship, to be awarded
by a committee appointed by the president. The respective classes
shall forward recommendations to this committee which will investi-
gate such recommendations before awarding the scholarships.

Scholarships shall be limited to candidates of the highest moral
standards, physically sound, and preference shall be given to those
who require financial aid in order to continue their education, and shall
be dependent upon the same factors as govern the holding of other
scholarships as regards grades.

Eighteen classes are expected to establish these scholarships, and each
scholarship shall be dedicated to the name of one of the eighteen New
Hampshire men who died in the service of his country during the World
War. Nine classes have established their scholarships to date.

They are: Forrest Eugene Adams Scholarship, Class of 1922; Paul
Edward Corriveau Scholarship, Class of 1923; Pitt Sawyer Willand
Scholarship, Class of 1924; George Downes Parnell Scholarship, Class
of 1925; Cyril Thomas Hunt Scholarship, Class of 1926; Donald Whitney
Libby Scholarship, Class of 1927 and family; Frank Booma Scholarship,
Class of 1928; Earle Roger Montgomery Scholarship, Class of 1929;
Fred Weare Stone Scholarship, Class of 1930.

Ralph D. Hetzel Inter scholastic Debating Scholarships. — The Board of
Trustees on December 20, 1926, set aside three scholarships each year
(each for three years) to be awarded to the three interscholastic debaters
who may qualify under regulations defined by the Interscholastic
Debating league or by the university. These scholarships are limited
to residents of New Hampshire.

Hunt Scholarship. — A special scholarship paying $75 has been estab-
lished by the trustees at the request of the United States War depart-
ment for the benefit of soldiers, or sons and daughters of soldiers, in
the United States army. This scholarship is named in honor of Colo-
nel William E. Hunt, '99, and Colonel Charles A. Hunt, '01, who have

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

rendered conspicuous and gallant service as officers of the Regular
army before, during, and since the World War. This scholarship will
be granted each year and will be good for one year only. Application
should be made direct to the Student aid committee. The application
cannot be approved without satisfactory evidence that the candidate
would be unable to attend without the aid of scholarship. Preference
will be given to a New Hampshire soldier.

Concord Alumni Scholarship Fund. — The Concord Branch of Alumni
of the University of New Hampshire has established a scholarship fund.
In accordance with the suggestion of the Concord branch, money
paid in from year to year is employed as a part of the Student Loan
fund of the university. Ultimately, the principal and such interest as
accrues will be transferred to a special scholarship fund.

Frank B. Clark Fund. — A trust fund of $10,000 has been provided
by Frank B. Clark of Dover, N. H., the income of which is to be used
for the purpose of assisting and encouraging needy and worthy students
who are suffering from physical impairment or deformity.

"Students impaired by the loss of an arm shall receive prior consider-
ation.

"The benefits of this gift are to be available to students in any sec-
ondary school or college except a secondary school or college which is
under the direction or control of a church or religious affiliations or
preferences, and with the further understanding that students at the
University of New Hampshire shall be given prior consideration."

Dads'-Hetzel Scholarship Fund. — At the second annual Dads' Day at
the university, the fathers present voted to establish a scholarship fund
to be known as the Dads'-Hetzel fund and subscribed $304. For the
present this money will be employed as a part of the Student Loan fund
of the university. Ultimately the principal and such interest as accrues
will be transferred to a special scholarship fund.

Edmund L. Brigham Scholarships. — The income of a trust fund of
$4,812, provided by the will of Edmund L. Brigham, a member of the
class of 1876, is divided into two scholarships of equal sums each to be
known as the Edmund L. Brigham scholarship. They will be awarded
at the end of each year to the two members of the freshman class who
under the pressure or necessity of having to earn a portion of their
college expenses show either a constant improvement in scholarship, or
a high scholastic average, or both.

New Hampshire Branch of National Civic Federation Scholarship. —
From the income of a fund of $1,100, established in June, 1930 and
supplemented in October, 1937, by the New Hampshire Branch of the
National Civic Federation, a scholarship is to be awarded annually to
the junior woman majoring in economics or business who, at the end of
her junior year, by excellence of scholarship, character and promise of
leadership, is judged to be most worthy. The dean of the College of

SCHOLARSHIPS

Liberal Arts and the two ranking members of the department of econom-
ics shall name the winner of this scholarship in each year.

S. Morris Locke Memorial Scholarship. — The income of a fund of
$3,000 established by the late Mary D. Carbee of Haverhill, N. H., as
a memorial to Mr. and Mrs. S. Morris Locke, shall be known as the
S. Morris Locke Memorial scholarship. This scholarship is to be awarded
each year to the highest ranking junior majoring in chemistry, entomol-
ogy, or in any work where the microscope or microscopic technique is
largely employed, who has demonstrated outstanding qualities of
application, industry and initiative in any of these fields of work.

Cogswell Scholarships. — Through the generosity of the trustees of the
Cogswell Benevolent Trust of Manchester there will be available to
members of the class of 1939, during their senior year, 20 scholarships of
$200 each and 10 of $100 each. These scholarships will be given to
members of the class whose general record of scholarship, attainments
and conduct during the freshman, sophomore, and junior years are
adjudged by a committee of the faculty to be most worthy. The com-
mittee will scrutinize closely the record of the junior year, and will give
weight not only to the general excellence of the scholarship record, but
to growth and improvement as well. Prior consideration will be given
by the committee to the achievements of the members of the class who
are residents of the town of Henniker and the city of Manchester.

Hood Scholarships. — Through the generosity of Charles H. Hood, '80,
there are available to qualified students in the College of Agriculture
whose aims are set definitely to promote farming as a life opportunity
five scholarships of $200 each. These scholarships are awarded to
students who maintain high standards of scholastic excellence, strong
characters and, in case of competition, are assigned in preference to
students who intend after graduation to take up work relating to farm
milk production.

George H. Williams Fund. — The Income of the fund of $9,900, be-
queathed to the university by the late George H. Williams of Dover,
N. H., known as the George H. Williams fund, shall be used to award
scholarships to deserving and meritorious students of Dover. This
income shall be divided into four annual scholarships of equal value.
These scholarships, awarded for one year only and not renewable, will be
granted to men and women students, residents of Dover, for either the
sophomore or junior year. Eligibility shall depend upon character,
meritorious scholarship, self-help and evidence of financial need. Ap-
plication should be made to the student aid committee.

The Ordway Fund. — Through the bequest of Martha H. Ordway, of
Hampstead, made in 1934, the income from $2,000 will be expended
each year for the benefit of indigent students from Sandown or Hamp-
stead, if any; otherwise for the benefit of other indigent students attend-
ing the university. Application should be made to the Student Aid
committee.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Charles H. Sanders Fund.— The income from a bequest of $3,000
from the estate of Charles H. Sanders, class of 1871, provides a scholar-
ship in memory of the first class to be graduated from the University in
1871, consisting of William P. Ballard of Concord, Lewis Perkins of
Hampton, and Charles H. Sanders of Penacook. This scholarship will
be awarded to a needy member of the junior class who has excelled in
scholarship or has shown marked improvement in his scholastic achieve-
ment during his first two years at the university. Application should
be made to the Student Aid committee.

John N. Haines Scholarship. — The income from a fund of $2,475
bequeathed by John N. Haines of Somersworth will be used to provide a
scholarship for a deserving student of the university. Preference will
be given to a student whose home is in Somersworth. Applications
should be directed to the Student Aid committee.

C.M.T.C. Scholarship.— One of the 250 state scholarships already
established by the Board of Trustees will be awarded each year to a
member of one of the Citizens' Military Training camps in the First
Corps area selected from red, white, or blue students by the Command-
ing General of the First Corps area. This scholarship, available to a
freshman for one year only, will be awarded to a resident of the state of
New Hampshire whose application for admission to the university has
been accepted without condition and who needs help in order to attend
the university. The scholarship will be awarded after August 15 of each
year.

Harvey L. Boutwell Scholarship. — ^The income of a bequest of $3,000
of the late Harvey L. Boutwell of Maiden, Mass., class of 1882, and
member of the board of trustees from 1911 to 1929, provides a scholar-
ship for a deserving student who would otherwise find it difficult to ob-
tain a higher education. It will be awarded annually to a Massachu-
setts student, preference to be given to a resident of Maiden, Mass.
The determination of the award will be based on character, scholarship,
self-help and evidence of financial need. The scholarship will be
awarded for the first time in the college year 1939-40.

STUDENT LOAN FUND
In order to assist needy students to continue their education, the
university has established a Student Loan fund. After proper investi-
gation, and approval by parents, loans may be granted to responsible
students for tuition or other college expenses, except that freshmen
holding tuition grants may borrow in addition not in excess of $25.
These loans will bear interest at 2 per cent until graduation or withdrawal
from the university, and 5 per cent after graduation or withdrawal and
are payable as follows: $5 a month beginning one year after graduation
or withdrawal; $10 a month beginning two years after graduation or
withdrawal; $15 a month beginning three years after graduation or with-
drawal; and a like sum each month thereafter until principal and
interest are paid.

PRIZES

The John H. Pearson Trust. — In cooperation with the trustees of the
John H. Pearson Estate, Concord, N, H., a student loan fund known as
the John H. Pearson trust has been established, and is administered
under the conditions governing the Student Loan fund.

James B. Erskine Loan Fund. — In 1930, a bequest of Dr. James B.
Erskine, of Tilton, provided a fund of $3,642 for loans to students;
loans to bear interest at the rate of 5 per cent until paid. This fund
will be reserved for members of the senior class.

S. Morris Locke Loan Fund. — Through a bequest of the late Mary
D. Carbee of Haverhill, N. H., a fund has been created for loan purposes
in memory of Mr. and Mrs. S. Morris Locke. The fund now totals
$18,870.

R. C. Bradley Loan Fund. — The New Hampshire Poultry Growers
association has established a loan fund for loan assistance to under-
graduates who have been in attendance at the university at least two
3'ears with preference given to seniors. Loans are open only to students
majoring in poultry husbandry in the College of Agriculture and are
based on character, scholarship, and need of financial assistance. Ap-
plications made to the Committee on Student Aid are approved by that
committee with the advice of a committee selected by the directors of
the Poultry Growers association.

PRIZES

Bailey Prize. — To endow the prize formerly offered by C. H. Bailey,
'79, and E. A. Bailey, '85, a fund is being created by winners of the
prize, the income of which will continue the prize for proficiency in
chemistry.

Erskine Mason Memorial Prize. — Mrs. Erskine Mason of Stamford,
Conn., has invested $100 as a memorial to her son, a member of the class
of 1893, the income of which is to be given to that senior who is most
distinguished for consistent progress and achievement.

Inter scholastic Debating Prize. — The University of New Hampshire
Debating league was reorganized in 1921, and is under the direction of
the instructor in debating and public speaking in the university. Any
secondary school of the state is eligible for membership. Preliminary
contests are conducted at the schools, and a final contest is held at the
university to determine the winner^ of the league. A prize cup is
awarded in rotation to the winners. Other prizes, such as medals and
certificates, are awarded to individual debaters from time to time.

Inter scholastic Prize Speaking Contest. — This contest, for students of
any accredited high school of the state (provided they have not already
won the first prize in a previous year), was first held in May, l^l?.
Three prizes are provided by the university for the winners.

University Inter- Fraternity Scholarship Trophy for Men. — Through
the generosity of Wilford A. Osgood, '14, who has donated trophies

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

for similar purposes in the past, a plaque is donated which is to be
awarded each year to that fraternity whose members have the highest
scholastic standing as certified by the registrar.

Dietrich Cup. — ^This cup was given by the class of 1916 in memory
of Rosina Martha Dietrich, a member of that class, who died a few
weeks before graduation. The cup is to be awarded each year to the
girl who attains the highest scholarship in her junior year. The cup is
to remain in her possession throughout her senior year and until the
next winner is named.

The American Legion Award. — The New Hampshire Department of
the American Legion as a mark of recognition of the university's con-
tribution in the World War, and as an expression of its interest in
national defense, offers yearly a medal to that man in the senior class
who has attained the highest distinction determined by achievement in
military science, athletics, and scholarship. The name of the winner
will be inscribed on a trophy. This trophy, made possible by the gener-
osity of the American Legion of this state, is to remain in the perma-
nent possession of the university.

Bartlett Prize. — Former Governor John H. Bartlett, Hon. '20, of
Portsmouth, N. H., offers a prize of $50 each year, to be awarded an-
nually to that New Hampshire student, a member of the junior class,
who ranks highest in scholarship for the year among those young men
who have earned at least one-half their expenses since entering the
university. This prize was awarded first in June, 1921.

Chi Omega Prize. — Mu Alpha Chapter of Chi Omega awards an an-
nual prize of ten dollars at Commencement to the undergraduate woman
student at the university who shall submit to the committee on award
the best thesis on any subject dealing with problems of civic interest in
sociology or economics. The title shall be approved by the head of the
department concerned and the thesis shall be received, not later than
June first, and graded by a joint committee composed of the heads of the
departments of sociology, economics and English. If, however, no
thesis is found by the committee to deserve the award, no prize shall be
given.

Class of 1899 Prize. — The class of 1899 has given to the university
a fund of $500, the income to be used as a cash prize to be awarded "by
the faculty to the senior who in their opinion has developed the highest
ideals of good citizenship."

Phi Mu Medal. — The local chapter of Phi Mu offers a gold medal to
a senior girl to be awarded on the following basis: 50 points for excel-
lence in physical education, determined by both skill and the spirit in
which the work is carried; the remaining 50 points must be attained
by evidence of unusual scholastic capacity, democracy, loyalty, and
helpfulness in college associations and activities. No candidate will be
considered who does not have an average grade for her college work
above 80.

PRIZES

Phi Sigma Prize. — In order to promote high scholarship in zoology
and the allied sciences, the Phi Sigma national honor fraternity offers
a prize of $25 to be awarded at Commencement to that senior who
ranks highest in zoological courses throughout the entire four years of
collegiate work. The amount of work carried in biology, together with
the average grade in all other courses, shall be considered in making
this award. The prize has been offered each year since 1921.

Hood Prizes. — Through the kindly interest and generosity of Charles
H. Hood of the class of 1880, the income of funds given to the university
in 1921 and in 1924 will be used for the encouragement, aid, and benefit
of deserving students.

In accordance with the suggestion of the donor, for the present the
income will be expended as follows:

First. Hood Achievement Prize. — A gold medal will be awarded an-
nually to that member of the senior class whom the members of the
three upper classes choose as giving the greatest promise of becoming
a worthy factor in the outside world through his character, scholar-
ship, physical qualifications, personal popularity, leadership and useful-
ness as a man among men.

Second. Hood Dairy Prizes. — A part of the Hood income will be
devoted each year to paying a portion of the expenses of the members
of a team or teams chosen for excellence in judging dairy cattle and
sent to participate in intercollegiate or other dairy contests. Suitable
medals will also be provided for the individual members of such teams.

Third. Hood Supplementary Bequest. — ^The income from this be-
quest will be used for the purchase of a suitably inscribed trophy to
become the property of the university. The names of the winners of
prizes in dairy cattle judging are to be inscribed annually upon this
trophy, which will thus serve as a permanent record to the institution
of their skill and accomplishment.

The Fairchild Memorial Prizes. — In 1927 Mask and Dagger, the
dramatic society of the University of New Hampshire, established two
prizes of $25 each to be awarded each year to the two seniors who have
done the most to promote dramatics during their four years at the
university. These prizes are given in memory of Edward T. Fairchild,
late president of the university.

Thomas J. Davis Prize. — By gift of Thomas J. Davis, Duluth, Minn., a
native and former resident of Durham, a fund has been provided for the
establishment of dairy and household science prizes as follows:

First. For competitive judging of dairy cattle by "short course
students," excluding all four-year students, and allowing a suitable
handicap in favor of students who are taking a course of not more than
four months.

Second. To young women taking a short course for competitive
bread baking as a half unit and for dairy butter making as another half
unit.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Locke Prize. — The income of a trust fund of $3,000 bequeathed by the
late Mary D. Carbee of Haverhill, N. H., as a memorial to Mr. and Mrs.
S. Morris Locke, will be awarded at the end of each year to that junior
majoring in Latin, who is adjudged by a committee of the faculty to
have excelled in the study of that language. In awarding the prize
the committee shall give weight not only to the average grade in Latin,
but also to the general record of scholarship, other attainments and
character.

Alpha Xi Delta Cup. — A cup will be awarded annually by the Alpha
Xi Delta sorority to the senior girl who proves herself to be the best
athlete in her class. The cup will be awarded on consideration of the
following qualifications: good sportsmanship, physical fitness, athletic
achievements, and superior skill. The cup will be awarded by a board
of judges including the members of the department of physical educa-
tion for women, the president of the Association of Women Students
and the president of the Women's Athletic association.

Mask and Dagger Achievement Prizes. — In 1929 and in 1930, Mask
and Dagger established two annual prizes of $25 each to be known as the
Mask and Dagger Achievement prizes. These are awarded each year
to the seniors who, during their college courses, have made the most
outstanding artistic contributions to the dramatic work of the univer-
sity.

Psi Lambda Cup. — Psi Lambda, the home economics club, each year
awards a cup to the home economics senior who has shown the great-
est improvement in personality and scholarship during her four years
in college.

Alpha Chi Omega Prize. — A ten dollar prize will be awarded annu-
ally by Alpha Tau chapter of Alpha Chi Omega to the undergraduate
student of the university who submits to the head of the department
of English the best informal essay of less than three thousand words.
The title may be chosen by the student. All essays must be written
specifically for the Alpha Chi Omega prize. Such essays will be due
May 27 of each year. After the prize has been awarded, all essays will
be returned upon request.

Association of Women Students Award. — The Association of W^omen
Students will award annually $25 to the woman student who has proved
to be of value to the women's student body, and who has shown by
scholarship, self-help, leadership, and loyalty that she is worthy of this
award.

Alpha Zeta Scholarship Cup.—h cup is awarded annually by the
Granite chapter of the fraternity of Alpha Zeta to the sophomore in
the College of Agriculture who has made the highest scholastic aver-
age during his first three semesters' work. The winner is to have his
name engraved on the cup and to hold it for one year.

General Chemistry Award. — The local chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma,
professional chemistry society, engraves each year on a trophy placed

PRIZES

in Charles James Hall, the name of the freshman who secures the highest
average grade in chemistry.

Phi Lambda Phi Award. — Phi Lambda Phi, physics honor society,
will award annually a prize of $10 to a senior member of the society who
is most deserving, as revealed by proficiency in physics and general
scholarship.

Military Prizes. — The Military department of the university offers
gold, silver and bronze medals representing first, second, and third
prizes, to be awarded for excellence in individual competitive drill
among members of the freshman class.

Similar medals are awarded, after competition, among members of
the sophomore class for elementary command and leadership.

Third year students may compete for a presentation sabre, and silver
and bronze medals. The scope of this contest is excellence in platoon
drill and leadership.

Senior students are eligible to enter a like contest in the field of com-
pany drill and leadership.

In addition to the above, gold, silver, and bronze medals are offered in
competition among freshmen for excellence in rifle marksmanship.

The R.O.T.C. Band Award: Gold, silver, and bronze medals are
awarded annually to those students, members of the R.O.T.C. Band,
who are adjudged the most distinguished military musicians.

Scabbard and Blade Gold Medal: Awarded annually to the R.O.T.C.
student who is adjudged the most soldierly character. This medal is
not awarded on a basis of perfection at drill, but rather on the strength of
such qualities as physique, character, energy, mentality, courage, leader-
ship, and in general, such characteristics as promise especial value to the
military service of the nation in the event of a future emergency.

The Wellman Trophy. — The Wellman trophy, given by James A.
Wellman, of Manchester, a trustee of the university since 1928, to stim-
ulate and promote interest in debating and public speaking, will be
awarded annually at the end of his junior year to that student who has
shown excellence and continued improvement in debating. The ele-
ment of improvement will be of first importance in judging the winner.
The name of the winner will be engraved on the trophy which will be on
display in the Trophy room.

METHODS OF ADMISSION

Provided the special requirements of the separate colleges are fully
met, the university will admit without examination properly prepared
New Hampshire students who are graduates of high schools or acad-
emies of New Hampshire that are approved by the State Board of
Education, or those who are graduates of other specially approved
schools.

Applicants whose records do not give evidence of capacity, disposition,
and preparation adequate for successful college study may be required to
withdraw their applications or to submit to examinations to determine their
fitness for college study. This applies directly to those who stand low in
their respective classes in the secondary school, and to others concerning
whose qualifications there may be doubt. In so far as is practicable, officers
of the university will arrange for personal conferences with such applicants.

The number of persons, not residents of New Hampshire, admitted
each year is determined by vote of the Trustees and the following State
law.

" The number of new students entering the University of New Hamp-
shire from the states of Maine, Massachusetts, and Vermont shall not
exceed eight per cent of the total enrollment of the entering class of the
four-year course of the preceding university year; and the enrollment of
new students, exclusive of those from the states of New Hampshire,
Maine, Massachusetts, and Vermont, shall not exceed four per cent of
the total enrollment of the entering class of the four-year course of the
preceding year." This law is waived by act of the Legislature until
June 30, 1939. For the present, the number of out-of-state students
permitted entrance is limited by the available dormitory and instruc-
tional facilities.

Each applicant for admission to the university will be required to
submit two application forms: (1) an "admission credential" blank
filled out by the headmaster or principal of the secondary school from
which he is graduated; (2) a "personal statement" blank filled out by
the applicant. These blanks are distributed through New Hampshire
and other secondary school officials or they may be secured by applica-
tion to the chairman. Committee on Admission, Durham, N. H., to whom
all such blanks should be forwarded.

In order to give ample time for the selection of out-of-state students,
and for full investigation of New Hampshire applicants of doubtful
preparation, it is desirable that applicants for admission, both from
within and without the state, forward their personal statements and
credentials during the month of April, it being understood that the
preparatory school work will be completed in June. Credentials should
cover work done as nearly as possible to date of application. In addi-

METHODS OF ADMISSION

tion to the usual credentials, a personal interview may be required by the
Committee on Admission.

Candidates for admission to the freshman class must show evidence,
either by credential or examination, that they are prepared in 15 units
as indicated in the following table. At least 12 of these units should he
from Groups A, B, C, D, and E.

An entrance unit represents one study of four or five recitations a
week for one year. It is assumed that two hours of manual training or
laboratory work are equivalent to one hour of classroom work.

College College College
Required Units of Agri- of Lib- of Tech-
culture eral Arts nology

Group A English 3 3 3

Group B* Mathematics 2 2 3t

Group C Social Science and history 1 1 1

Group D Natural Science 1 1 1

Group E Foreign languages

Group F Vocational subjects

7 7 8

Elective Units 8 8 7

Total for admission 15 15 15

Elective units may be offered from all groups, including a fourth
year of English.

Entrance examinations will be given at the university September 1
and 2. Requests for these examinations should be forwarded to the
Dean of the Faculty at least one week in advance.

Cases not covered by the above statements will be decided by the
Entrance committee of the faculty.

Candidates for advanced standing may be admitted on the basis of
the work satisfactorily completed at the institution from which ihey
come.

Every candidate for admission to the university shall be required
to procure a statement, signed by the town or city clerk, to the effect
that the father or legal guardian is a resident of the town or city and
state from which he purports to register. Students admitted from for-
eign countries or states other than New Hampshire shall be deemed to
be non-resident students throughout tTie entire university course unless
and until the parents or out-of-state legal guardian shall have gained
residence in New Hampshire.

• At least two years of mathematics consisting of one year of algebra and one year of
plane geometry are required for entrance except that a candidate for admission to the
General curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts who offers two units in a single foreign
language may substitute for the two units required in mathematics two additional units
in subjects named in groups A, C, D and E above.

t Students entering the College of Technology must offer three units of mathematics
which should include elementary and advanced algebra, plane and solid geometry.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Admission of non-resident candidates will be by selection, and only
records of good grade will be considered; character, leadership, alert-
ness, etc., will also be taken into account. Because of the large number
of New Hampshire students needing financial assistance in the form
of employment, only a very limited number of applications can be con-
sidered which do not give evidence of reasonable financial backing.

Every candidate for admission to the university must, before he can he ad-
mitted, present evidence satisfactory to the university physician that he is in
good health. This evidence may be secured by members of the entering class
through physical examinations given during Freshman week at university
expense. Students who enter with advanced standing, special students, and
freshmen who do not attend Freshman week must assume personally the
expense of physical examinations necessary in securing evidence of satis-
factory health. Such evidence must include a complete medical and surgical
history of each student, and blank forms intended to assist each applicant in
furnishing such a history are provided by the university.

FRESHMAN WEEK

Freshman week was instituted at the University of New Hampshire
in 1924. It is evident from a study of the results of the activities of
this week that it has served as a valuable means of adjusting freshmen
to their new environment, of creating right attitudes towards college
work and of minimizing the usual delays during the first few weeks
of the regular term. By means of so-called "placement tests" the stu-
dents will be sectioned according to their abilities and aptitudes. The
week also affords an opportunity for the students to learn to know
each other, to organize their efforts, to work together, to play together,
and to become acquainted with the campus, the buildings, the faculty
and with the courses of study and the traditions of the university.

Attendance of all freshmen throughout Freshman week, beginning
Tuesday, September 13, and continuing through Saturday, September
17, will be obligatory. Any prospective candidate for the freshman
class who is absent from the exercises beginning on September 13
will seriously imperil his admission to the university.

REQUIREMENTS IN DETAIL

GROUP A. ENGLISH

The requirement in English is that recommended by the National
Conference on Uniform Entrance Requirements in English: *

"1. Habits of correct, clear, and truthful expression. This part of
the requirement calls for a carefully graded course in oral and written
composition, and for instruction in the practical essentials of gram-
mar, a study which should be reviewed in the secondary school. In all
written work constant attention should be paid to spelling, punctua-
tion, and good usage in general as distinguished from current errors.
In all oral work there should be constant insistence upon the elimina-

* Reprinted from Document 123 of the College Entrance Examination Board.

METHODS OF ADMISSION

tion of such elementary errors as personal speech-defects, foreign
accent, and obscure enunciation."

"2. Ability to read with intelligence and appreciation works of
moderate difficulty; familiarity with a few masterpieces. This part of
the requirement calls for a carefully graded course in literature."

Lists of books should be provided from which a specified number of
units must be chosen for reading and study. These lists should be
progressively difficult, ranging from the simpler books suitable to the
earlier years in the secondary schools to those requiring the closer study
warranted in the later years. Such lists should include the following:

At least one novel each by Scott, Eliot, Dickens, Hardy, Stevenson,
Hawthorne, Cooper and Mark Twain; The Merchant of Venice, As
Ygu Like It, Hamlet or Macbeth, Midsummer Night's Dream; Mil-
ton's Minor Poems; Irving's Sketch Book; Coleridge's Ancient Mar-
iner; Palgrave's Golden Treasury; speeches by Washington and Lin-
coln, It is also highly desirable that the prospective college student
should have read the following: some of the great epics in translation;
collections of modern verse, of scientific writings, and of modern plays;
some biography; and Myths and Their Meaning, by Herzberg.f

GROUP B. MATHEMATICS

1. Elementary Algebra. — The four fundamental operations for ra-
tional algebraic expressions. Factoring. Fractions, including com-
plex fractions, and ratio and proportion. Linear and quadratic equa-
tions, both numerical and literal. Problems depending on linear and
quadratic equations. Radicals, including the extraction of the square
root of polynomials and of numbers. Exponents, including the frac-
tional and negative.

2. Advanced Algebra. — The formula for the wth term and the sum
of the terms of arithmetical and geometrical progressions, with appli-
cations. The theory and use of logarithms, without involving the use
of infinite series. The binomial theorem for positive integral expo-
nents. Complex numbers, with graphical representation of sums and
differences. Determinants limited to simple cases. The elements of the
theory of equations.

3. Plane Geometry. — The usual theorems and constructions of
good text-books, including the general properties of plane rectilineal
figures; the circle and measurement pf angles; similar polygons; areas;
regular polygons, and the measurement of the circle. The solution
of numerous original exercises, including loci problems. Applica-
tions to the measurement of lines and plane surfaces.

4. Solid Geometry. — The usual theorems and constructions of good
text-books, including the relations of lines and planes in space; the
properties and measurement of prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones;

t For more detailed information concerning the reading, write to Head, Department
of English, University of New Hampshire, Durham. New Hampshire.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

the sphere and the spherical triangle. The solution of numerous origi-
nal exercises, including loci problems. Applications to the measurement
of surfaces and solids.

5. Plane Trigonometry. — The subject matter of plane trigonom-
etry as presented in good text-books, including the solution and use of
trigonometric equations of a simple character, the use of logarithms,
the solution of right and oblique triangles, and practical applications.

6. Review Mathematics. — A general mathematics review during
half of senior year is recommended, especially for students preparing
for college engineering courses. A certificate covering the work of not
more than one unit will be accepted for entrance.

GROUP C. SOCIAL SCIENCE AND HISTORY

This group includes history, economics, commercial law, and sociol-
ogy.

Although there are excellent text -books in history, an adequate prep-
aration cannot be obtained by these alone. Some collateral work is
necessary, whatever book is used, and with certain ones a large amount
is necessary. The details of the preparatory work in the social sciences
are stated in "The Program of Studies Recommended for the Public
Schools of New Hampshire," by the State board of education.

1. History of Civilization.

2. Ancient History. — This may include the earliest nations and the
period to 800 a.d., or it may be limited to Grecian history and Roman
history to the fall of the Western Roman empire.

3. Mediaeval and Modern European History.

4. U. S. Constitutional History. — It is assumed that a reasonable
amount of time is to be given to the study of the Constitution of the
United States.

5. Sociology. — The background in sociology should include a thor-
ough familiarity with one of the introductory text-books in this field,
with collateral emphasis on the basic adjustments of individuals, groups,
institutions, races, and classes.

The student should be familiar with the scientific method as applied
to the study of society; social ecology; basic processes; laws of social
interaction, mobility, and control; basic institutions; characteristics of
rural and urban life; and the nature of social problems.

For a more complete description, see the program of studies recom-
mended by the State board of education of New Hampshire.

6. Economics. — The work in this field should consist of the mastery
of a standard text or its equivalent assignments from one or more stand-
ard works. The study should introduce the student to the broad field of
historical and descriptive economics. This should include :

METHODS OF ADMISSION

1. Elementary economic geography.

2. The leading facts in the economic history of the United States.

3. Human wants and their satisfaction.

4. A description of money and a brief study of its function.

5. Distribution, including some study of land, labor, capital.

6. Governmental relation and control of business.

For a more complete description see the "Program of Studies" recom-
mended by the State board of education of New Hampshire.

7. Commercial Law. — The work in commercial law should include
a study of the elementary principles of the law of contracts, agency,
sales, bailments, negotiable instruments, business organizations, per-
sonal and real property. (For a detailed statement, see " Program of
Studies Recommended for the Public Schools of New Hampshire" by
the State board of education.)

GROUP D. NATURAL SCIENCE

A notebook, carefully kept, and examined by the teacher, is an essen-
tial part of all laboratory work in science.

1. Biology. — The work in biology should cover the material outlined
in the program of studies recommended for the public schools of New
Hampshire by the State board of education. Either a half or a whole
year's work will be accepted.

2. Chemistry. — Elementary inorganic chemistry should cover (1)
a study of the more common non-metallic and metallic elements and
their most important compounds; (2) an introduction to the general
theoretical principles; (3) calculations based upon chemical equations and
changes of gaseous volumes. A year's work should consist of four or five
exercises per week, at least one of which should be in laboratory work.

3. Physics. — The work in physics should consist of (1) the study of a
standard text for one school year under the guidance of a science teacher.
The minimum time devoted to this phase of the work should be four
periods a week. (2) Performance of such experiments as the science
teacher suggests, under the personal guidance of the teacher. The mini-
mum time for this phase of the work, to include both performance of
experiment and writing of report, should be two periods per week.

4. Zoology. — A study of the fundamental principles of animal struc-
ture and the dissection of type forms. The student should become
familiar with the characteristics of the various phyla of the animal king-
dom. The study should consist of four or five exercises a week, at least
one of which should be laboratory work. Either a half or the whole of
a year's work will be accepted.

5. General Science. — To meet a recent movement in the disposition
of the science work in the high schools, a course in general science which
amounts to at least four exercises a week for one year will be accepted.
Such a course may include something of the biologic and earth sciences,

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

the sciences employed in household economy, and the more common
phenomena of physics and chemistry.

GROUP E. FOREIGN LANGUAGES

1. French. — Work of the first year should include (1) careful drill
in pronunciation, through dictation, conversation, and reading aloud;
(2) drill upon the rudiments of grammar, with some translation of simple
English into idiomatic French; (3) reading of 200 pages of French prose,
if French is not the language of the classroom and a large amount of oral
French is not used by teacher and pupils, or of 100 pages if French is the
language of the classroom and the time saved by a reduced reading stand-
ard is devoted to oral work in French; in both cases the reading should be
divided between some intensive, accurate study of the French prose,
with translation into English to check up on the pupils' understanding
of the passage, and some extensive reading to induce pupils to read
French for the pleasure and satisfaction it affords.

Work of the second year should include (1) the reading of 300 or 400
pages of French prose, the amount to depend, as in the first year, upon
the time devoted to oral work, the reading being again divided into in-
tensive and extensive; (2) dictation, conversation, grammar drill, and
composition, based on topics connected with the classroom and events of
everyday life in France; (3) some practice in translating into French
from English variations or paraphrases of the French texts read, so as to
fix important words and idioms in the memory and to transpose the pas-
sive knowledge gained from reading into an active command of French.

Work of the third year should include (1) the reading of 500 or 600
pages of French, part intensively, part extensively, with emphasis on
books of recognized literary value and on those which describe the his-
tory and civilization of France; (2) continued oral drill (dictation, discus-
sions, etc.); (3) emphasis upon the writing of grammatically correct and
idiomatic French dealing partly with the texts read, partly with the
ordinary experiences of life here and in France.

2. German. — Work of the first year should include (1) careful drill in
pronunciation; (2) drill upon the rudiments of grammar; (3) dictation
and other oral work; (4) the reading of from 100 to 200 pages of prose;
(5) translation of simple English into correct, idiomatic German. Work
of the second year should include (1) the reading of from 200 to 300
pages of prose, part intensively to make the pupils acquire habits of
accuracy, part extensively to encourage them to read for pleasure and
satisfaction; (2) oral drill (dictation, discussions, reading aloud); (3) con-
tinued drill upon the rudiments of grammar, through exercises based
upon the texts read and others dealing with life in Germany; (4) the
study of German history, customs, and institutions through appropriate
reading texts and composition exercises; (5) reading and memorizing of
simple German lyrics.

3 Latin, Elementary — Grammar and the equivalent of four books
of Caesar. Two years' work.

METHODS OF ADMISSION

4. Latin, Advanced. — Equivalent of Virgil, six books, and Cicero,
six orations.

GROUP F. VOCATIONAL SUBJECTS

1. Agriculture (Smith-Hughes). — The work in agriculture covers
ten periods a week throughout the school year and includes a study of
and participation in the following, supplemented by at least six months
of supervised, individual project work on the home farm:

a. Major, contributory, and minor agricultural enterprises in the com-
munity, based upon the results of a survey of local farm practice.

h. At least twenty per cent of the total time allotted each year is de-
voted to farm mechanics, comprising the daily jobs confronting
the farmer in keeping his equipment in the best of condition, and
in doing the ordinary repair and construction work which arises
on the farm.

c. Agricultural economics and farm management are considered each
year in relation to each of the three types of enterprises. In ad-
dition, part of the work of the senior year is devoted to a synthesis
and extension of the principles applied in connection with the
three types of enterprise in each of the three preceding years.

Centering around the farm job and the home project, the activities of
the pupils include discussions, surveys, directed study, demonstrations,
field trips, and manual work.

2. Commercial Subjects. — Junior business training, commercial
arithmetic, bookkeeping, commercial geography and history, stenog-
raphy and typewriting, office or secretarial practice.

3. Home Economics. — Textiles and clothing, foods and nutrition, the
home, its care and management, the family and its members, and child
development.

4. Mechanic Arts. — Cabinetmaking and wood turning, pattern
making and molding, tool forging and work on lathe, shaper, planer,
drill press and milling machine, electrical work, automobile mechanics
and repair, printing, related mechanical drawing, shop mathematics,
shop physics, mechanics, shop organization.

SPECIAL STUDENTS

A mature student who is not a candidate for a degree, upon presenting
satisfactory evidence of his ability to carry successfully the desired
courses, may be admitted as a special student for one year only, upon the
approval of the committee on admission.

In choosing his studies he must have the approval of the head of each
department in which he elects courses, and of the deans of the colleges
concerned.

No credit earned by a special student shall count toward a degree ex-
cept upon approval of the committee on admission.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
ADVANCED STANDING

Candidates for advanced standing from approved institutions may be
admitted by the committee on admission. Their status in the Univer-
sity of New Hampshire will be determined by the quantity and quality
of the work completed at the institution from which they come.

(1) Such students must present catalogs of the institutions from which
they come together with official certificates showing (a) all preparatory
subjects accepted for entrance, (b) complete transcripts of records in-
cluding grades of scholarship in each subject, (c) statements of honorable

dismissal.

(2) All candidates for the bachelor's degree, admitted to advanced
standing, must spend their last year in residence, either in course or in
summer school. This requires the completion of at least 32 semester

credits.

(3) Regardless of the amount of advanced standing a student may
secure, in no case will he be given a bachelor's degree until he has satis-
fied the full requirements of the curriculum he may elect.

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL

Hermon L. Slobin, Dean

AIMS

The Graduate school aims to meet the needs of superior students who
are preparing to become teachers in colleges or universities, or investi-
gators, and to offer opportunities to qualified students for a more ad-
vanced training than they can obtain in an undergraduate curriculum.

ADMINISTRATION

Graduate work is offered, under the supervision of the dean of the
Graduate school, by competent members of various departments of
instruction and research. These members constitute the faculty of the
Graduate school.

The general administrative functions of the faculty are delegated to
the dean and the committee on graduate study.

ADMISSION

A student who holds a bachelor's degree, or its equivalent, from an
approved college or university, is eligible for admission to graduate study.

Admission to graduate study does not necessarily imply admission to
candidacy for an advanced degree. Students who are not planning to
become candidates for an advanced degree may be admitted to graduate
study upon the recommendation of the heads of the departments con-
cerned, and with the approval of the dean.

A student may major only in the departments represented in the cata-
log of the Graduate school.

REGISTRATION

A student desiring to register for graduate study must submit to the
dean of the Graduate school the official application for admission to
graduate study. Blanks for this purpose may be obtained from the
dean of the Graduate school.

Upon admission to graduate work,"a student first pays his fee at the
business office and deposits his enrollment cards with the registrar.

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATE CREDIT

Graduate credit will not be allowed to undergraduate students unless
such credit has been approved in advance by the dean of the Graduate
school.

A student will not receive graduate credit for a course in which he has
obtained a grade lower than 70.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
ADVANCED DEGREES

The advanced degrees conferred are: master of science, master of arts,
master of education, master of civil engineering, master of electrical
engineering and master of mechanical engineering.

Requirements for the Master's Degree

Residence. — A minimum of one full academic year, or four summer
sessions of six weeks each, at the University of New Hampshire, or three
summer sessions of eight weeks each, at the Isles of Shoals, in residence is
required.

Credits.— An average grade of at least 80 in not less than 30 semester
credits is required. These credits must be in courses numbered 50 or
over, and must be in the major and allied departments as prescribed
by the head of the major department and approved by the dean of the
Graduate school. Of the total credits required for an advanced degree,
not more than 6 semester credits may be transferred from another
institution.

Students who transfer the total of 6 credits from another institution
may complete the residence requirement at the university in three sum-
mer sessions.

Thesis. — If a thesis is required, the candidate must file with the com-
mittee on graduate study, for their approval, a statement of the thesis
subject as recommended by the head of the department in which the
thesis work has been done, at least six months previous to the time the
degree is sought.

All theses must be typewritten upon standard paper, 8>^ by 11 inches,
medium weight, neatly bound in black cloth, and gilt-lettered on the
first cover with the title, name of author, degree sought, and year of
graduation. The title page should bear the following statement:

"A thesis submitted to the University of New Hampshire in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of

Master of arts in (name of major subject)
Master of science in (name of major subject)
Master of education
Master of civil engineering
Master of electrical engineering
Master of mechanical engineering."

Whenever a thesis is printed in any periodical, it must be designated
as having been accepted as a master's thesis by the University of New
Hampshire.

Two bound copies must be filed before commencement day, one with
the librarian and one with the head of the department in which the
major work has been done.

Examinations. — All candidates must meet the regular departmental
requirements as to examinations in the courses for which they are regis-

GRADUATE SCHOOL

tered, and the requirement of a special comprehensive examination, by
the heads of the departments in which the major and allied courses
have been taken, three months previous to the time the degree is sought.
In addition, the candidate must pass an oral examination by a special
committee designated by the committee on graduate study and including
the heads of the departments in which the major and allied courses
have been taken, before the candidate may be recommended for the
master's degree. At least two months previous to the time the degree is
sought the candidate must file with the dean of the Graduate school the
"Application for Examination for Advanced Degree." The application
forms may be obtained at the office of the dean of the Graduate school.
(For detailed information concerning graduate study, see the catalog
of the Graduate school.)

FOUR- YEAR CURRICULA

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
M. Gale Eastman, Dean

DEPARTMENTS

Agricultural and Biological Chemistry Dairy Husbandry

Agricultural Economics Entomology

Agronomy and Agricultural Engineering Forestry

Animal Husbandry Horticulture

Botany and Bacteriology Poultry Husbandry

Requirements for Degrees

Each candidate for a degree must complete 144 semester credits and
the courses prescribed in one of the major four-year curricula.

Students graduating from the four-year curriculum in animal hus-
bandry, dairy husbandry, teacher preparation or general agriculture
must present to the dean of the College of Agriculture, at least two
weeks prior to commencement, satisfactory evidence of having had
practical experience in farm work, either through having lived on a farm
for at least two years subsequent to the age of 12, or through having
worked on a farm at least six months subsequent to the age of 16.

Students graduating from the forestry curriculum must have spent at
least three months in practical forest work, in addition to attendance at
an eight weeks' summer camp under supervision of the forestry depart-
ment.

Students graduating from the horticulture curriculum or the poultry
curriculum must have had practical experience on the college farm and
elsewhere to satisfy the heads of the major departments concerned.

Teacher preparation seniors must take one semester of supervised
teaching in some high school in the state designated by the state depart-
ment of education.

Several fields of study in the fine and applied arts within the university
are op>en to students in the College of Agriculture without prerequisites.
The attention of students is directed especially to the offerings in archi-
tecture, English, horticulture, music, physics, and pottery.

Students having any interest and possible time are urged to consult
Mr. George R. Thomas of the department of architecture to learn more
about these courses.

Curricula

The object of the four-year curricula of this college is to give a broad
general education and thorough training in the basic sciences as well as

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

to develop specific technical knowledge relating to the various phases of
agriculture. To this end several subjects in the Colleges of Liberal Arts
and Technology have been added to those provided by the College of
Agriculture. The lecture and recitation work of the classroom in agri-
culture is amply supplemented in all cases by practical exercises in the
laboratories and about the farm. Seminars and discussion courses also
are provided for seniors or other advanced students.

Many of the graduates of the four-year curriculum return to the farm
for the purpose of putting into practice the knowledge and training
gained in their college courses, and many of them have become successful
and prosperous citizens of their communities; others, who have no farms
of their own, accept salaried positions as superintendents or foremen on
large dairy, fruit, stock, or poultry farms; still others take positions as
teachers of science and agriculture in our secondary schools, or as as-
sistants in our agricultural colleges, experiment stations or extension
services; and, finally, an increasingly large number continue in special-
ized work, here or elsewhere, toward graduate degrees.

The major curricula from which the agricultural student may make
his selections are as follows:

1. General Agriculture 6. Entomology

2. Agricultural and Biological Chemistry 7. Forestry

3. Animal Husbandry 8. Horticulture

4. Botany and Bacteriology 9. Poultry Husbandry

5. Dairy Husbandry 10. Teacher Preparation

During the freshman and sophomore years, all agricultural students
pursue the same general curriculum of fundamental work. During this
period, a very few choices or alternative courses are indicated. The
purpose of such a scheme is to make possible a deferred decision by the
student who is uncertain of his interests, and therefore cannot decide at
once on a curriculum. However, there are definite advantages that accrue
from making a proper selection of courses even in the freshman year, and
students are urged to consider their aptitudes, discuss their problems
with advisers, and heads of departments, and reach decisions as to their
curriculum preferences during Freshman week.

In other words, these introductory courses are not electives in the
usually accepted sense, to be taken or not at the discretion of the student,
but rather they make possible the rounding-out of the fundamental
work in the interests of perfecting the major curriculum to be finally
completed. The highly technical or semi-professional curricula, such as
agricultural and biological chemistry, entomology, forestry, and teacher
preparation, involve sequences of subject matter for the whole four years,
and so much of it that certain courses even in the freshman year must be
carefully selected and prescribed. Other curricula may be a little less
exacting, but there will always be a decided advantage to the student in
making an early and accurate selection of his major work.

The earlier a student can decide on his curriculum, the surer will the
prescribed work for a degree he completed in the allotted time, and the more

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

easily will he find opportunities for choosing electives to suit his personal
desires.

The general descriptions of curricula which follow should be carefully
studied.

General Agriculture. — This curriculum is offered for the student
who wishes to secure a broad, general training in many important
branches of agriculture without specializing unduly in any particular
department. To this end, it is assumed that the student will take during
his four years an average of about two semester courses in at least ten
of the following departments: Agronomy, animal husbandry, agricul-
tural chemistry, agricultural economics, botany, chemistry, dairy hus-
bandry, economics, English, entomology, forestry, horticulture, mathe-
matics, physics, poultry husbandry, zoology. A majority of these
covering work in other colleges is required during the freshman and
sophomore years, but several in the College of Agriculture may be
elected in the freshman or sophomore year. In addition to such of these
courses as have been completed by the end of the sophomore year, ob-
viously other advanced and supplementary courses will be required in
the junior and senior years. However, a considerably greater choice of
subject matter is allowed here than in the more specialized curricula.

Students who expect to engage in farming will find this so-called gen-
eral curriculum with its wide range of fundamental courses a most
profitable one. This curriculum should also prepare for extension work
like that of a county agent, a boys' and girls' club leader, a marketing or
farm management investigator, or a soils and crops specialist. For
those expecting to specialize later in graduate work, the broad foundation
of fundamental subject matter made possible by this curriculum should
provide a most desirable background.

During the freshman and sophomore years the student should com-
plete at least three introductory courses in the first semesters and four in
the second semesters. In the freshman year this might include any of
those listed except forestry 5 and 6, and in the sophomore year the
elective list is increased by agronomy, both semesters, entomology 1,
agricultural engineering 4, agricultural chemistry 2 or 4 and geology (7).

Agricultural and Biological CHEMibTRY. — Students majoring in
this curriculum receive training in the various branches of general chem-
istry and in their application to the growth and development of plants
and animals. The methods used in the chemical analysis of plants and
agricultural products and in the study of animal nutrition and metab-
olism are given especial attention. Aside from the technical and gen-
eral requirements, numerous electives are offered which enable the
student to obtain a more general training, to select work in the applied
departments of the college, or to obtain the professional work needed for
teaching in the schools of New Hampshire. The curriculum is designed
to provide a thorough foundation for those expecting to prepare them-
selves for teaching and research in colleges and experiment stations.
The department is fortunate in being associated with the experiment

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

station and in that connection having charge of the chemical analysis of
feeds and fertilizers for the State department of agriculture. This
furnishes an opportunity for the student to come in contact with the
inspection and research work of the department and to have the benefit
of its equipment.

Students who expect to pursue this curriculum must take Mathematics
5, 6 in the freshman year and Chemistry 47, 48 in the sophomore year.
Additional credits as needed may be elected from the introductory
courses.

Animal Husbandry. — This curriculum is offered to students who wish
a specialized training in the practical and intelligent management,
selection, breeding, and feeding of livestock, including horses, beef and
dual-purpose cattle, sheep, and swine. Special attention is given to
studies which will prepare students for various lines of work, including
the extension service, production and sales work with feed concerns and
packing plants, and the management of estates and general livestock farms.

Many have found this curriculum excellent preparation for advanced
work in veterinary science, civil service, and other specialized lines.

During the junior and senior years each student is advised to elect as
many courses in dairy production as possible, thus obtaining fundamen-
tal information about a closely -related type of enterprise.

Various anatomical models, charts, and lantern slides, and an up-to-
date livestock library are available for student use.

Herd books of the most prominent breeds are used for the purpose of
familiarizing students with the methods of tracing pedigrees and with
the practices of breeders' associations.

Freshmen should complete Animal husbandry 1 the first semester, and
Forestry 2 or Horticulture 2 or 14 the second semester. In the sophomore
year Entomology 1 should be completed in the first semester, together
with agricultural engineering or poultry husbandry. During the second
semester, Agricultural chemistry 4 is expected and Animal husbandry 2.
Geology may be added to the electives already suggested for the fresh-
man year to make possible the completion of two more courses. Dairy
husbandry 2 is not advised in this curriculum.

Botany and Bacteriology. — The curriculum is flexible and so ar-
ranged that students in either the College of Agriculture or the College
of Liberal Arts may take major work in the department. The work
taken may be broadly cultural or the student may specialize with a view
to teaching, or in preparation for graduate study.

Introductory or elective courses in the freshman and sophomore years
may be selected largely subject to the desires of the student. An extra
year of English will be required not later than the junior year.

The department has laboratories and greenhouses equipped for work
in general botany, pathology, physiology and bacteriology and a working
library of 2,000 volumes. Ample facilities are provided also for ad-
vanced work because of the affiliation of the department with the experi-
ment station. The bacteriology laboratory is equipped for work in

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

general and applied bacteriology, and opportunity is provided also for
advanced work.

Dairy HusBANDRY.^Students majoring in dairy husbandry are
offered specialized courses in (1) dairy production and (2) dairy products
or dairy manufactures. Dairy production courses include a study of the
dairy breeds and all phases of care, feeding, management, herd analysis,
judging, and selection of dairy cattle. Dairy products courses include a
study of market milk, tests of dairy products, including the use of the
Mojonnier milk tester, dairy bacteriology, and the manufacture of
butter, cheese, and ice cream. The dairy herd on the campus, together
with the daily-operating market milk pasteurizing and ice cream units
in the dairy building, contribute to the practical training of students in
any one of several lines of the dairy industry.

The dairy husbandry laboratories, located in the dairy building and in
the dairy barn, are well equipped for instructional purposes. The equip-
ment includes power churn, power separator, pasteurizers, coolers, ice
cream freezers, bottler, two mechanical refrigeration units and a homo-
genizer. The milk testing and bacteriological laboratories have equip-
ment necessary for milk testing and inspection, and dairy bacteriology.

Freshmen are advised to take Mathematics 5 and 6 if they intend to
major in dairy products or dairy manufactures, which makes a full
schedule for the year. Other students should complete Animal hus-
bandry 1 and Forestry 2 or Horticulture 2 or 14. All dairy students must
complete Animal husbandry 1 as freshmen or sophomores, and Agricul-
tural chemistry 4 as sophomores. Production students in every case
should complete Entomology 1 as sophomores. Other introductory
courses for the two years may be selected from such titles as the follow-
ing: Agricultural engineering 1 and 4, Poultry husbandry 1, and Geology
(7). Dairy husbandry 2 is not intended for dair>' husbandry majors.

Entomology. — The department of entomology offers various courses
and selections of courses for students who wish to major in entomology,
and especially for students who desire to secure training through which
they can later take up one or another aspect of entomology as a pro-
fession.

There are several aspects into which entomology naturally divides
itself. Each of these represents a definite field of specialization, and an
opportunity for professional work according to the training that the
student has had. There is definite advantage in deciding on this major
early in the course of undergraduate training. Equipment for a pro-
fessional position is based on suitable undergraduate work to be followed
by more fully specialized graduate work.

Outlines of specific, suggested courses of study are available to the
student on application at the department office. These outlines refer to
the following specialized fields of entomological training, any one of
which is offered by the department to students majoring in entomology.

General Entomology. — A broad selection of courses which furnish a
suitable background for later specialization in the following: (a) life his-

100

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

tory studies of insects; (b) control of animal parasites; (c) systematic
entomology; and (d) the relation of insects to their environment. Stu-
dents who are interested in entomology in general, but have not yet
determined what special field they might wish to enter, may take this
grouping of courses.

Toxicology. — This specialized field relates particularly to the control
of insects by chemical means. It is a professional field that is rapidly
developing. A student who elects it will be given extensive training in
chemistry as well as in entomology, and in graduate work will be ex-
pected to give considerable attention to insect physiology.

Medical Entomology. — The undergraduate training looking toward
specialization in medical entomology includes courses in zoology and
human physiology, as well as studies in the life histories of important
insects that serve as the transmitting agents for various human diseases
and in the means of control of such diseases through control of the in-
sects that transmit them.

Forest Entomology. — This aspect of entomology is closely related to the
study of forest practices. Students who specialize in this field will take
certain courses in forestry as well as fundamental entomology and
specialized studies in the life histories of insects attacking forest and
shade trees.

Biologic Control. — Certain fundamentals of general entomology are
taken up in the subjects studied by a student majoring in this aspect of
entomology. In addition, special attention is given to the relation of
various natural enemies to insects, including insect parasites and the
eff"ects of fungous and bacterial diseases upon insect life and abundance.

In the freshman year, Mathematics 5 and 6 should be completed. In
the sophomore year. Entomology 1 is required. Other introductory
courses may be selected for additional credits to meet the student's
special interest needs.

Forestry. — The training and instructional work in forestry is in-
tended to meet the needs of three classes of students: (1) those who wish
to secure four years' training in forestry; (2) those who wish to fit them-
selves for positions in the lumber business; and (3) those who desire a
foundation for professional or graduate work in forestry. All students
take the same work during the first two years, and their courses of study
as juniors and seniors depend on their records as freshmen and sopho-
mores.

General Group. — This group includes those students who wish to secure
a sound training in forestry, but who do not care to spend more than four
years in college. Considerable latitude is given in the courses which the
student may elect, but his efforts are directed toward securing a good
general education.

Business Group. — The student who chooses this program of study
receives training in the fundamental principles of forestry, and, in addi-
tion, elects certain courses in the field of business administration.

101

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Professional Group. — This program of study is designed to fit the
student for advanced work at some other institution, where he will be
able to satisfy the requirements for the degree of master of forestry in
one year. Students who plan to enter the United States forest service,
to become teachers, research workers, or consulting foresters, should
elect this course. The requirements, however, are high for this group,
and only the best students will be encouraged to undertake it.

All freshmen should take forestry 5 and 6. Sophomores will take
Civil engineering 7 and 8, Entomology 1, and Forestry 9 and 10. Agri-
cultural chemistry 2, Agricultural engineering 4, Geology (7) or other
introductory courses may be elected.

Horticulture. — The department of horticulture offers instruction
which, by thorough preparation in fundamentals, fits the student for
intelligent and resourceful production and marketing of fruits and
vegetables. Students of superior ability will find it possible, by sup-
plementing their undergraduate work with postgraduate study, to
prepare for professional positions in teaching, research, or extension
work.

The course in ornamental horticulture and floriculture is designed to
fit the student for work on large private estates, in retail florists' ranges,
or with nursery companies. It does not presume to prepare professional
landscape architects.

Major students in this department must elect a minimum of 25
semester credits of advanced horticultural and related courses. In
addition, because fundamental to all horticultural work, the study of
economics, of plant physiology, and of the control of insects and diseases
is required of all students. Similarly, subject matter in other depart-
ments related to the student's chosen field of endeavor may be required
at the discretion of the head of the department.

Mathematics 5 and 6 is to be preferred in the freshman year for
students who expect to do graduate work. Other students should
elect some of the introductory courses for additional credits. Agri-
cultural engineering and any of the horticultural courses listed are
recommended.

In the sophomore year. Entomology 1 and Agricultural chemistry 2
should be completed. Additional credits will then be obtained from
the introductory courses previously mentioned and from those in the
sophomore list, like Animal husbandry 1, Poultry husbandry 1, in the
first semester; and Dairy husbandry 2, Forestry 2, Geology (7) and
Horticulture 28 in the second semester.

Poultry Husbandry. — The curriculum in poultry husbandry has
been designed to offer students fundamental and special training in
the practical as well as professional fields of poultry. The courses are
also offered to those majoring in other departments.

A brief but comprehensive period of practical work is offered for
those who lack sufiicient experience in the actual care and production

102

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

of chicks and laying birds. All of the facilities of the university poultry
plant are available for such students.

During the freshman or sophomore year it is necessary that Poultry
husbandry 1 be completed, since it is a prerequisite for many of the
other advanced courses in this department. Agricultural chemistry
4 should be completed. Any of the other introductory courses in the
freshman list are recommended for additional credits except Forestry 5
and 6; and in the sophomore year Agricultural engineering 4, Entomology
1, and Geology (7) may be added to the courses available.

Teacher Preparation. — Under the provisions of the Smith-Hughes
act, the University of New Hampshire has been designated as the
institution in this state for the preparation of teachers of agriculture.
This curriculum gives the young man a broad training in the funda-
mental sciences and in general agriculture. In addition, he receives
professional training in such educational subjects as psychology, prin-
ciples of education and methods of teaching in supervised practice teach-
ing. Students who complete the curriculum and who have had the
requisite amount of practical experience on a farm will be accredited as
teachers.

There is a rapidly increasing demand for teachers of agriculture in
our secondary schools. Local school boards are beginning to appreciate
more fully the value of instruction in agriculture both for the boys who
will engage in agriculture after leaving high school, and as electives to
maintain the interest of those young men who may wish to take at the
university further education in this basic industry. As a result, there
are many good positions open for the young men who wish to make the
teaching of agriculture a profession.

Freshmen may elect any one of the introductory courses for each
semester except Forestry 5 and 6 and Horticulture 26. In the sophomore
year more of these same courses should be completed with the addition of
Geology (7) and possibly Agricultural engineering 4, Animal husbandry
2 and Entomology 1.

103

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Freshman Year
All Curricula

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required First Semester)

Mil. Sci. 1. 2

Phys. Ed. 31, 32

Bot. 1, 2 (General)

Chem. 1, 2 (Inorganic)

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition) .

Math. 5, 6 (First Year) or \

Math. 21, 22 (Elements of Analysis) /

Elective

First

Semester

Credits

4
4
3

3-5
0-2

Second

Semester

Credits

4
4
3

3-5
0-2

Introductory courses scheduled to satisfy curricula requirements for the freshman

year.

First Semester Second Semester

Forestry 5 [3] Forestry 6 [3]

Agricultural Engineering 1 13] Dairy Husbandry 2 [3]

Animal Husbandry 1 [3] Forestry 2 [3]

Poultry Husbandry 1 [3] Horticulture 2 or 14 [3]

Horticulture 26 [3]

Sophomore Year
All Curricula

Convocation (Required)

Mil. Sci. 3,4

Phys. Ed. 33, 34

Phys. 1, 2 (Introductory)

Agr. Chem. 1 (Introductory) or \

Chem. 47, 48 (Organic) /

Zool. 48 (General)

Elective

First

Semester

Credits

Second
Semester
Credits

0-5

3
4-9

Introductory courses scheduled to satisfy
year.

First Semester
Agronomy 1 [3]
Agricultural Engineering 1 [3]
Animal Husbandry 1 [3]
Civil Engineering 7 12]
Forestry 9 13)
Education 41 [3]
Entomology 1 [3]
Poultry Husbandry 1 (3)

curricula requirements for the sophomore

Second Semester
Agronomy 2 [2]
Agricultural Engineering 4 [1]
Animal Husbandry 2 [1]
Civil Engineering 8 [2]
Forestry 10 [3]

Agricultural Chemistry 2 or 4 [3]
Dairy Husbandry 2 [3]
Forestry 2 [3]
Geology (7) [3]
Horticulture 2 or 14 [3]
Horticulture 28 [3]

104

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

GENERAL AGRICULTURE
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Agr. Econ. 1 (Rural)

Agr. Econ. 3 (Farm Accounting) ,

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers)

A.H. 3, 2 (Feeds; Judging)

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles)

Elective

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agron. 3, 4 (Crop Production; Field Crops) 3

Agron. 5 (Soil Utilization) 2

Agron. 7, 8 (Agronomic Literature) Arr

Bact. 1, 2 (General; Applied) 4

D.H. 7, 10 (Butter and Cheese; Bacteriology) 2

D.H. 13, 14 (Judging) 1

Ent. 53, 52 (Animal; Orchard, Garden) 2

Hort. 1 (Potnology) 3

P.H. 3, 4 (Problems) 1

Zool. 49 (Genetics) 2

Senior Year

Agr. Econ. 5, 4 (Cooperative Marketing; Farm Management) .... 2

Eng. 41, (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Elective 14

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Econ. 7, 8 (Statistics; Rural Community) 1

Agr. Eng. 3, 2 (Electricity; Power and Machinery) 3

A.H. 9, 10 (Horses, Beef Cattle; Sheep and Swine) 3

D.H. 3, 4 (Cattle; Milk Production) 3

D.H. 5, 6 (Market Milk; Ice Cream) 3

Met. 2 (Elementary)

Others from junior list

First

Second

Semester

Credits

Arr.
4
4
1
2

3
2
3
3
3
2

105

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

AGRICULTURAL AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits
Convocation (Required)

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers) 3

Bact. 1, 2 (General; Applied) .' . 4

Chem. 25, 26 (Quantitative and Qualitative) 3

Lang. (French or German) 3

Elective 5

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agron. 3, 4 (Crop Production; Field Crops) 3

A.H. 3 (Feeds) 3

D.H. 3, 2 (Dairy Cattle; Fundamentals) 3

Geol. 1 , 2 (Principles) 4

Hort. 2 or 14 (Pomology; Vegetable Gardening)

Math. 7, 8 (Calculus) 3

Senior Year

Agr. Chem. 51, 52 (Physiological) 5

Agr. Chem. 53, 54 (Agricultural Analysis) 4

Eng. 41 (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Elective 7

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Chem. 55 (Plant Chemistry) 4

Bot. 4 (Physiology)

Chem. 55, 56 (Advanced Organic) 3

Chem. 83, 84 (Physical) 5

Z06I. 59, 60 (Physiology) 4

Second

Semester

Credits

2
4
3
3
6

4
3
3

4
3
6

4
3
5
4

106

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits
Convocation (Required)

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers) 3

Agron. 3 (Crop Production) 3

A.H. 5, 6 (Veterinary Science) 3

A.H. 3 (Feeds) 3

A.H, 4 (Advanced Judging)

Econ. 1 , 2 (Principles) 3

Elective 3

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Econ. 1 (Rural) 2

Agr. Econ. 3 (Farm Accounting) 2

Agron. 4 (Field Crops)

D.H. 14 (Judging) ............'....'

Econ. 24 (Marketing)

Ent. 53 (Insects of Domestic Animals) 2

For. 2 (Principles)

Z06I. 49 (Genetics) 2

Second

Semester

Credits

1
3
9

3
1
3

Senior Year

Agr. Econ. 5, 4 (Cooperative Marketing; Farm Management) 2

A.H. 7, 8 (Breeding; Meat and its Products) 3

A.H. 9. 10 (Horses, Beef; Sheep. Swine) 3

A.H, 12 (Seminar)

D.H, 3, 4 (Dairy Cattle; Milk Production) 3

Eng. 41, (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) ...... 2

Elective 5

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr, Eng. 3, 2 (Electricity; Power and Machinery) 3

Met, 2 (Elementary)

3
2
3
1
3
3
3

2
2

107

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

BOTANY AND BACTERIOLOGY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits

Convocation {Required)

Eng. (Advanced) 3

Lang. (French or German) 3

Elective 12

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers) 3

Bact. 1, 2 (General; Applied) 4

Bot. 3, 4 (Histology; Physiology) 2

Chem. 25, 26 (Quantitative and Qualitative) 3

Chem. 47, 48 (Organic) 5

Ent. 1 (Principles) 3

Ent. 54 (Medical Entomology)

GeoL 1, 2 (Principles) 4

Hort. 94 (Plant Evolution)

Zool. 1, 2 (Principles of Zoology) 4

Zo6l. 49 (Genetics) 2

Senior Year — Botany

Bact. 1, 2 (General; Applied) 4

Bot. 5, 52 (Plant Pathology; Systematic) 3

Bot. 53, 54 (Advanced) Arr.

Elective "^

Senior Year — Bacteriology

Bact. 51. 52 (Advanced) Arr.

Zool. 17, 18 (Human Anatomy; Physiology) 3

Zo6l. 15, 16 (Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates) 2

Elective ^

18
Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Chem. 51, 52 (Physiological) 5

Eng. 41 (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Geol. 1, 2 (Principles) 4

Ger. 5, 6 (Scientific German) 3

Met. 2 (Elementary)

Phys. 14 (Elementary Optics and Photography)

Second

Semester

Credits

2
4
4
3
5

4
2
4

Arr.

Arr.
3
2
9

5
3
4
3
2
3

108

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits

Convocation {Required)

Bact. 1 {General) ■*

D.H. 7, 10 {Butter, Cheese; Bacteriology) 2

D.H. 13, 14 {Judging) 1

Econ. 1, 2 {Principles) 3

Elective *

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Acct. 1 , 2 {Elementary) 4

Agr. Econ. 3 {Farm Accounting) 2

Agron. 1, 2 {Soils; Fertilizers) 3

Agron. 3 {Crop Production) 3

A.H. 5, 6 {Veterinary Science) 3

Bact. 2 {Applied)

Ent. 53 {Insects of Domestic Animals) 2

Zool. 49 {Genetics) 2

Senior Year

Agr. Econ. 5. 4 {Cooperative Marketing; Farm Management) 2

A.H. 3 {Feeds) 3

D.H. 3. 4 {Cattle; Milk Production) 3

D.H. 5, 6 {Market Milk; Ice Cream) 3

D.H. 12 {Seminar)

D.H. 16 {Advanced Dairy Science)

Eng. 41 (35) {Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Elective ^

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Econ. I {Rural) 2

Agr. Eng. 3, 2 {Electricity; Power and Machinery) 3

Met. 2 {Elementary)

Others from junior list

Second

Semester

Credits

3
4

3
3
2
2
3
2

2
2

109

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

ENTOMOLOGY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits

Convocation (Required)

Bact. 1, 2 {General; Applied) 4

Econ. 1, 2 {Principles) 3

Ent. 57, 58 {Advanced) 4

Elective 7

Prescribed or Recotnynended Electives

Bot. 5, 54 {Pathology; Advanced) 3

Chem. 25, 26 {Quantitative and Qualitative) 3

Chem. 47. 48 {Organic) 5

Chem. 81, 82 {Physical) 2

Ent. 54 {Household)

Ent. 56 {Forest) •

Forestry 7, 8 {Mensuration) or \ 3

Forestry 9, 10 {Silviculture) /

Lang. {French or German) 3

Z06I. 3, 4 {Hygiene and Sanitation) 3

Senior Year

Eng. 41, (35) {Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Ent. 59, 60 {Advanced) 2-5

Lang. {French or German) 3

Elective 8-11

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Chem. 51, 52 {Physiological) 5

Bot. 3, 4 {Histology; Physiology) 2

Chem. 83, 84 {Physical) 5

Zool. 51, 52 {Invertebrates) 3

Z06I. 53, 54 {Histology) 4

Second

Semester

Credits

4
3
4
7

Arr.
3
5
2
2
2

3
3

2-5
3
7-10

5
4
5
3
4

110

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

FORESTRY

Junior Year

First

Semester

Credits

Convocation (Required)

Agron. 1 (Soils) 3

Bot. 4 (^Plant)

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles) 3

For. 7, 8 (Mensuration) 3

Elective 9

18
Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Bot. 3, 52 (Histology; Systematic) 2

Ent. 1, 56 (Principles; Forest) 3

For. 11, 12 (Utilization) 3

For. 13, 14 (Improvements; Fish and Game) 2

Lang, (French or German) 3

M.E. S4 (Wood Shop) 1

M.E. S12 (Forge Shop) J

Home Econ. 21 (Camp Cooking) 1

For. 21 (Fish and Game Management) 3

SUMMER CAMP

For. 22 (Timber Survey) , 8 weeks '. .

Senior Year

Eng. 41, (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

For. 19, 20 (Management) 4

Elective 9

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Bot. 5 (Pathology) 3

For. 15. 16 (Thesis) 2 or 3

For. 18 (History)

For. 21 (Fish and Game Management) 3

Met. 2 (Elementary)

Others from junior list

Second

Semester

Credits

4
3
3
8

2
2
3
2
3

4
8

2 or 3
3

111

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

HORTICULTURE
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers)

Bact. 1 (General)

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles)

Hort. 44 (Practice)

Hort. 94 (Plant Breeding)

Zool. 49 (Genetics)

Elective

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Econ. 3 (Accounting) 2

Agron. 3 (Crop Production) 3

Bot. 52 (Systematic)

Hort. 3. 2 (Fruit Judging; Pomology) 2

Hort. 27, 26 (Ornamentals) ^

Hort. 38 (Floriculture)

Hort. 48 (Beekeeping)

Met. 2 (Elementary)

P.H. 8 (Incubation)

First

Second

Semester

Credits

2
3
3
1
2
2
3

Senior Year

Agr. Econ. 5, 4 (Cooperative Marketing; Farm Management) .... 2

Bot. 5, 4 (Pathology; Physiology) ^

Eng. 41, (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

Hort. 91, 92 (Seminar) 2

Hort. 94 (Plant Evolution)

Elective ^

Prescribed or Recommended Electives 18

Agr. Econ. 1 (Rural) 2

Agr. Eng. 3 (Electricity) 3

Hort. 1, 54 (Pomology; Advanced) 3

Hort. 39 (Greenhouse) 3

Hort. 49 (Beekeeping) 2

Hort. 65 (Advanced Vegetable Gardening) 3

Others from junior list

3
4
3
2
2
4

112

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

Junior Year

First
Semester

Convocation (Required) re t s

Agr, Econ. 3 (Farm Accounting) 2

Econ. 1. 2 (Principles) 3

P.H. 7, 6 (Judging; Breeding) 3

P.H. 13, 14 (Management; Practice) . »

Zool. 49 (Genetics) '.'.'.'.'.'.'. 2

Elective 5

18
Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Eng. 3, 2 (Electricity; Power and Machinery) . 3

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers) 3

Agron. 3, 4 (Crop Production; Field Crops) %

A.H. 3 (Feeds) 3

Bact. 1, 2 (General; Applied) 4

Senior Year

Eng. 41, (35) (Expository Writing; Public Speaking) 2

P.H. 9. 8 (Marketing; Incubation) 2

P.H. IS, 10 (Diseases; Feeding) 4

P.H. 17, 18 (5cOTt«ar) .

Elective J

Second

Semester

Credits

3
2
4

2
2
3

3
3
3
1

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

Agr. Econ. 5. 4 (Cooperative Marketing; Farm Management)

Agr. Econ. 7 (Statistics)

Met. 2 (Elementary)

P.H. 3, 4 (Problems)

P.H. 12 (Housing) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.]'.

Others from junior list

2
1

2
1
2

113

First

Second

Semester

Credits

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

TEACHER PREPARATION IN AGRICULTURE
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Agr. Econ. 3 (Farm Accounting)

Agr. Econ, 5 (Cooperative Marketing)

Agron. 1, 2 (Soils; Fertilizers)

Agron. 4 (Field Crops)

A.H. 3 (Feeds)

D.H. 4 (Milk Production)

Educ. 41, 42 (Psychological Principles of Secondary Education)
Educ. 92 (Problems in Teaching of High School Agriculture) . . .

M.E. S23 (Forge Shop) 2

P.H. 1 1 (Poultry for Teachers) 2

Elective 1 4

18 18

Prescribed or Recommended Electives

P.H. 13 (Management) 3

For others, refer to lists in general agriculture.

Senior Year

Agr. Econ. 4 (Farm Management) 3

Agr. Econ. 8 (Rural Community) 3

Agr. Eng. 6 (Farm Shop) 2

D.H. 14 (Judging) 1

Educ. 93, (45) (Supervised Teaching; State Law) 18 2

Elective 7

18 18

114

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

C. Floyd Jackson, Dean

DEPARTMENTS

Economics and Accounting Languages

Education Music

English Philosophy and Psychology

Geology Physical Education for Women

History Political Science

Home Economics Sociology

Hotel Administration Zoology

Programs of Study — Requirements for Degrees

Each candidate for a degree in the College of Liberal Arts must
complete 128 semester credits of which 64 must be with a grade of 70
or better, and in addition must fulfill the requirements of the General
Liberal Art curriculum or the requirements of one of the prescribed
curricula offered by the College of Liberal Arts.

L General Liberal Arts Curriculum **

This curriculum provides a general college training which especially
prepares for citizenship, secondary school teaching, business, or graduate
study. By means of the group system of elective studies an opportunity
is given the student to secure an A.B. or B.S. degree.

A . General University Requirements

Convocation Freshman, sophomore, and junior years

Freshman Assembly Freshman year — first semester

Physical Education for Men Freshman and sophomore years

Physical Education for Women

Freshman, sophomore, and junior years
Military Science Freshman and sophomore years

B. Special Freshman Requirements

The completion of the following special freshman courses;
*English 1 and 2

♦Introduction to Contemporary Civilization, History 1 and 2
*A biological science (Botany 1, 2 or Zoology 1, 2), or a physical science
(Chemistry 1, 2; Geology 1, 2; or Physics 1, 2).

* Not counted toward the fulfillment of major or group requirements.
•* For details see pp. 121-122.

115

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

C. Special Language and English Requirements

All students are required to pass a reading test in French, German,
Latin, or Spanish before graduation. This test will be based on two
years of secondary school language training or the equivalent. Also
12 semester hours of English,* including freshman English, are required
for graduation.

D. Sophomore Group Requirements

Students are required to complete one year, elected from each of the
following three groups of courses. Not less than one year's work in any
given course shall count toward the fulfillment of this requirement.

Group I:

(a) Mathematics

(6) History

Group II:

A biological science (Botany 1, 2 or Zoology 1, 2), or a physical
science (Chemistry 1, 2; Geology 1, 2, or Physics 1, 2). Students
electing a biological science during their freshman year must elect
a physical science during their sophomore year, or vice versa.

Group III:

Economics, Education, Political Science, Psychology, Philosophy,
Sociology.

E. Major Requirements

Each student pursuing the General Liberal Arts curriculum in the
College of Liberal Arts shall select at the beginning of the sophomore
year a major department in which he must pass courses to a total of
24 semester credits with a grade of 75 or better. Courses ordinarily
open to freshmen or taken in the freshman year may not be counted
toward the fulfillment of the major requirements. Courses in other
departments closely related to the major courses may be counted with
the consent of the head of the major department.

The following major departments are open to students in the College
of Liberal Arts. Students majoring in departments not in the College
of Liberal Arts must have their schedules approved by the dean of the
College of Liberal Arts.

Botany Languages

Chemistry Mathematics

Economics and Accounting Music

Education Philosophy and Psychology

English Phys. Ed. for Women

Entomology Physics

Geology Political Science

History Sociology

Home Economics Zoology

116

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

In addition to the above major departments, students following the
General Liberal Arts curriculum may select a program of study cutting
across departmental or college lines. Students electing such a program,
however, will be held for the requirements of the General Liberal Arts
curriculum. The following are representative of such programs.

(a) Applied Biology. — Although no formal curriculum has been or-
ganized, students interested in applied biology will find it possible to
select a sequence of courses leading to professional work in this field
in cooperation with the state fish and game department. Students
interested in this work should confer with Mr. Earl E. Hoover, assistant
professor of economic zoology and biologist of the state fish and game
department.

(b) Fine and Applied Arts. — A number of fields of study in the fine
and applied arts within the university are open to students in the College
of Liberal Arts who wish to supplement their work in a major depart-
ment. Students desiring to extend their major programs by such
elections should consult with Mr. George R. Thomas of the department
of architecture. The various courses in the fine and applied arts are
described in this catalog under the description of courses in the following
fields :

Architecture (architecture, design, freehand drawing, pottery, water

colors, modeling)
English (play production, survey of art)
Home Economics (history of costume, applied design)
Horticulture (landscape gardening, floral design)
Music (history, appreciation, advanced music)
Physical Education for Women (aesthetic dancing)
Physics (photography)

(c) Pre-DentaL — Since the requirements for entrance into dental school
vary considerably, it is thought advisable not to establish a prescribed
curriculum preparing for dental work. Many dental schools will accept
students at the completion of two or three years of college work. It is
advisable, however, for the student to complete the full four years of col-
lege training before entering dental school in case he is financially able to
do so. In all cases the program of study will be organized to meet the
student's convenience on a two-, three-, or four-year basis and in order to
meet the requirements of the particular dental school for which he is
preparing.

(d) Pre-Law. — Students who plan to enter law school upon graduation
from college are counselled to major in the department of political
science. The bar associations and the law schools of the country do not
prescribe a specific undergraduate curriculum for future lawyers; but it is
generally recognized that the social sciences, history, and English con-
stitute the best general background obtainable for law. There is a
temptation for the unadvised to overload their schedules with college
law courses in the belief that they are receiving in this manner the best

117

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

training the college affords. This is a mistake and the student is urged
to seek faculty advice as soon as he has made up his mind to train for
law. Prompt and proper advice will avoid much difficulty both in col-
lege and later in law school.

(e) Pre- Nursing and Technician Training. — The requirements of
students interested in nursing and technician's training are so varied as
to make it impossible to establish a definite curriculum. In general,
such students will be expected to include in their programs of study
courses in human anatomy and physiology, hygiene and sanitation, cer-
tain courses in chemistry, and bacteriology. As a rule it will be found
necessary for students to take additional work following graduation;
this invariably will be the case of those following the pre-nursing pro-
gram.

(f) Social Service. — Students may prepare for social work as a career
under one of three plans, (a) In every way the most desirable is to take
the full four years at the University of New Hampshire as a cultural
background preparation for a two-year course in a recognized school of
social work, (b) Failing the necessary resources for such extended
graduate training, it is possible to acquire the fundamental social service
principles and techniques by taking a sociology major at the University
of New Hampshire, including the social work courses (61, 76, 97, 98).
(c) To meet the needs of students desiring supervised urban training,
three years may be taken at the University of New Hampshire, and the
fourth at Simmons college or another approved school of social work.
The year's residence requirement will be waived and the degree of bache-
lor of science will be awarded by the University of New Hampshire on
the successful completion of the fourth year in such a school.

Social service includes, among others, the following fields: family case
work, child caring, child placement, settlement and neighborhood house,
institutional work for defectives and dependents, municipal and county
relief work, probation, correctional school and prison service, Y.M.C.A.
and Y.W.C.A. secretarial service, municipal playground direction, child
guidance clinics, community chest work, consular and foreign commercial
service, rural community organization, etc.

(g) Preparation for Teaching. — Students may prepare for teaching
either by completing the requirements of one of the teacher-preparation
curricula of the university (see pp. 130-135) or by completing such
courses as will meet the teacher-certification requirements of the state
in which they desire to teach.*

2. Prescribed Curricula (College of Liberal Arts)

Students may elect a prescribed curriculum only with the consent of
the head of the department in which the curriculum is offered. They
must also satisfy the special freshman and the special language and Eng-
lish requirements (see B and C under General Liberal Arts curriculum)

• See Guidance of Students Preparing to Teach, p. 133.

118

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

and must pass at least 24 semester credits of the required courses in the
prescribed curriculum with a grade of 75 or better.

The following prescribed curricula lead to the degree of Bachelor of
Science: General Business; Education-Teacher Preparation; Home
Economics, Teacher Preparation, Institutional Management, Extension
Training; Hotel Administration; Pre-Medical ; Secretarial.

(a) General Business Curriculum. — Students who wish to prepare for
a business career should take the curriculum in general business. This
curriculum has been planned so as to offer the foundation for a broad
cultural education during the first and second years of the curriculum,
and to introduce the student to the business courses in the junior and
senior years. (For details, see p. 123.)

(b) Home Economics Curricula. — The curricula in home economics
are planned to meet the demands for scientific training in homemaking;
also special curricula are outlined for students who wish to enter fields of
professional activity in educational and institutional work. Several
courses are offered as electives for those who do not wish to major in
home economics but who desire to study one or more phases of home-
making. (For details, see pp. 124-125.)

The courses in home economics are based upon the physical, biological,
and social sciences. The technical work in foods, nutrition, and dietetics
is based upon the principles of chemistry and physiology; that in sanita-
tion necessitates a knowledge of chemistry and bacteriology. Home
administration and the care and education of children demand knowledge
of the principles of human nutrition and dietetics, as well as of economics,
psychology and sociology. The study of color and design is fundamental
to the courses in costume design and house decoration.

The home economics curricula offered are as follows:

(1) Teacher Preparation Curriculum. To prepare students to teach
home economics in junior and senior high schools.

(2) Institutional Management Curriculum. To train students for
positions as dietitians and managers in public institutions, such as
college dormitories, hospitals, tearooms, cafeterias, etc.

(3) Extension Training Curriculum. To prepare students to be-
come home demonstration and boys' and girls' club agents.

Students wishing to train for homemaking and child guidance should
take a General Liberal Arts curriculum, majoring in home economics.
(See p. 124.)

(c) Hotel Administration Curriculum. — This four-year curriculum
is designed to train selected young men and women on a semi-vocational
plan to undertake hotel work, with emphasis on the problems of the
resort hotel. Courses already offered in accounting, engineering, home
economics, chemistry, history, languages, economics, and English are
combined with courses in the specialized field of hotel operation to make
a program of study broad in outlook but directed toward a definite goal.

The basic work lies in four main divisions, foods, engineering, ac-

119

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

counting, and specialized hotel work. These courses are required,
leaving about one-third of the curriculum for elective work for which
subjects in allied fields are suggested. In addition to the curriculum
each student will be required to secure a minimum of twenty points of
hotel practice. This will be gained through work in hotels where
supervision will be given, grade of work reported, and the requirement
satisfied at the rate of one point per week of employment. Not over
twelve points may be given for any one type of work performed, nor
more than twenty-four points from any one hotel. (For details, see
pp. 126-127.)

(d) Pre-Medical Curriculum. — This curriculum is offered to meet the
needs of students who are preparing for the medical profession.

It is highly desirable that a student spend four years at this insti-
tution in preparation for a medical training, although some medical
colleges do not require a degree for entrance. The four years of pre-
medical work will, however, give the student a good cultural foundation
for his future medical work. Students who wish to take this curriculum
must obtain the permission of the committee on pre-medical instruction.

Students following the prescribed pre-medical curriculum will be
eligible for entrance into any Class A medical school. However, owing
to the crowded condition of most medical schools, only those students
standing in the upper third of their class during their pre-medical work
may be admitt-ed. Some medical institutions restrict the number of
students admitted from any one pre-medical school. Preference is
always given to those students having the most complete training and
highest standing in their pre-medical work. (For details, see p. 128.)

(e) Secretarial Curriculum. — This curriculum has been prepared to
give a course in secretarial training, based as much as is practical on a
liberal education. Its primary purpose is to train students for secretarial
positions. It combines the technical training of a business secretary
with that of a liberal arts education. (For details, see p. 129.)

120

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS CURRICULUM
Freshman Year
All Curricula

First
Semester

^ . ,^ Credits

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required first semester)

Mil. Sci. 1.2 ly

Phys. Ed. 31. 32 (For men) ..........'. 3

Phys. Ed. 1. 2 (For women) 2

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition) 3

Hist. 1, 2 (Introduction to Contemporary Civilization) 4

•A biological science (Bot. J. 2 or Zool. 1, 2) or a physical science

(Chem. 1, 2; Geol. 1, 2; or Phys. 1,2) 4

Suggested electives:

Bot. 1 , 2 (General Botany) 4

Chem. 1, 2 (General Chemistry) 4

Eng. 3, 4 (Survey of English Literature) 3

Geol. 1, 2 (Principles of Geology) ' '[ 4

Hist. 3, 4 (Modern European History) 3

H.E. 1, 2 (Homemaking) 3

JLang. (French, German, Latin or Spanish) 3

•♦Math. 1, 2 (Algebra, Trigonometry) or . . . \

Math. 31, 32 (Elem. Mathematical Analysis) / ^

Music 19, 20 (Appreciation of Music) 2

Phys. 1, 2 (Introductory Physics) 4

Pol. Sci. 1, 2 (Citizenship) 3

Soc. 1, 2 (Principles of Sociology; Social Psychology) ........ 3

Z06I. 1, 2 (Basic Principles of Animal Life) [ , 4

Second

Semester

Credits

2
3

4
4
3
4
3
3
3

2
4
3
3
4

16 16

Sophomore Year

First Second

Semester Semester

^ ,. ,„ . ^ Credits Credits

Convocation (Required)

Mil. Sci. 3,4 Ij/ jT/

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 (For men) r/ y

Phys. Ed. 3, 4 (For women) ]]] 1 1

tEng !!.!!!!! 3 3

Elect one year's work from each of the three following groups:

Group I. Math. (One year) 3 3

Hist. (One year) 3 3

Lang. (French, German, Greek, Latin, Spanish)

(One year) 3 3

Eng. (A third year of English) 3 3

* Students electing a biological science during their freshman year must elect a physi-
cal saence during their sophomore year, or vice versa.

t All students are required to pass a reading test in French. German. Latin or Spanish
before graduation. This test will be based on two years of secondary school language
traimng or the equivalent. Students not passing this test during the Freshman Week
examinations are advised to elect language their freshman year. Students will be as-
signed to language courses on the basis of their grades in the language placement
examination given during freshman week.

*• Open only to students with one year each of algebra and plane geometry. Students
who wish to continue mathematics beyond the freshman year should take Math. 1, 2.

t A second year's work in English is required but may be taken during the sophomore,
junior or senior year. See special language and English requirements.

121

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Group II. *A biological science (Bot. 1, 2; or Zool. 1, 2) or a
physical science (Chem. 1, 2; Geol. 1, 2; or Phys.
1,2)

Group III. Econ, {One year)

Educ. {One year)

Pol. Sci. {One year)

Phil. {One year)

Psych. {One year)

Soc. {One year)

Electives to meet semester requirements

First

Second

Semester

Credits

Junior Year

Convocation {Required)

Phys. Ed. 5, 6 {For women)

Major course {First major course with grade of 75 or better) .
Major course {Second major course with grade of 75 or better)
Electives to meet semester requirements

1
3
3

Senior Year

Major course {Third major course with grade of 75 or better) .
Major course {Fourth major course with grade of 75 or better)
Electives to meet semester requirements

3
3

* Students electing a biological science during their freshman year must elect a physi-
cal science during their sophomore year, or vice versa.

122

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

GENERAL BUSINESS CURRICULUM
Freshman Year

See freshman requirements, page 121.
Suggested elective:

Math. 31, 32 (Elementary Mathematical Analysis)

Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Mil. Sci. 3,4

Phys. Ed. 33, 34

*Eng. (A second year of English)

Acct. 1, 2 (Elementary Accounting)

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles of Economics)

Econ. 3 (Economic and Commercial Geography)

Econ. 4 (Economic and Commercial Development of the U. S.) .
Electives to meet semester requirements

Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Acct. 3, 4 (Intermediate Accounting) ,

Econ. 21, 22 (Commercial Law)

Econ. 23 (Public Regulation of Business)

Econ. 24 (Marketing)

Electives

Senior Year

Econ. 53 (Money and Banking)

Econ. 51 (Labor Problems) ,

Electives to meet semester requirements

A second year of English must be taken before graduation.

First

Semester

Credits

Second

Semester

Credits

IK
K

3
4
3
3

IK
K
3
4
3

4
3
3

4
3

123

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
HOME ECONOMICS CURRICULA

A. Teacher Preparation

B. Institutional Management

C. Extension Training

D. *General Liberal Arts

Freshman Year

First Second
Semester Semester
Credits Credits

See freshman requirements, page 121.
Suggested elective:

H.E. 1, 2 (Homemaking) 3

16
Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 3, 4 1

**Eng. (A second year of English) 3

Chem. 1, 2 {General Chemistry) 4

H.E. 3, 4 (Clothing Selection) 3

H.E. IS, 16 (Foods) 3

Suggested electives:

§Educ. 41, 42 (Psych. Prin. of Secondary Education) 3

IfPsych. 51 (Psych, of Childhood and Adolescence) 3

llPsych. 62 (Mental Hygiene)

16
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 5, 6 1

Agr. Chem. 5 (Organic and Biol. Chem.) 5

llAgr. Chem. 6 (Chem. of Food and Nutrition)

H.E. 20 (Dietetics)

§Educ. 51, 52 (Soc. Prin. of Secondary Education) 3

H.E. 31, 32 (Home Building and Furnishing) 3

tH.E. 5, 6 (Clothing Construction) 2

H.E. 25, 26 (Child Development) 3

Electives to meet semester requirements

1
3
4
3
3

3
3
3
3
2
3

• Students taking this curriculum in home economics should follow the General Liberal
Arts curriculum on page 121.

•* A second year of English must be taken before graduation.

§ Teacher preparation majors only.

K Institutional and extension majors only.

II Required of students who intend to become hospital dietitians; elective for others.

t Teacher preparation and extension majors only.

124

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

TEACHER PREPARATION CURRICULUM

Senior Year

First Second

Semester Semester

H.E. 33 (Home Management) 3

H.E. 35 (Home Management House) 3

H.E.-Ed. 91 (Problems in the Teaching of High School Home

Economics) 3

H.E.-Ed. 94 (Supervised Teaching) 10

H.E.-Ed. 96 (Seminar) .'.".'.".'.".".'." 3

Suggested elective:

Educ. 45 (AT. H. State Program of Studies and School Law) ... 2 or 2

Electives to meet semester requirements

16 16

INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM

H.E. 33 (Home Management) 3

H.E. (35) (Home Management House) 3

H.E. 17, 18 (Advanced Foods) 2 2

H.E. 41 (Institutional Management) 3

H.E. 43, 44 (Institutional Practice) 2 2

H.E. 19 (Nutrition) 2

Acct. 1, 2 (Elementary Accounting) 4 4

Electives to meet semester requirements

16 16

EXTENSION TRAINING CURRICULUM

H.E. 33 (Home Management) 3

Agr. Econ. 8 (The Rural Community) . .. . 3

H.E. (35) (Home Management House) 3

H.E.-Ed. 91 (Problems in the Teaching of High School Home

Economics) 3

H.E. 17, 18 (Advanced Foods) 2 2

Electives to meet semester requirements

16 16

125

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

HOTEL ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM
Freshman Year

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required first semester) ,

Mil. Sci. 1,2

Phys. Ed. 31, 32

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition)

Hist. 1, 2 (Introduction to Contemporary Civilization)

H.A. 1 (Orientation)

M.E. (1) (Engineering Drawing)

Suggested electives:

Chem. 1, 2 (General Chemistry)

Math. 31, 32 (Elementary Mathematical Analysis)

Lang. (General Arts requirement)

H.A. 40 (Lectures on Hotel Management)

Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Mil. Sci. 3, 4 IK

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 K

Acct. 1, 2 (Elementary Accounting) 4

H.E. 15, 16 (Foods) 3

Econ. 1 , 2 (Principles of Economics) 3

H.A. 21, 22 (Introductory Hotel Engineering) 4

H.A. 42 (Lectures on Hotel Management)

Suggested electives:

Hort. 1 (Harvesting and Marketing of Fruits) 3

Hort. 28 (Elementary Landscape Design)

Ent. 54 (Household Insects; Medical Entomology)

Foreign Language 3

Ag. Chem. 5 (Organic and Biological Chemistry) 5

Ag. Chem. 6 (Chemistry of Food and Nutrition)

First

Second

Semester

Credits

IK
K

4
3
3
4
1

3
2
3

126

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

Junior Year

First Second

Semester Semester

Acct. 9. 10 (Hotel Accounting) ^''f' ^'"1'^'

H.E. 41 (Institutional Management) 3

H.E. 43, 44 (Institutional Practice) . . 9 2

H.E. 46 (Furniture and Textiles)

H.A. 5 (Hotel Operation) 9

H.A. 44 (Lectures on Hotel Management)

E.E. 31 (Electric Circuits) 2

M.E. 41 (Heating and Ventilating) 2

Suggested electives:

Psych. 21. 22 (Elementary Psychology) 3

Econ, 23 (Public Regulation of Business) 3

Econ. 53, 54 (Money and Banking) 3

A.H. 8 (Meat and Its Products; Livestock Markets) [.........

Bact. 1 (General Bacteriology) a

Bact. 2 (Applied Bacteriology) ... ^ y. ..............,,[[ "

Soc. 88 (Recreation and Leisure)

2
3

4
3

16 16

Senior Year

H.A. 7 (Hotel Public Relations) 3

H.A. 8 (Front Office Procedure)

H.A. 46 (Lectures on Hotel Management) ........'.*.

Econ. 21, 22 (Commercial Law) 3

Eng. 41 (Expository Writing) ... ,

Eng. (35) (Public Speaking)

Suggested electives:

See other years

Geol. 4 (Geography of North America)

M.E. 5, 6 (Mechanical Laboratory) .... j ?

Acct. 7, 8 (Cost Accounting) ..........".''.'" 4 4

H.E. (Menu Planning) ?

Arch. 19, 20 (Building Construction) 3 3

Hist. (History of Hotels and Inns) ..........'

16 16

1
1
3

127

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM •

First Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits

See freshman requirements, page 121.
Suggested electives:

Chem. 1 , 2 (General Chemistry) *

Zool. 1, 2 {Principles of Zoology) 4

Sophomore Year

Convocation {Required)

Mil. Sci. 3, 4 ^^

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 -^

Eng. (Second year of English) ^

Chem. 25, 26 {Introductory Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis) 3

Zool. 15, 16 {Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates) 3

Suggested elective:

Lang. {French or German) ^

4
4

IK
K
3
3
3

Junior Year

Convocation {Required)

Phys. 5, 6 {Pre-medical Physics) 5

Chem. 53, 54 {Organic Chemistry) 5

Suggested electives:

Advanced Chemistry *

Economics ^

Advanced English ^

Foreign Language ^

History ^

Mathematics ■*

Political Science ^

Psychology ^

Sociology "^

Advanced Zoology *

16
Senior Year

Adv. Zool *

Suggested electives:

Advanced Chemistry ■*

Economics 'I

Advanced English ^

Foreign Language ^

History ^

Mathematics *

Political Science ^

Psychology ^

Sociology ^

Advanced Zoology

4
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
4

» Students who wish to take the Pre-medical curriculum must obtain the permission
of the committee on pre-medical instruction.

128

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

SECRETARIAL CURRICULUM
Freshman Year

First Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits

See freshman requirements, page 121
Suggested elective:

Lang, or Math. 31, 32

Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 3, 4

Eng. (A second year of English)

Econ. 3 {Economic and Commercial Geography)

Econ. 4 (Economic and Commercial Development of the U. S.) . . .

Acct. 1, 2 (Elementary Accounting)

Suggested electives to meet semester requirements: Education,
Language, Statistics, Sociology

Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 5, 6

Shorthand 1,2

Typewriting 7,8

Eng. (A third year of English)

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles of Economics)

Electives to meet semester requirements

Senior Year

Shorthand and Office Practice 3,4

Typewriting 9,10

Electives to meet semester requirements

1
3

3
2
3
3

1
3

1
3
2
3
3

3
2

Note: Students preparing to teach secretarial subjects must elect in addition a
sufficient number of courses in economics, accounting, and education to meet state
requirements.

129

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
University Teacher Preparation Curricula

The University of New Hampshire has accepted the responsibiHty of
preparing teachers for the secondary schools of New Hampshire and
neighboring states.

The University Teacher Preparation Curriculum. — The Uni-
versity Teacher Preparation curriculum presented on page 134 of this
catalog includes the basic courses which it is believed are needed in the
preparation of secondary-school teachers. These courses are designed
to give thorough preparation in subject-matter fields in which the in-
dividual desires to teach. The courses in education aim to develop an
appreciative understanding of adolescents and their educational needs,
of our democratic society and its needs which our secondary schools
should endeavor to meet, of the objectives and techniques of secondary-
school teaching, and of the problems of teaching peculiar to the subject-
matter fields in which the student intends to teach. The curriculum
also includes a semester of supervised teaching designed to give prospec-
tive teachers opportunity to teach under supervision but also under as
nearly normal conditions as can be arranged.

It is important to note that the program of this curriculum may be
completed not only by students majoring in the department of educa-
tion, but also by students majoring in any of the departments of the
university offering work the subject-matter of which is offered in secon-
dary schools. General Arts curriculum students satisfactorily complet-
ing this curriculum are released from the sophomore group requirements
of the General Liberal Arts curriculum (see p. 121) and are entitled to the
degree awarded to students majoring in their respective subjects. Stu-
dents satisfactorily completing this curriculum are entitled to a certifi-
cate indicating the fact.

This curriculum is sufficiently flexible to provide the differentiation
necessary to meet the needs of students who may be planning to teach:
(1) English and the foreign languages, (2) English and the social studies,
(3) mathematics and the biological or physical sciences, or (4) the com-
mercial subjects. Students who are planning to teach the commercial
subjects take their teaching major and minors in the field of economics
and commerce.

Freshmen who plan to complete the University Teacher Preparation
curriculum in the teaching of history or social studies should elect
European History (History 3,4).

Since the State of New Hampshire requires each candidate for certifi-
cation to be prepared to teach three subjects which are referred to as
"teaching major" and first and second "teaching minors,"* the Univer-
sity Teacher Preparation curriculum includes the requirement of the
satisfactory completion of 24 semester credits in a teaching major and

* The requirements of the State of New Hampshire are a teaching major of 18 semester
credits, a first teaching minor of 12 semester credits, and a second teaching minor of 6
semester credits. For detailed information concerning teaching majors and minors,
consult the department of education.

130

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

of 12 semester credits in each of two teaching minors. This work may
include any courses in the respective subject-matter fields taken in col-
lege. The student before registering for supervised teaching must com-
plete with an average grade of 75 or better, at least 18 semester credits in
the subject-matter field in which he desires to teach under supervision.
Courses in Problems in the Teaching of High School Subjects.—
The courses in problems in the teaching of high school subjects are listed
on pages 177-178. From these the student planning to complete the
University Teacher Preparation curriculum selects his courses in his
teaching major and minor fields. To be eligible for supervised teaching
the student must complete this course in his teaching major with a
grade of at least 75.

Courses in Supervised Teaching.— The work in supervised teaching
is under the direction of the professor and associate professor of educa-
tion serving as director and the associate director of student teaching.
Students teach under the general direction of the members of the univer-
sity faculty conducting the courses in problems of teaching the various
school subjects. Students teach under the immediate direction of select-
ed classroom teachers in high schools approved by the university.

In the supervised teaching courses the student participates in the
conduct of class exercises and in the control of the classroom, at first
chiefly as an observer, but gradually entering into teacher responsibilities
until complete charge of the classroom is secured. Frequent conferences
and discussions.

This work is required in the University Teacher Preparation curric-
ulum, but will be open only to students whose applications are approved
by the head of the department of education and the supervisor of student
teaching in the subject or subjects in which the applicant desires to do
supervised teaching. Applications should be filed in the office of the
department of education in October of the academic year in which the
supervised teaching is to be done. No applications will be considered
unless the applicant has completed with a grade of at least 75 the foUow-
mg courses in Education: 41, 42 (or 121-a, 122-b, and 123-c), 51, 52, (or
131-a, 132-b, and 133-c), and 61 (or 141-a, 142-b) and, with an average
grade of 75 or better, at least 18 semester credits in the subject-matter
field in which he desires to teach under supervision.

The applicant must also complete with a grade of at least 75 a course
in the problems of teaching the subject in which he desires to do super-
vised teaching.

College of Agriculture Teacher Preparation Curriculum.—
Under the provisions of the Smith-Hughes act, the University of New-
Hampshire has been designated as the institution in this state for the
preparation of teachers of agriculture. The College of Agriculture
Teacher Preparation curriculum gives the young man a broad training
in the fundamental sciences and in general agriculture. In addition, he
receives professional training in such educational subjects as psychology,
principles of education, methods of teaching and supervised student

131

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

teaching. Students who complete the curriculum and who have had
the requisite amount of practical experience on a farm will be accredited
as teachers.

For information concerning the teacher-preparation work offered in
the College of Agriculture, see description of the College of Agriculture
Teacher Preparation curriculum on pages 103, 104, 114 of this catalog.

Home Economics Teacher Preparation Curriculum. — To meet
the demand for teachers of home economics in the junior and senior high
schools the university has organized the Home Economics Teacher
Preparation curriculum, details of which may be found on pages 119, 124,
125 of this catalog.

The University Physical Education Teacher Preparation
Curriculum for Men. — For men students who plan to prepare them-
selves for positions of teachers of physical education or of directors of
physical education, the university has organized the University Physical
Education Teacher Preparation curriculum for Men (see p. 135). This
curriculum is a modification of the University Teacher Preparation
curriculum, which will enable men to prepare themselves to teach in two
subject-matter fields as well as in physical education. It is open to men
who have satisfactorily completed the freshman year, and are approved
by the department of physical education as physical education majors.
Freshmen who desire to become physical education majors should elect
Zoology 1, 2 as their freshman science course. The satisfactory com-
pletion of this curriculum will entitle the student, in addition to his
diploma, to a certificate indicating the fact, provided the student has
passed certain standard tests in swimming set forth by the American
Red Cross.

Sophomores who have been approved as physical education majors
should enroll in the section of Zoology 17, 18 for majors in physical edu-
cation as this course is basic to most of the courses in physical education
required in the University Physical Education Teacher Preparation
curriculum.

Junior physical education majors should include in their programs
Physical Education 61, Teaching of Recreational Activities, and either
Physical Education 62, Camp Administration, or Physical Education 64,
Community Recreation.

Senior physical education majors should include in their programs
Physical Education 65, Organization and Administration of Health and
Physical Education in Secondary Schools, and Education-Physical Edu-
cation 93, (93), Directed Teaching of Physical Education on the Campus.

Physical education majors who are candidates for the University
Physical Education Teacher Preparation certificate must satisfactorily
complete the work of three of five of the Problems of Coaching courses
(Physical Education 38, 45, 46, 47, 49) in their junior and senior years.

Where it is possible, student teachers, who are physical education
majors, will be given an opportunity to do supervised teaching in physi-

132

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

cal education in the field and will be enrolled for Education-Physical
Education 94.

Guidance of Students Preparing to Teach. — While the university
has organized curricula designed to prepare students for the profession of
teaching, it also recognizes the fact that there are students who are only
interested in meeting state teacher certification requirements. The
department of education endeavors to keep its file of teacher certification
requirements up to date. Students not following any of the University
Teacher- Preparation curricula should, early in their college courses,
consult the department of education concerning the requirements of the
state in which they desire to teach and the most effective ways in which
to meet those requirements.*

• The New Hampshire State board of education grants a license to teach in New
Hampshire secondary schools to candidates whose courses have included twelve semester
hours of college work in education. All candidates must pass the examination set by
the State board in Program of Studies and School Law. They may offer in lieu of ex-
aminations certified college courses in Educational Psychology, Methods of Teaching
(general or special) and Secondary Education or School Management.

The following courses may be considered as work in Education: Educational Sociology,
Educational Psychology, Practice Teaching, Methods of Teaching, History of Education,
School Law, School Management, General Methods Course, Special Methods Course,
and work in Tests and Measurements.

133

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

♦UNIVERSITY TEACHER PREPARATION CURRICULUM

Freshman Year

First
Semester
Credits
See freshman requirements, page 121
Suggested elective:
** Teaching major (First year)

§ Sophomore Year

Convocation {Required)

Mil. Sci. 3, 4 IK

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 (For men) K

Phys. Eki. 3, 4 (For women) 1

Eng. (Advanced English) 3

Educ. 41, 42 (Psyckological Principles of Secondary Education) ... 3

Teaching major (Second year) 3

First teaching minor (First year) 3

Electives to meet semester requirements

16
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 5, 6 (For women) 1

Educ. 51, 52 (Social Principles of Secondary Education) 3

Educ. 61, (61) (Principles and Problems of Teaching in the Second-
ary School) ■^

Teaching major (Third year) 3

First teaching minor (Second year) 3

Second teaching minor (First year) 3

Electives to meet semester requirements

16
Senior Year

tTeaching major (Fourth year) 3

JFirst teaching minor (Third year) 3

JSecond teaching minor (Second year) 3

Problems in teaching (Major) 3

Problems in teaching (Minor) 3

Supervised teaching

Electives to meet semester requirements

Second

Semester

Credits

IK
K
1

3
3
3
3

6-10

* This is not a prescribed curriculum but an advisory program of study. The
program of this curriculum may be completed by students majoring in any of the de-
partments of the university offering work, the subject matter of which is offered in the
secondary school. Students must, consequently, fulfill major requirements. A satis-
factory completion of this curriculum will entitle the student to a certificate indicating
the fact.

** See section covering department of education in later pages for description of
teaching major and teaching minor subjects.

§ General Hberal arts students satisfactorily completing this curriculum are released
from the sophomore group requirements of this general curriculum and are entitled to
receive the degree given to students majoring in their respective subjects.

t Remainder of the total of 24 semester credits required for the satisfactory completion
of the curriculum.

X Remainder of the total of 12 semester credits required in each teaching minor.

134

COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS

UNIVERSITY PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER PREPARATION

CURRICULUM FOR MEN

Freshman Year

First Second

Semester Semester
Credits Credits

Zool. 1,2 4 4

Basic course in teaching major (Fir 5/ year)

Other courses in accordance with the General

Liberal Arts curriculum for freshman year

16 16

Sophomore Year

Convocation {Required)

Mil. Sci. 3, 4 IK IK

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 K K

English {A second year) 3 3

Educ. 41, 42 {Psychological Principles) 3 3

Teaching major {Second year) 3 3

Zool. 17, 18 {Human Anatomy and Physiology) 4 4

Elective {First teaching minor) 3 3

18 18
Junior Year

Convocation {Required)

Educ. 51.52 3 3

*Educ. 45 2

P.E. 61 {Teaching cf Recreational Activities) 3

P.E. 62 {Camp Administration) or P.E. 64 {Community Rec-
reation) 3

tProblems of coaching {P.E. 45, 47, or 48) 2

tProblems of coaching {P.E. 38,46) 2

Teaching major 3 3

Elective {First teaching minor) 3 3

**Ed.-P.E. (93) {Directed Teaching in Physical Education) 2

Electives

19 19

Senior Year

Teaching major 3

P.E. 65 {Organization and Administration of Health and Physical

Education in Secondary School) 3

tProblems of coaching {P.E. 71,73, or 75) 2

**Ed.-P.E. 93 {Directed Teaching in Physical Education) 2

Problems in teaching {Teaching major) 3

Electives

Supervised teaching in major or majors 10

19 10

* For students planning to teach in the State of New Hampshire.

t Three Problems of Coaching courses are required. One of these courses may be
P.E. 38.

** This course is required and may be elected either in the second semester of the
junior or senior year or the first semester of the senior year.

135

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

George W. Case, Dean

DEPARTMENTS

Architecture Mathematics

Chemistry Mechanical Engineering

Civil Engineering Physics

Electrical Engineering Engineering Experiment Station

Requirements for Degrees

Baccalaureate Degrees. — Each candidate for a degree must complete
144 semester credits and the courses required in one of the four- year
curricula.

Professional D^gree^.— Mechanical, electrical, and civil engineering
graduates of the University of New Hampshire are eligible to register as
candidates for professional degrees in these three branches of engineering.

These degrees will be granted, after the preparation and subniission of
acceptable theses, to those having not less than four years' satisfactory
professional experience subsequent to the bachelor's degree, in which the
applicants have wholly or in part super^^ised, directed or designed engi-
neering work; or have been in responsible charge of instruction or re-
search in engineering. The acceptability of the theses and professional
experience is determined by an examining committee.

Procedure.— The procedure for candidates for professional engineer-
ing degrees is as follows:

(1) Prepare an outline for a thesis after consultation with the head of
the department concerned. This consultation may be by letter.

(2) When the thesis subject is accepted by the head of the department
in which the degree is to be taken, the candidate will be registered in the
registrar's office. This registration must be completed by October 1st
of the academic year in which the degree is to be conferred.

(3) The first draft of the thesis must be submitted to the professor in
charge not later than March 1, and the completed thesis in its final form
by May 1.

(4) Pass an examination at the university covering the candidate's
professional practice and the engineering principles underlying the thesis.

(5) Pay the commencement fee of $5.00 at the business office not later
than 12 noon of the Saturday next preceding the date when the degree
is conferred.

Thesis. — The thesis must be typewritten upon standard paper, 8J/^
by 11 inches, medium weight, neatly bound in black cloth, and gilt-

136

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

lettered on the first cover with title, name of author, degree sought, and
year of graduation. The title page should bear the following statement :

"A thesis submitted to the University of New Hampshire in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for the professional degree of mechanical
engineer (electrical engineer, civil engineer)."

Whenever a thesis is printed in any periodical, it must be designated as
having been accepted as a professional engineering thesis by the Univer-
sity of New Hampshire.

Two bound copies must be filed before commencement day, one with
the librarian and one with the head of the department in which the
major work is done.

Curricula
The College of Technology offers the following four- year curricula :

Architecture Curriculum.— This curriculum is planned to prepare
its graduates for immediate usefulness in the profession of architecture
and, while it is highly technical, it does not overlook the need of the pro-
fessional man for a broad cultural background.

. ^^^. ^^^^ three years aim to provide fundamental instruction and
discipline in the art, science, theory, and history of architecture, supple-
mented with such basic courses of study in related departments of the
university as shall give a proper background for independent work in
architectural design and construction.

^ The fourth year is devoted chiefly to thesis work in the design of a
civic or residential development in harmony with New England tradi-
tions, followed by complete working drawings and specifications covering
all branches of the work and supplemented with studies of office pro-
cedure including contract forms, accounting and bookkeeping, the aim
being to prepare the student for immediate service in an architect's
office or in some branch of the building construction industry.

Chemistry Curriculum.— This curriculum is intended to fit the
student for the career of a professional chemist, and to give a good
foundation for original and independent chemical research.

Instruction is imparted by lectures, recitations and a large amount of
carefully supervised laboratory work. The laboratory study is largely
individual, and the work of each student is conducted with reference not
only to the particular subject he may have in view, but also to the ac-
quirement of a broad knowledge of chemical science. The student is
given a training in either German.or French to enable him to read with
ease the chemical literature; a grounding in mathematics, necessary for
advanced theoretical chemistry or chemical engineering; a somewhat
limited amount of special work in both mechanical and electrical engi-
neering and a thorough undergraduate training in theoretical and applied
chemistry. He is encouraged to develop the power of solving chemical
problems by independent thought through the aid of the reference li-
brary and chemical periodicals.

Civil Engineering Curriculum. — This curriculum is designed to

137

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

give the student theoretical and practical training in the principles upon
which the practice of civil engineering is based, and to allow him the op-
portunity to apply these principles to problems of professional practice
in the classroom, in the design room and in the field.

Civil engineering, the oldest of the engineering professions, still covers
a broad field of activity, including topographical, structural, transporta-
tion, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering. This curriculum places about
equal emphasis upon each of these various branches and allows the
student some opportunity to develop his special interests through the
thesis requirement.

Electrical Engineering Curriculum. — The electrical engineering
curriculum is intended to meet the demands of young men fitting thern-
selves for professional engineering in connection with the various appli-
cations of electricity.

By means of lectures, recitations and laboratory work, the courses of
the curriculum are brought to the attention of the student in such a
manner as not only to emphasize the present needs of the practitioner
and engineer, but to give him the principles needed to understand the
constantly increasing number of new problems that require solution.

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum. — The mechanical engineer-
ing curriculum is intended to train young men for positions of responsi-
bility in the field of the mechanical industries, and is designed to fit them
socially for their proper places in the world. The courses in the curric-
ulum are scientific, including mathematics, physics and chemistry, and
technical, including drawing, shop work, thermodynamics, hydraulics,
machine design, electrical engineering, power engineering. Two years
of economics are available as alternates.

Instruction is given by means of recitations, lectures and laboratory
work supplemented by illustrated lectures and assigned reading.
Throughout the curriculum the theoretical work is supplemented by
actual practice in mechanical operation and scientific research, by train-
ing in the use of tools for working wood and metals, and by experimental
tests and demonstrations in the mechanical, electrical, chemical and
physical laboratories.

Engineering Experiment Station. — The Engineering Experiment
station was established for the purpose of making available the advisory
assistance of heads of departments and experienced men in the faculty
of the College of Technology, and the use of laboratory facilities of these
departments for service and assistance of New Hampshire industries and
the people of New Hampshire in solving their technical problems.

Alumni Representation. — An advisory committee of alurnni of
the College of Technology, composed of men in direct contact with in-
dustry and practical professional affairs, serves to keep the faculty in
touch with developments in the several fields which attract our graduates.
Members of this committee also serve as consultants when important

138

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

changes in curricula, faculty personnel and policies of administration are
considered. The members are:

Henry H. Calderwood, B.S. in E.E., '01, 16 Prospect Street, Saugus,

Mass.
John T. Croghan, B.S. in M.E., '08, 574 Chestnut Street, Waban, Mass.
Robert A. Neal, B.S. in E.E., '10, 286 Burlington Road, Wilkinsburg.

Pa.
Lester A. Pratt, Ph.D., '09, 13 Wildvvood Street, Winchester, Mass.

139

2
2
3
2

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

ARCHITECTURE

Freshman Year

First Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required First Semester)

Phys. Ed. 31, 32 i^ ^

Mil. Sci. 9, 10 1>^ l>i

Math. 1, 2 (Algebra and Trigonometry) 4 4

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition) 3 3

*Chem. 1 (Inorganic Chemistry) 4

•M.E. 1 (Engineering Drawing) 2

•M.E. SI (Wood Shop) 3

Arch. 2 (Elements of Architecture)

Arch. 24 (Shades and Shadows, Perspective)

Arch. 26 (Architectural Design)

Arch. 38 (Freehand Drawing)

Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 K K

Mil. Sci. 11, 12 IK IK

Eng. 35 (Public Speaking) 2K

Phys. 3, 4 (Physics) 4 4

M.E. 12 (Mechanics) 4

Arch. 3 (Meaning of Architecture) 2

Arch. 27, 28 (Architectural Design) 6 6

Arch. 39, 40 (Freehand Drawing) 2 2

18K 18

Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

Elective 4

M.E. 12 (Mechanics) 4

Arch. 9 (Architectural Composition) 2

Arch. 14 (Domestic Architecture) 2

Arch. 19, 20 (Building Construction) 3 3

Arch. 29, 30 (Architectural Design) 6 6

Arch. 41. 42 (Water Color and Modeling) 3 3

18 18

Senior Year

Elective 3 3

Eng. (41) (Expository Writing) 2

M.E. 41 (Heating and Ventilating) 2

Arch. 7 (History of American Architecture) 2

Arch. 15 (Professional Practice) 2

Arch. 16 (Specifications and Appraising) 2

Arch. 19, 20 (Building Construction) 3 3

Arch. 21 (Architectural Seminar) 1

Arch. 31, 32 (Architectural Design and Thesis) 6 6

Arch. 44 (Model Making) 2

19 18

•A course approved by the department head may be substituted for M.E. 1, M.E.
SI. Chem. 1.

140

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

Recommended Electives

First Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits
Arch. 37 (Freehand Drawing) 2

Arch. 49, 50 (Pottery) 3 3

C.E. 9 or (9) (Plane Surveying) 2 or 2

Econ. 1, 2 (Principles of Economics) 3 3

Econ, 45 (Business Organization and Finance) 2

Eng. 3, 4 (Survey of English Literature) 3 3

Eng. 29, 30 (Survey of Art) .'.'"* 3 3

Geol. 7, (7) (General Geology) 3 qj. 3

Hist. 1 1 (Ancient Orient) * 3

Hist. 12 (Greece) 3

Hist. 13, 14 (Roman) [ 3 3

Hist. 15, 16 (Medieval) [ 3 3

Hist. 17, 18 (Renaissance) 3 3

Hist. 19, 20 (Modern European) 3 3

Hort. 28 (Elementary Landscape Design) 3

Modern Language (A year's work)

Music (A year's work)

Phil. 49 (Introduction to Philosophy) .... * 3 •

Phil. 84 (Ethics) 3

Phys. 54 (Acoustics) [[ [ 3

Pol. Sci. 3, 4 (American Government) 3 3

Soc. 1 (Principles of Sociology) 3

Soc. 2 (Social Psychology) »

141

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM IN CHEMISTRY

Freshman Year

Firsl Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly {Required First Semester)

Phys. Ed. 31, 32 K K

Mil. Sci. 9, 10 IK IK

Eng. 1, 2 {Composition) 3 3

Math. 5, 6 {First Year Mathematics) 5 5

Chem. 1, 4 {Inorganic Chemistry) 4 6

M.E. 1 {Engineering Drawing) 2

*M.E. SI {Shop Worn) 2

*Geol. (7) {General Geology) 3

18 19

SoPKOMORE Year

Convocation {Required)

Phys. Ed. 33, 34 K K

Mil. Sci. 11. 12 IK IK

Chem. 21 {Semi-micro Qualitative Analysis) 4

Chem. 22 {Quantitative Analysis) 4

Math. 7, 8 {Calculus) 3 3

Phys. 7, 8 {General Physics) 4 4

Phys. 9, 10 {Physics Laboratory) 3 3

Ger. 1, 2, or 5, 6 {German) 3 3

19 19

Junior Year

Convocation {Required)

Chem. 47, 48 {Organic Chemistry) 5 5

Chem. 31 {Quantitative Analysis) 5

Chem. 32 {Technical Quantitative Analysis) ' 5

Chem. 61, 62 {Introductory Theoretical Chemistry) 2 2

E.E. 33 {Electrical Engineering) 4

Phys. 52 {Electrical Measurements) 3

Approved elective 3 3

19 18

Senior Year

Chem. 83, 84 {Physical Chemistry) 5 5

Chem. 71, 72 {Unit Processes) 2 2

Chem. 73, 74 {Unit Operations) 3 3

Chem. 87, 88 {Thesis, Bibliography and Seminar) 6 6

Approved elective 3 3

19 19

* A course approved by the department head may be substituted for M.E. SI, Geol.

(7). ,

142

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

CIVIL ENGINEERING
Freshman Year

First

Semester

„ Credits

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required First Semester)

Phys. Ed. 31. 32 '"■ y

Mil. Sci. 9, 10 l>|

Math. 5, 6 (First Year Mathematics) , , , 5

Chem. 1, 2 (General Chemistry) 4

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition) 3

M.E. 1, 2 (Engineering Drawing) 2

M.E. SI (Shop Work) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 3

C.E. 2 (Surveying)

19
Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 33. 34 [ y

Mil. Sci. 11.12 \y^

C.E. 3. 4 (Surveying) 3

C.E. 6 (Surveying)

Math. 7, 8 (Calculus) 3

Phys. 7, 8 (General Physics) * [ 4

Phys. 9. 10 (Physics Laboratory) [ 3

Geol. 7 (General Geology) 3

18
Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

C.E. 11 (Surveying) 2

C.E. 15 (Engineering Materials) 2

C.E. 22 (Hydraulics) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.

C.E. 27, 28 (Theory of Structures) 4

C.E. 41. 42 (A.S.C.E.) (Required) .'.■.".■■■.

M.E. 9, 10 (Applied Mechanics) .* 3

M.E. 21 (Heat Power Engineering) 3

E.E. 36 (Electrical Machinery)

Econ. 45 (Business Organization and Finance)

Econ. 46 (Public Regulation of Industry)

Econ. 47 , 48 (Economic History of the Working Classes) or . . . \

Mil. Sci. 13, 14 (Coast Artillery) / ^

17
Senior Year

C.E. 31 (Highway Engineering and Transportation) 4

*C.E. 32 (Transportation Engineering)

C.E. 33, 34 (Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering) 4

C.E. 35 (Structural Design) T 4

C.E. 36 (Reinforced Concrete Structures)

C.E. 38 (Thesis)

C.E. 43, 44 (A.S.C.E.) (Required) .........'. [ '. [ [ [ [ [ [ ] ]

Eng. 41 (Expository Writing) " •>

*Mil. Sci. 15, 16 (Coast Artillery) . . . .' . ...[ 3

*M.E. 45, 46 (Management) 2

Approved elective * 2

Second

Semester

Credits

5
4
3
2

3
3
3
4
3

4
4

3
4

4
2

3
3

18 or 19 18

* Students electing Mil. Sci. 15, 16 are not required to register for M.E. 45 and C.E. 32.

143

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Freshman Year

Convocation (Required)

Freshman Assembly (Required First Semester) .

Phys. Ed. 31, 32

Mil. Sd. 9, 10

Math. 5, 6 (First Year Mathematics)

Chem. 1, 2 (General Chemistry)

Eng. 1, 2 (Composition)

M.E. 1, 2 (Engineering Drawing)

M.E. SI, S2 (Wood, Forge and Machine Work)

First

Second

Semester

Credits

'/i

19 19

144

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 33, 34

Mil. Sci. 11, 12

Math. 7, 8 (Calculus)

Phys. 7, 8 (General Physics)

Phys. 9, 10 (General Physics Laboratory)

E.E. 1, 2 (Electrical Engineering)

M.E. 3 (Machine Drawing)

M.E. 4 (Kinematics)

M.E. (SI 7) (Machine Work) [[

C.E. 9 (Surveying)

First

Second

Semester

Credits

Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

E.E. 3, 4 (Electrical Engineering)

E.E. 13, 14 (Electrical Problems)

E.E. 15, 16 (A.I.E.E.) (Required) .'.'.'.'.".'"."""

E.E. 23, 24 (Electrical Laboratory)

M.E. 9, 10 (Mechanics) ...'....'..".'

M.E. 25, 26 (Heat Power Engineering) ..............[

M.E. 27 (Mechanical Laboratory)

'''Econ. 45, 47 (Business Organization and Economic History) and "
^Econ. 46, 48 (Public Regulation of Industry and Economic His

tory), or

>Math. 51, 52 (Differential Equations and Vector
' Mil. Sci. 13, 14 (Coast Artillery)

Analysis) or

3
2

2
3
3
2

3
2

4
4

Senior Year

E.E. 5 (Electrical Engineering)

*E.E. 7, 8 (Electronics and Communication)

*E.E. 10 (Advanced Circuit Theory)

E.E. 12 (Illumination)

E.E. 17, 18 (A.I.E.E.) (Required) '.'.'.*.".'.

*E.E. 19, 20 (Thesis)

•E.E. 25, 26 (Electrical Laboratory)

*E.E. 28 (Advanced Electronics Laboratory)

Phys. 51 (Theory of Electrons)

Phys. 52 (Electrical Measurements)

C.E. 23 (Hydraulics)

Eng. (41) (Expository Writing)

JM.E. 45, 46 (Management)

Mil. Sci. 15. 16 (Coast Artillery)

Approved non-technical elective %

3 i^

3
4"^

2J^

3
3

5
4
2

3
4
4

2
3
3
3

t Students electing Mil. Sci. 15 are not required to register for M.E. 45.
• E.E. 8, 10, 19, 20, 26 and 28 are elective courses.

145

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Sophomore Year

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 33, 34

Mil. Sci. 11. 12

Math. 7, 8 (Calculus)

Phys. 7, 8 (General Physics)

Phys. 9, 10 (General Physics Laboratory)

M.E. 3 (Machine Drawing)

M.E. 4 (Kinematics)

M.E. 5, 6 (Mechanical Laboratory)

M.E. SI 7 (Machine Work)

C.E. (9) (Surveying)

Junior Year

Convocation (Required)

A.S.M.E. 1, 2 (Required)

E.E. 37, 38 (Electrical Machinery)

M.E. 7, 8 (Mechanics)

M.E. 23, 24 (Thermodynamics)

M.E. 29, 30 (Mechanical Laboratory)

M.E. 39 (Heating and Ventilating)

C.E. 24 (Hydraulics)

Econ. 45, 47 (Business Organization and Economic History) and
Econ. 46, 48 (Public Regulation of Industry and Economic His-
tory) , or

Mil. Sci. 13, 14 (Coast Artillery)

Senior Year

A.S.M.E. 3, 4 (Required)

M.E. 13 (Manufacture of Iron and Steel)

M.E. 15, 16 (Machine Design)

M.E. 32 (Mechanical Laboratory)

M.E. ii, 34 (Power Plants)

M.E. 35, 36 or 37, 38 (Automotive Engineering or Aeronautics)

M.E. 45, 46 (Management)

M.E. 49 (Thesis)

Eng. (41) (Expository Writing)

Mil. Sci. 15, 16 (Coast Artillery) or Approved elective .'

First

Second

Semester

Credits

3
3

2
3
2
3

3
2
2

3
3

2
18

146

COLLEGE OF TECHNOLOGY
SUMMER SCHOOL

The University of New Hampshire Summer school (the fifteenth ses-
sion of which will be held from June 27 to August 5, 1938) offers courses
in most departments of all three colleges. The Summer school is de-
signed to meet the needs of:

1. Teachers, superintendents and supervisors of elementary and sec-
ondary schools.

2. Students in the University of New Hampshire and in other colleges
who desire to utilize the vacation period for the purpose of anticipating
courses or supplying deficiencies.

3. Graduate students who may earn the degree of master of arts,
master of science or master of education for work done exclusively during
summer sessions.

4. Candidates for admission to any of the colleges of the university
who desire to obtain advanced standing or to complete some special
requirement for admission.

For Summer school bulletin, information as to particular courses, etc.,
address the Registrar, University of New Hampshire, Durham, N. h!

EXTENSION COURSES FOR UNIVERSITY CREDIT

In response to the insistent demand of the people of the state the
trustees of the university have approved offering extension courses for
university credit. Professors are sent out to centers within the state
where there is a demand for classes to be formed. At present the courses
offered will depend on the teaching schedules of the various departments.

147

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES

(Alphabetically Arranged)

The title of the course is given in capital letters and small capital
letters. The numeral designates the particular course. Odd numerals
indicate courses offered in the first semester. Even numerals indicate
courses offered in the second semester. Numerals enclosed in paren-
theses indicate that a course is repeated in the semester following. Thus,
course 1 (1) is offered in the first semester and is repeated in the second
semester.

Courses numbered 1-50 are open to undergraduates only. Courses
numbered 51-100 are open to undergraduates and graduate students.
Courses numbered 101-200 are for graduate students only. Courses
numbered above 200 are open only to students in the Two Year Cur-
riculum in Agriculture.

Following the title of each course is the description of the work given
and the name of the instructor.

The next paragraph gives the following information in the order in-
dicated: (1) prerequisites, if any; (2) the curricula in which the course is
required and the undergraduate year in which it should be taken; (3)
the number of hours of recitations or laboratory periods required each
week; (4) the number of semester credits the course will count in the
total required for graduation. Lectures and recitations are fifty minutes
in length. Laboratory periods are two and one-half hours in length.

Abbreviations have been employed to indicate the number of hours
of work required of students in lecture, recitation and laboratory and
the number of credits given for satisfactory completion of each course.
These abbreviations should be interpreted as follows:

Cr Credit

Lab Laboratory

Lee Lecture

Prereq Prerequisite

Rec Recitation

All courses (unless otherwise marked) are open to students who have
passed the prerequisites.

An elective course will be given only when there is a minimum of five
students registered therefor.

ACCOUNTING
(See Economics)

AGRICULTURAL AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY

Thomas G. Phillips, Professor; Stanley R. Shimer, Assistant Professor;

Henry A. Davis, Assistant; El wood C. Pierce, Graduate Assistant;

WiLLARD S. Breon, Graduate Assistant.

1. Agricultural Chemistry. An introduction to organic chemis-
try and a brief survey of biological chemistry. Mr. Shimer, Mr. Phil-
lips.

Prereq. : Chemistry 2. Required of sophomores in agricul-
ture. 3 lee; 2 lab.; 5 cr.

2. Agricultural Chemistry. The chemistry of plant growth, soils
and fertilizers. Mr. Phillips, Mr. Davis.

Prereq. : Agricultural chemistry 1 or its equivalent. Elec-
tive. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

4. Agricultural Chemistry. The chemistry of animal nutrition.
Mr. Shimer.

Prereq.: Agricultural chemistry 1 or its equivalent. Elec-
tive. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

5. Organic and Biological Chemistry. An introduction to or-
ganic chemistry and a brief survey of biological chemistry. Mr. Shimer.

Prereq.: Chemistry 2. Required of juniors in home eco-
nomics. 3 lee; 2 lab.; 5 cr.

6. Chemistry of Food and Nutrition. The chemistry of food
materials and of digestion, absorption, metabolism and excretion. Mr.
Shimer.

Prereq.: Agricultural chemistry 5 or its equivalent. Elec-
tive for home economics students. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

51, 52. Physiological Chemistry. The chemistry of fats, carbo-
hydrates and proteins, colloids, enzyme action, digestion, metabolism
and excretion. The qualitative and quantitative examination of blood
and urine. Mr. Shimer, Mr. Davis.

Prereq.: Satisfactory preparation in organic chemistry and
quantitative analysis. 3 lee ; 2 lab. ; 5 cr.

53, 54. Agricultural Analysis. A study of the methods of analysis
of soils, fertilizers, feeding stuffs, and other products important in agri-
culture. Mr. Phillips, Mr. Shimer."

Prereq.: Satisfactory preparation in organic chemistry and
quantitative analysis. 1 lee; 3 lab.; 4 cr.

55. Plant Chemistry. A study of the chemistry of plant growth
and of methods for the analysis of plant materials. Mr. Phillips.

Prereq.: Agricultural chemistry 2. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

For courses primarily for graduate students, see catalog of the Grad-
uate school.

149

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

M. Gale Eastman, Professor; Harold C. Grinnell, Assistant Pro-
fessor; Perley F. Ayer, Instructor.

1. Rural Economics. History and economy in the development of
rural living, with special emphasis on the relation of current public
problems to the agricultural industr3\ Mr. Grinnell.

Required of juniors in certain curricula. 2 lee; 2 cr.

3. Farm Accounting. A practical course in accounting methods as
applied to the farm business; inventory and credit statement, farm
records, double entry proprietorship accounts, federal income tax
returns and single enterprise cost accounts. Mr. Grinnell.

Required of juniors in animal husbandry, general agricul-
ture and teacher training. 1 lab.; 2 cr.

4. Farm Management. Deals with the organization of the farm
business from the point of view of eflticiency and greatest continuous
profit. Types of farming, factors affecting financial success, measures
of financial success, cropping systems, livestock problems, labor prob-
lems, etc. Practical problems in analyzing typical farm businesses and
in the reorganization of at least one near-by farm. Mr. Grinnell.

Required of seniors in agriculture, except those registered
in agricultural chemistry, botany, entomology, forestry
and poultry. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

5. Cooperative Marketing. The essential characteristics of co-
operative development in this country, something of its present impor-
tance, and the principles underlying sound organization. Types of
cooperatives, legal phases and problems in corporation finance are
emphasized. Mr. Grinnell.

Required of seniors in agriculture, except those registered
in agricultural chemistry, botany, entomology, forestry,
and poultry. Elective for other students. 2 lee; 2 cr.

7. Agricultural Statistics. An elementary course to acquaint
the agricultural student with some every-day problems of chance in
biological phenomena and to give him some immunity against snap
judgments, and some basis for the interpretation of current research
information. Mr. Eastman.

Elective for seniors in agriculture. 1 lab. ; 1 cr.

8. The Rural Community. A consideration of farming as a mode
of life; the attitudes, problems and satisfactions of rural people; social
institutions and human-relationship organizations, including agricultural
extension. Lectures, reference work, and actual laboratory demonstra-
tions will be provided. The state extension staff will cooperate. Mr.
Eastman, Mr. Ayer.

150

AGRONOMY

Required of home economics extension and agricultural
teacher preparation seniors. Elective for other agricul-
tural seniors. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

51, 52. Special Agricultural Economics. Graduate or under-
graduate credit to satisfy a student's needs may be obtained in this
course in special cases by permission of the head of the department. Mr.
Eastman, Mr. Grinnell.

Hours of meeting and number of credits to be arranged.

AGRONOMY AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

Ford S. Prince, Professor; Leroy J. Higgins, Assistant Professor;
Walter T. Ackerman, Assistant Professor; George M. Foulkrod,

Assistant Professor.

Agronomy

1. Soils. A study of the nature and properties of soils, giving
special consideration to the fundamental physical, chemical and bio-
logical processes and characteristics of productive soils. The subject
matter will be of an introductory nature to serve all students in the
College of Agriculture and will be fundamental for those who continue
in agronomy work. Laboratory work will put into application some of
the more important principles considered in class. Mr. Higgins.

Required of juniors in agriculture, with a few exceptions.
2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

2. Fertilizers. A study of the occurrence and function of plant
food materials in soils and the use of manure and fertilizers in crop pro-
duction. Special attention will be given to the production, care and
preservation of manure, to the compounding of fertilizers, and the re-
sponse of different types of crops to the several materials now used to
stimulate crop production. Mr. Prince.

Prereq.: Agricultural chemistry 1. Required of juniors in
agriculture, with a few exceptions. 2 lee; 2 cr.

3. 4. Crop Production. First semester comprises an introduction
to the study of crops in general, considering distribution, choice, growth
processes, cropping practices, preparation of seed beds, care, improve-
ment and breeding. In the latter part of the semester root crops and
potatoes will be considered in detail." Second semester continues in more
detail concerning forage, cereals, and other crops grown in New England.
Laboratory work consists of practice in identification and judging.
Hayland and pasture management will be emphasized. Mr. Higgins.

Prereq.: Agronomy 3. Required of juniors in agriculture,
with a few exceptions. 2 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

5. Soil Utilization. A study of the classification, utilization and
management of soils, particularly those of New Hampshire. Available

151

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

literature will be cited. Laboratory will consist of practical soil manage-
ment and utilization problems, field trips and mapping. Mr. Higgins.

Prereq. : Agronomy 1. Elective for seniors. 1 lee. ; 1 lab. ;
2cr.

6. Seed Testing. A study of the official method of analyzing agri-
cultural seeds for purity and germination, involving studies in the
identification of seeds, as well as the technique of using equipment
in weighing, germinating, counting, estimating, etc., for official reports.
Mr. Higgins.

Prereq.: Botany 2 and Agronomy 4. Elective for a very
limited number of seniors. Hours arranged. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

7, 8. Agronomic Literature. A special study of literature relating
to soils and crops. Designed to meet the needs of students interested
in some phase of agronomy. Practice in looking up literature and in
the preparation of reports and abstracts will be given. Mr. Prince.

Prereq. : Agronomy 1, 2, 3, 4. Elective for seniors. Num-
ber of credits to be arranged.

Agricultural Engineering

The laboratories and class rooms for agricultural engineering are
on the first and second floors of Pettee hall. Here are provided facilities
for the study of farm power, equipment, building construction and
maintenance, drawing and surveying and other engineering problems
related to farm enterprises. Drainage levels for laying out drains,
plane tables for mapping plots of land, polar planimeters for measuring
plotted areas, steel tapes, chains, range poles, etc., are available for
practical work in farm surveying, mapping and drainage problems.

1. Basic Agricultural Engineering Applications. The entire
field of agricultural engineering is covered in such a manner that the
student will be familiar with the methods most commonly employed in
solving every-day farm problems. Farm mechanics; farm mapping;
farm water supply and sanitation; farm machinery and power applica-
tions; farm drawing and sketching; and types and purposes of farm
buildings are covered in theory and demonstration. Mr. Foulkrod.

Elective for all agricultural freshmen and sophomores. 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

2. Farm Power and Machinery. A study of the farm tractor and
its special tools, together with a complete review of the development of
the machines at present available to the farmer, with special emphasis
on those of economic importance in this section. Care, repair and
adjustment will be carefully considered in the laboratory, supplemented
by operation under actual field conditions.

Four to six makes of modern tractors, several gas engines, light plants
and a large variety of field machines are available. Mr. Foulkrod.

152

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

Prereq.: Agricultural engineering 1. Recommended for
seniors in general agriculture, animal husbandry, dairy
husbandry, and poultry husbandry. Elective for all other
agricultural juniors and seniors. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

3. Electric Farm Power. A course embracing the comparative
utility of individual plant and central station current ; rural line exten-
sion procedure; proper wiring for farm applications with particular
emphasis on household, farmstead, dairying, poultry farm and horti-
cultural uses. Special attention will be given the economics of various
methods, cost of operation, care and maintenance of equipment, quality
of results obtainable and effect on farm labor problem. Mr. Ackerman.

Recommended for seniors in animal husbandry, dairy
husbandry and horticulture, and juniors in poultry hus-
bandry. Elective for all other agricultural juniors and
seniors. 2 rec. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

4. Agricultural Drawing. This course is designed to meet the
needs of all agricultural students, and includes beside the elementary
principles of drawing and lettering the application of these principles
to the making of charts, graphs, maps, machines and shop sketches, as
well as to plans for minor farm buildings. Mr. Foulkrod.

Recommended for all sophomores in agriculture. 1 lab. ; 1 cr.

5. Farm Buildings and Equipment. The lectures on types and
purposes of farm shelters, materials, equipment and sanitary require-
ments will be paralleled by drafting room work in design and labora-
tory work in construction, with special attention to remodeling exist-
ing buildings. Mr. Foulkrod.

Prereq.: Agricultural engineering 4. Elective for all
juniors and seniors in agriculture. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

6. Farm Mechanics Shop. Planned to give the teacher preparation
senior the greatest amount of practice in farm mechanics in the shortest
possible time; to develop his skill with tools, and his general knowledge
of farm mechanics applications. A modern farm shop is employed.
Mr. Foulkrod.

Required of agricultural teacher preparation seniors. 2
lab.; 2cr.

ANIMAL H-USBANDRY
Loring V. TiRRELL, Professorj Carl L. Martin, Assistant Professor.

1. Types AND Breeds OF Livestock. A study of the different breeds
of horses, cattle, sheep, and swine in respect to their origin, history,
development, characteristics, and adaptability to different conditions
of climate and soil. One afternoon each week is devoted to judging the
different breeds. Mr. Tirrell.

Recommended for freshmen in agriculture. 2 lee 1 lab.; 3 cr.

153

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

2. Livestock Judging. The work consists of a study of the princi-
ples and practice of judging horses, beef cattle, sheep and swine, and
of the market classes and grades of horses and meat animals. The
judging teams which represent the university at such expositions as
the Eastern States at Springfield and the International at Chicago are
selected from students taking courses 2 and 4. For a part of the lab-
oratory work, trips are taken to some of the best breeding establish-
ments in New England. Mr. Tirrell.

Prereq.: Animal husbandry 1. Required of sophomores
electing animal husbandry. 1 lab. ; 1 cr.

3. Feeds and Feeding. A study of the character, composition and
digestibility of feedstuffs, and the methods of feeding different kinds
of farm animals. Numerous samples of grains and by-products are
used for the purpose of familiarizing the students with the different
-feedstuffs. Practice is given in calculating rations for various pur-
poses. Mr. Tirrell.

Required of seniors in animal husbandry, dairy husbandry,
general and teacher preparation curricula. 3 lee. ; 3 or,

4. Advanced Livestock Judging. This is a continuation of 2 and
is open to students who have previously taken 2. Mr. Tirrell.

1 lab. ; 1 cr.

5. 6. Veterinary Science. First semester comprises systematic
anatomy of the different farm animals, animal physiology, and the pre-
vention of animal diseases. This course is especially designed for the
agricultural student to acquaint him with the anatomical structures
of the domestic animals, the functions of the organs of the body, and
preventive veterinary medicine. The second semester is devoted to a
study of the more common diseases of farm animals, their prevention
and control. Mr. Martin.

Required of juniors in animal husbandry. Elective for
others. 3 lee; 3 cr.

7. Animal Breeding. A study of the principles and practices of
breeding farm animals, including cross-breeding, in-breeding, selection,
inheritance, breed analysis, reproductive efficiency, fertility, sterility,
Mendelism in relation to farm animals, acquired characters and varia-
tion. Practice is given in tracing and studying pedigrees. Mr. Tirrell.

Required of seniors in animal husbandry. 2 lee; 1 lab.;
3 cr.

8. Meat and Its Products; Livestock Markets. A study of
meat, farm slaughter, curing and identification of cuts; livestock mar-
kets, stockyards and transportation. Occasional trips will be taken to
slaughter houses and packing plants. Mr. Tirrell.

Required of seniors in animal husbandry. Elective for
others. 2 lee. ; 2 cr.

154

ARCHITECTURE

9. ManagexMent of Horses and Beef Cattle. Lectures and recita-
tions upon the care of brood mares and cows, management of stallions
and bulls, the breaking and training of colts, preparation of animals
for the show ring, the management of pure-bred beef herds, and the
feeding and handling of steers. Mr. Tirrell.

Required of seniors in animal husbandry. Elective for
others. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

10. Sheep and Swine Husbandry. A consideration of the judging,
breeding, feeding, management and preparation for the show ring of
sheep and swine, with special reference to New Hampshire conditions.
Mr. Tirrell.

Required of seniors in animal husbandry. Elective for
others. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

12. Animal Husbandry Seminar. Library and reference work
and^ the preparation of papers on various animal husbandry subjects
of timely importance. Mr. Tirrell.

Prereq.: Animal husbandry 3 and 7. Required of seniors
in animal husbandry. Elective for others. 1 lee; 1 cr.

ARCHITECTURE

Eric T. Huddleston, Professor, Arnold Perreton, Assistant Professor,
George R. Thomas, Assistant Professor.

The department of architecture is well equipped to meet the needs
of the courses offered. The drafting rooms are supplied with tables and
lockers, and the free-hand studio with suitable stands and easels. For
free-hand drawing there is a good supply of geometric models, and for
advanced work in charcoal drawing the nucleus of a good collection of
plaster casts exists, consisting of historic ornament, details of plant and
animal life and of the human form. For special work in this subject
there is available the museum of casts, consisting of examples of antique
and modern sculpture. For work in architectural drawing an excellent
library of books, periodicals, and blue prints of all classes of buildings are
available for reference and use in the drafting rooms, while a goodly
collection of samples of building materials is being added from time to
time.

2. Elements of Architecture. A lecture course with assigned
reference work dealing with the analysis of the elements of architecture.
By means of illustrated lectures the basic modern building materials,
and the construction and design fundamentals of architectural elements
such as walls, columns, floors, ceilings, roofs, doors, windows, ornament,
etc., and their respective terminology are considered. Also, by means of
the students' required collection of architectural illustrations the varied
application of the elements and their fundamental relation to the
contemporary architectural usage is shown. Mr. Perreton.

Elective by permission. Required of freshmen in archi-
tecture. 2 rec; 2 cr.

155

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

3. The Meaning of Architecture. Lectures giving a general view
of the architectural profession, its allied arts, and the building construc-
tion industry; library research and discussions on current topics of
architectural interest affording the student a better understanding of
the aims and purpose of the various courses in the architectural cur-
riculum. Mr. Huddleston.

Elective by permission. Required of sophomores in archi-
tecture. 2 lee; 2 cr.

5, 6. History of European Architecture. Lectures with assigned
reading and sketches on the historical development of the different
periods of European architecture with an analysis of the environment,
the style evolved and the chief architectural contributions each period
made toward a constructive and artistic advance in architectural ex-
pression. Mr. Perreton.

Elective by permission. Required of juniors in architec-
ture. 2 rec; 2 cr.

7. History of American Architecture. Lectures with assigned
reading and sketches on the historical development of the different
periods of American architecture. A study is made of the social condi-
tions, the type of architecture, and the work of the outstanding architects
as developed in the various geographical sections of each period, followed
with an analysis of the chief contribution each period made towards a
constructive and artistic advance in architectural expression. Mr.
Perreton.

Elective by permission. Required of seniors in architec-
ture. 2 rec; 2 cr.

9. Architectural Composition. Lectures and discussions on the
analysis of the principles governing architectural design, and methods of
applying these principles to the current design course to achieve an
architectural expression which reveals the function, beauty and charac-
ter of every type of modern building. Mr. Perreton.

Required of juniors in architecture. 2 rec. ; 2 cr.

14. Domestic Architecture. Lectures and recitations devoted to
a brief study of the history of domestic architecture with special em-
phasis placed on early American housing as a basis for an appreciation
of the New England Colonial architecture. Further study is given to
modern housing problems, including the relation of the house plan to
the individual site, to the garden, to accessory buildings, and to the
community, with special consideration given to economy in design
and material and the need for intelligent cooperation on the part of the
prospective owner with the architect and builder. Mr. Huddleston.

Elective by permission. Required of juniors in architec-
ture. 2 rec; 3 cr.

156

ARCHITECTURE

15. Professional Practice. Discussions and assigned reading
covering the personal, ethical, business, and legal relations of the archi-
tect with clients, contractors, craftsmen, etc., and the relations that
should exist between the architect and the community in which he
lives; followed by studies of office procedure in the conduct of an archi-
tect's office, i.e., contract forms, bookkeeping, and accounting as they
apply to his professional work. Mr. Huddleston.

Required of seniors in architecture. 2 rec. ; 2 cr.

16. Specifications and Appraising. A study of the fundamentals
of yjecification writing and the preparation of an outline specification
adapted to the requirements of the thesis problem designed by each
student. Methods of estimating and appraising buildings, both before
and after construction, will be studied. Mr. Huddleston.

Required of seniors in architecture. 2 rec; 2 cr.

19, 20. Building Construction. The principles of structural de-
sign and an analysis of structural systems as applied to wood frame
house construction, light and heavy timber construction, steel and re-
inforced concrete construction.

While emphasis is placed upon the principles involved in the selec-
tion of structural systems in the solution of various types of building
construction problems, detailed study is made of the practical methods
used in applying the various materials of construction as they occur in
modern practice, and the introduction of the mechanical equipment for
plumbing, heating, ventilating, and electrical systems. Mr. Huddleston.

Prereq.: Architecture 28 and Mechanical engineering 12.
Required of juniors and seniors in architecture. 3 lab.;
3 cr.

21. Architectural Seminar. Library research and the preparation
of papers on approved subjects related to the thesis problems. Each
student is required to present and lead the discussion on his subject.
Mr. Huddleston.

Required of seniors in architecture. 2 rec; 2 cr.

24. Shades, Shadows and Perspective. Determination of con-
ventional shades and shadows as they occur in architectural drawings;
problems illustrating the architectural application of descriptive geom-
etry; theory of perspective and practical construction of perspective
drawings. Rendering in wash of problems illustrating light, shade,
and shadow. Mr. Thomas.

Elective by permission. Required of freshmen in archi-
tecture. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

26. Freshman Architectural Design. Drafting room exercises
progressing in parallel with the Lecture on Elements of Architecture
(Architecture 2). Instruction in the accepted methods of architectural

157

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

drafting. Measured drawings showing the relation of material, con-
struction and design, drawn from field sketches and photographs of
existing elements. Design studies of single and combined elements
serving specific functions. Mr. Perreton.

Architecture 2 must be taken either in parallel or as a
prerequisite. Elective by permission. Required of fresh-
men in architecture. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

27, 28. Sophomore Architectural Design. A progressive series of
competitive problems in the composition of architectural elements in
interior and exterior design, with special emphasis given to the correct
use of the modern materials and structural forms of design. Mr. Thomas.

Prereq. : Architecture 24 and 26. Required of sophomores
in architecture. 6 lab. ; 6 cr.

29, 30. Junior Architectural Design. A progressive series of
competitive problems in the application of the principles of architectural
composition to the design of contemporary buildings. Special emphasis
is given here to the correlated expression of the functional planning and
aesthetic composition in the design of residential, recreational, commer-
cial and municipal buildings of contemporary town and small city scale.
Mr. Perreton.

Prereq.: Architecture 28. Required of juniors in architec-
ture. 6 lab.; 6 cr.

31, 32. Senior Architectural Design and Thesis. The design of
the first semester includes a civic or residential development from which
a residence and public building will be selected and designed, with spe-
cial emphasis given to the expression of architectural character to har-
monize with the immediate environment. The thesis in the second se-
mester includes a practical course of building design to familiarize the
student with the fundamental process of working drawing development
in the architect's office. A residence or small public building will be
designed to conform to the specified requirements of hypothetical clients.
This is followed with working drawings and details, including structural
and equipment drawings, to conform to the current architectural prac-
tice. Mr. Perreton and Mr. Huddleston.

Prereq.: Architecture 30. Required of seniors in archi-
tecture. 6 lab.; 6 cr.

33, 34. Advanced Architectural Design. An approved program
proposed by the student will be used for advanced study in architectural
design. Mr. Perreton.

Prereq.: Architecture 30. Elective by permission only.
Credits to be arranged.

37. Freehand Drawing. Studio exercises in graphical representa-
tions designed to stimulate and develop the student's expression of
creative thoughts. Original ideas will be guided through the process

158

ARCHITECTURE

of development by criticism and suggestions only, the student being
given perfect freedom for self-expression. Mr. Thomas.

Elective by permission, 2 lab.; 2 cr.

38, Freehand Drawing. Elementary drawing in charcoal from
casts and architectural ornament, aiming at the stimulation and devel-
opment of creative thought through the study of fundamental forms.
Mr. Thomas.

Elective by permission. Required of freshmen in architec-
ture. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

39, 40. Freehand Drawing. Studio exercises from architectural
details, cast ornament, and the cast figure in various media, with atten-
tion to accurate reproduction of proportions, the principles of free-
hand perspective, and the expression of mass by means of line and sim-
ple light and shade. Weather permitting, sketching from nature with
special emphasis on tree and shrubbery forms. Mr. Thomas.

Prereq.: Architecture 38. Elective by permission. Re-
quired of sophomores in architecture. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

41, 42. Water Coloring and Modeling. Exercises in the handling
of wash; studies in water color from documents, photographs, and still
life; supplemented with lectures presenting the theory of color, both
scientific and aesthetic. Outdoor sketching, if weather permits. Exer-
cises in modeling clay of historic architectural ornament, followed by
original designs from programs. Mr. Thomas.

Prereq.: Architecture 40. Elective by permission. Re-
quired of juniors in architecture. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

44. Model Making. To create further appreciation of three-
dimensional design, a complete model of the senior thesis problem
will be constructed. The model will be executed in the scale and man-
ner of the type often presented by the architect to the prospective client
in assisting him to interpret the various plans and elevations. Instruc-
tion in the construction of the various types of architectural models.
Mr. Thomas.

Prereq.: Architecture 42. Required of seniors in architec-
ture. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

45, 46. Advanced Freehand Drawing. A general advanced study
of special types, depending upon the student's previous training. The
student will do a variety of work in the studio under individual super-
vision and criticism. Mr. Thomas.

Special permission must be obtained from the head of the
department before registering in this course. Hours and
credits to be arranged.

49, 50. Potter\. a study of the design and construction of pottery,
including laboratory practice in molding, casting, throwing, glazing and

159

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

firing of household ware and architectural tiles and decorative ornament
and figures. This course is given in cooperation with The League of
New Hampshire Arts and Crafts.

Elective for architecture and liberal arts students. 1 rec,
2 lab.; 3 cr.

BOTANY AND BACTERIOLOGY

Ormond R. Butler, Professor; jMarian E. Mills, Assistant Professor;
Stuart Dunn, Assistant Professor; La\\tience W. Slanetz, Instructor;
Albion R. Hodgdon, Instructor; Joseph Naghski, Graduate Assistant.

Botany

1, 2. General Botany. A study of the seed-bearing plants with
especial emphasis on the structure and functions of organs, followed
by a general survey' of the plant kingdom with especial emphasis upon
development, reproduction and relationships. Evolution and heredity
in plants. Miss Mills, Mr. Hodgdon.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. Required of freshmen in
agriculture. Elective for others. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

3. Plant Histology. Characterization and differentiation of plant
tissues; micro-technique. Mr. Dunn.

Prereq.: Botany 2. Required of juniors in botany and
certain forestry students. 2 lab. ; 2 cr.

4. Plant Physiology. Structure and properties of the cell; absorp-
tion and movement of water; metabolism; growth and irritability.
Mr. Dunn.

Prereq.: Botany 2 and one year of chemistry. Required
of juniors in botany and forestry, and of seniors in horti-
culture. Elective for others. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

5. Plant Pathology. The bacterial and fungous diseases of plants,
their symptoms, cause and prevention. Mr. Dunn.

Prereq.: Botany 2. Required of juniors or seniors in
botany and horticulture. Elective for others. 1 lee; 2
lab.; 3 cr.

52. Systematic Botany. A study of the higher plants of our native
flora. The student is required to collect an herbarium of 60 specimens.
Miss Mills, Mr. Hodgdon.

Prereq.: Botany 1. Required of seniors in botany and
certain juniors in forestry. Occasional lectures; labora-
tory work; field trips; 2 cr.

53, 54. Advanced Botany. The subject matter will depend upon
the training and desire of the student. It cannot be elected without
previous consultation. Mr. Butler, Miss Mills, Mr. Dunn.

Credits to be arranged.

160

CHEMISTRY
Bacteriology

1. General Bacteriology. Morphology, physiology and classifica-
tion of bacteria. The bacteriology of water, sewage, milk and foods.
Relationships of bacteria to agriculture, home economics, and the
arts and industries. Mr. Slanetz, Mr. Naghski.

Prereq.: One year of inorganic chemistry. Required of
juniors in certain agricultural curricula. Elective for
others. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

2. Applied Bacteriology. A study of infection and immunity: im-
portant pathogenic bacteria; bacteriological and serological m.ethods
of disease diagnosis; bacteriological analysis of water, milk, meat,
and canned products; antiseptics and disinfectants. Mr. Slanetz, Mr.
Naghski.

Prereq.: Bacteriology 1. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

55, 56. Advanced Bacteriology. The subject matter will depend
upon the training and desire of the student. It cannot be elected with-
out previous consultation. Mr. Slanetz.

Prereq.: Bacteriology 2 and agricultural chemistry 1,
chemistry 47 and 48. Credits to be arranged.

CHEMISTRY

Harold A. Iddles, Professor; Melvin M. Smith, Associate Professor;
Heman C. Fogg, Associate Professor; James A. Funkhouser, Assistant
Professor; Charles M. Mason, Assistant Professor; Albert F. Dag-
gett, Assistant Professor; Kendrick S. French, Instructor; Wilbur H.
Miller, Instructor; James W. Clapp, Instructor; Herbert B. Cowden,
Instructor; Joseph W. Hickey, Graduate Assistant; Wendell H. Pow-
ers, Gradtmte Assistant; Edward F. Mellon, Graduate Assistant;
D WAYNE F. ViER, Graduate Assistant; Herbert E. Silcox, Graduate

Assistant.

The departments of chemistry and agricultural chemistry occupy the
new building, Charles James hall. Laboratories, equipment and reci-
tation rooms, entirely modern in every respect, are provided for instruc-
tion in all fundamental courses. In addition ample facilities are avail-
able for advanced instruction and research work in inorganic, analytical,
physical, and organic chemistry.

Breakage. A breakage deposit is required in certain
laboratory courses, from which the actual breakage is
deducted. The deposit receipt must be presented to the
instructor at the first class meeting.

1, 2. General Chemistry. The course covers the fundamental laws
and conceptions of chemistry, and includes a study of the non-metals
and metals, together with their compounds. The theoretical principles

161

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

are illustrated and explained by many lecture demonstrations, and the
applications of chemistry in the professions are explained. Mr. Iddles,
Mr. Smith, Mr. French, Mr. Miller, Mr. Clapp, and assistants.

Elective for liberal arts students. Required of freshmen
in the college of technology, freshmen in agriculture, and
sophomores in home economics. Technology students will
be sectioned on the basis of a placement examination taken
during freshman week. 2 lee; 1 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

4. Inorganic Chemistry. This course is a continuation of chemis-
try 1 and covers the fundamental laws and conceptions of chemistry
involved in a study of the non-metals and metals, together with their
compounds. Facts and practical applications are given and the princi-
ples are explained and illustrated by demonstrations in the lectures.
The course is designed for major students in chemistry. Mr. Iddles,
Mr. Smith, and assistants.

Required of freshmen majors in chemistry. 2 lee. ; 1 rec. ;

3 lab. ; 6 cr.

11, 12, General Chemistry. Lectures and demonstrations on gen-
eral chemistry, designed for those who desire to pursue a course in chem-
istry as an element of general culture rather than as a part of their pro-
fessional training, and who desire to gain some knowledge of the spirit
of a branch of science on which much of our present-day civilization is
based. Textbooks: Findlay, The Spirit of Chemistry; Deming, The
Realm of Carbon. Mr. Iddles.

Elective for junior and senior students only. 2 lee; 2 cr.

21. Semi-micro Qualitative Analysis. The lectures consider the
fundamental theories of solutions and the reactions involved in the quali-
tative scheme of analysis. The laboratory is conducted on a semi-
micro scale, especial emphasis is placed upon the semi-micro technique
and the use of drop reactions. Mr. Daggett.

Prereq. : Chemistry 2 or 4. This course required of sopho-
mores in chemistry; not an elective course. 2 lee; 2 lab.;

4 cr. Deposit: Five dollars for the semester.

22. Quantitative Analysis. The course covers the theory, prob-
lems and laboratory technique necessary in gravimetric analysis and
acidimetry, and is designed for those who expect to continue with chem-
istry 31. Mr. Fogg.

Prereq. : Chemistry 21. Required of sophomores in chem-
istry; elective for others. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr. Deposit:
Five dollars for the semester.

25, 26. Introductory Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis.
The first semester covers the theory, problems, and technique involved
in some of the common procedures in both gravimetric and volumetric
quantitative methods. The work of the second semester considers the

162

CHEMISTRY

theory and problems of qualitative analysis. The laboratory work is
conducted on a semi-micro scale and presents the special methods of
technique involved. The work of these courses is designed to meet the
needs of pre-medical students, and teachers in secondary schools. Mr.
Fogg and Mr. Daggett.

Prereq.: Chemistry 2. Elective for pre-medical students;
elective for others to the limit of laboratory space. 1 lee. ;
2 lab.; 3 cr. Deposit: Ten dollars for the year.

31. Quantitative Analysis. This is a continuation of chemistry 22
and covers the theory, problems, methods involved in the determination
of pH, precipitation reactions, oxidimetry and colorimetry. Mr. Fogg.

Prereq. : Chemistry 22. Required of juniors in chemistry;
elective for others. 2 lee; 3 lab.; 5 cr. Deposit: Five
dollars for the semester.

32. Technical Quantitative Analysis. The course covers the tech-
nical methods employed in the analysis of alloys, gaseous liquid and solid
fuels, gas mixtures, oils and lubricants. Sufficient experience is obtained
to develop the skill and special technique necessary for these determina-
tions. The lectures consider the theory of the methods, their interpreta-
tion and calculations. Mr. Fogg.

Prereq. : Chemistry 31. Required of juniors in chemistry;
elective for others. 2 lee; 3 lab.; 5 cr. Deposit: Five
dollars for the semester.

47, 48. Organic Chemistry. The lectures deal with the principal
classes of organic compounds, aliphatic and aromatic, with emphasis
upon class reactions and structural theory. In the laboratory, the prep-
aration and purification of a selected number of organic compounds is
carried on. The latter part of the laboratory work involves the use of
group reactions for the identification of organic substances in a syste-
matic scheme of qualitative organic analysis. Mr. Iddles.

Prereq.: Chemistry 22. Required of juniors in chemistry;
not an elective course. 3 lee; 2 lab.; 5 cr. Deposit: Ten
dollars for the year.

53, 54. Organic Chemistry. The lectures consider the chief divi-
sions of organic chemistry, aliphatic and aromatic. These are consid-
ered with the needs of the pre-professional student in mind and are fol-
lowed by a more detailed consideration of carbohydrates and proteins.
The laboratory course is designed to develop the technique of organic
chemical methods as illustrated in the preparation and purification of
typical organic compounds. Mr. Funkhouser.

Prereq.: Chemistry 1, 2 and Chemistry 26 when possible.
Elective for liberal arts students. Required of junior pre-
medical students. 3 lee; 2 lab.; 5 cr. Deposit: Ten dol-
lars for the year.

163

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

55, 56. Theoretical Problems of Modern Organic Chemistry.
A consideration of the principles underlying the behavior of organic
compounds, and the problems awaiting solution. The first semester
includes such topics as free radicals, the nature of organic linkages, un-
saturated compounds including conjugated systems, polymerization and
tautomerism. The first portion of the second semester is devoted to a
discussion of cyclic compounds and the benzene problem; the major por-
tion to stereochemistry, including steroisomerism, ring formation, and
steric hindrance.

Prereq.: Chemistry'- 48 or 54. Elective for seniors in
chemistry. 3 lee; 3 cr.

61, 62. Introductory Theoretical Chemistry. The lectures of
this course deal with the structure and properties of matter as developed
from studies of radioactivity, atomic structure, crystal structure, etc.
With these as a foundation the course develops the relations between ele-
ments as they occur in the periodic arrangement. Werner's theory of
complex compounds is considered at the close of the year. An effort is
made to develop the historical background of all these topics as they are
discussed. Mr. Funkhouser.

Prereq.: Chemistry 22. Required of juniors in chemistry;
elective for others. 2 lee. ; 2 cr.

71, 72. Unit Processes. A study of the important inorganic and
organic Industrial chemical processes from the point of view of the basic
chemical reaction Involved and the plant equipment needed.

Prereq.: Chemistry 32 and 48. Required of seniors in
chemistry. 2 lee; 2 cr.

73, 74. Unit Operations. An elementary discussion of the theory of
the unit operations of chemical industry and typical equipment for carry-
ing out these operations. The topics discussed are flow of fluids, flow of
heat, evaporation, diffusion, humldification, drying, distillation, gas ab-
sorption, extraction, crystallization, filtration, mixing, crushing and
grinding, and size separation. Emphasis Is laid on the quantitative
relationship.

Prereq.: Chemistry 83, 84 taken concurrently. Required
of seniors In chemistry. 2 lec. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr. Deposit : Five
dollars for the year.

81, 82. Elementary Physical Chemistry. The lectures of this
course begin with a brief review and survey of the more important
fundamental topics of physical chemistry. The remainder of the time
is devoted to those topics of physical and theoretical chemistry which
have application in the medical, biological, and agricultural sciences.
Mr. Mason.

Prereq.: Chemistry 2, elementary physics 2, 6, or 8,
mathematics 6 or equivalent. 2 lec. ; 2 cr.

164

CIVIL ENGINEERING

83, 84. Physical Chemistry. This course will include a study of
the properties of gases, liquids and solids. The principles of thermody-
namics will be presented and their applications discussed. These will
be used as a basis for the study of solutions, ionic theory, chemical
equilibria, thermochemistry, conductance, and electromotive force.
The principles of kinetics will be presented and their application to reac-
tion rates discussed in detail. The laboratory will include accurate
measurements illustrating the principles studied in the lectures. Mr.
Mason.

Prereq.: Chemistry 32, mathematics 8, physics 8. Re-
quired of seniors in chemistry. 3 lee; 2 lab.; 5 cr. De-
posit: Ten dollars for the year.

87, 88. Thesis, Bibliography and Seminar. The thesis time is
devoted to some selected subject, and the student is required to present a
thesis covering the related background and experimental observations
of his year's investigation. In one class meeting a week a discussion de-
signed to aid the student in the use of the chemical library is presented.
Actual problems are assigned requiring the use of various chemical jour-
nals, dictionaries, reference books and other sources of information on
chemical subjects. Following this section of work the class period is
devoted to individual student reports on recent topics of interest in chem-
istry. Members of the staff.

For seniors in chemistry who have completed chemistry'
32 and 48. 1 lee; 5 lab.; 6 cr. Deposit: Ten dollars for
the year.

For courses primarily for graduate students, see catalog of the Gradu-
ate school.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Edmond W. Bowxer, Professor; Russell R. Skelton, Associate Pro-
fessor; Charles O. Dawson, Instructor; Salvatore Grasso, Graduate

Assistant.

The department of civil engineering is in Conant hall. The offices
and the drafting, recitation, and lecture rooms are on the first floor, and
the instrument rooms and laboratories of materials testing and soils
mechanics are in the basement. The hydraulic equipment, in the base-
ment of DeMeritt hall, is used by "the civil engineering department for
instruction and experimentation. The department is well equipped with
transits, levels, plane tables, and current meters for plane, topographic,
geodetic and hydrographic surveying.

2. Surveying. The theory and use of surveying instruments and
methods, including measurement of angles, direction and distance, dif-
ferential leveling, trigonometric leveling, land surveying, note keeping,
and calculations and plotting relating to traverses. The laboratory

165

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

periods during the first half of the semester are used for topographic
drawing. Mr. Dawson and Mr. Grasso.

Prereq. : Mathematics 5 or Mathematics 2 carried in par-
allel. Required of freshmen in civil engineering. 1 rec;
2 lab.; 3 cr. (Formerly a part of C.E. 1.)

3. Surveying. Further theory and use of surveying instruments
and methods, including topographic surveying and mapping, stadia
levels, adjustment of instruments, city surveying, and the solution of
miscellaneous problems in topographic surveying. A topographic sur-
vey of a small area is completed in the field and the map plotted in the
laboratory. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 2. Required of sophomores in
civil engineering. 1 rec. ; 2 lab. ; 3 cr. (Formerly a part of
C.E. 1 and 2.)

4. Surveying. Theory and use of highway and railway curves.
Engineering astronomy including observations on the sun and polaris
for latitude, longitude, time and azimuth. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 2. Required of sophomores in
civil engineering. 1 rec; 2 lab.; 3 cr. (Formerly a part
of C.E. 2.)

6. Surveying. Theory and practice relating to preliminary location
surveys, including highways, railways, bridges, pipe lines, and sewer
lines. A field survey is made to demonstrate the fundamentals of loca-
tion. Theory and practice of plane table surveys. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 3 and 4. Required of sopho-
mores in civil engineering. 1 rec. ; 2 lab. ; 3 cr. (Formerly
a part of C.E. 2 and 4.)

7. Surveying. The theory and use of surveying instruments and
methods on plane surveys, including measurement of angles, direction
and distance, differential and profile leveling, calculations relating to
traverses, and observations on the sun for direction. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq. : Mathematics 6 or 22. Required of sophomores in
forestry. 2 lab. ; 2 cr.

8. Surveying. The theory and use of surveying instruments and
methods in topographic surveying and mapping, including a topo-
graphic survey of a small area in the field and the plotting of a topo-
graphic map of the same area in the drafting room, and observations on
the polaris for direction. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 7. Required of sophomores in
forestry. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

9. (9). Surveying. Theory and use of the tape, transit and level in
making plane surveys with computations and drafting exercises neces-
sary to plot field notes. Mr. Bowler and Mr. Grasso.

166

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Prereq.: Mathematics 2. Required of sophomores in
electrical engineering during first semester and of sopho-
mores in mechanical engineering during second semester.
2 1ab.;2cr.

11. Location Mapping and Earthwork. A location strip map is
plotted from the notes obtained in civil engineering 6, upon which a
paper location is made. Theory and problems in earthwork computa-
tions. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 6. Required of juniors in civil
engineering. 2 lab. ; 2 cr. (Formerly a part of C.E. 4, 5
and 6.)

15. Engineering Materials. A course arranged to acquaint the
student with the methods of manufacture, physical properties and the
application of the various materials used in engineering works, including
timber, steel, stone, brick, cement, concrete and bituminous materials.
The course also includes a selected series of ten laboratory experiments
and reports on the testing of cements and concrete specimens. The reci-
tation and preparation time is used for such laboratory periods. Mr.
Skelton.

Prereq.: Geology 7 and mechanical engineering 9 either in
parallel or as a prerequisite. 2 rec; 2 cr. (Formerly a
part of C.E. 16.)

22. Hydraulics. A study of the principles of hydrostatics and
hydrokinetics, including the laws governing static pressures, the flow of
water through orifices, tubes, nozzles, weirs, pipe lines and open chan-
nels, the dynamic action of jets and streams and fluid flow in pipes.
This course includes laboratory exercises in hydraulic machinery and
in stream gaging. Mr. Bowler.

Prereq. : Mechanical Engineering 9. Required of Juniors
in Civil Engineering. 3 rec. ; 1 lab. ; 4 cr.

23. Hydraulics. Fundamental principles of hydrostatics and hy-
drokinetics. A study of fluid pressures, hydraulic gauges and meters,
flow through pipes, tubes, orifices and nozzles, flow over weirs, flow in
open channels, and the dynamic action of jets and streams. Mr. Daw-
son.

Prereq.: Mechanical Engineering 9, either in parallel or as
a prerequisite. Required of Seniors in Electrical Engi-
neering. 2 rec; 2 cr.

24. Hydraulics. Fundamental principles of hydrostatics and hy-
drokinetics. A study of fluid pressure and fluid flow, hydraulic gauges
and meters, fluid flow through pipes, tubes, orifices and nozzles, flow over
weirs, flow in open channels, the dynamic action of jets and streams,
and the theory of tangential and reaction turbines. Mr. Dawson.

Prereq. : Mechanical engineering 7. Required of juniors in
mechanical engineering. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

167

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

27, 28. Theory of Structures. The graphical and analytical meth-
ods of determining reactions, moments and shears in beams, girders
and trusses under fixed and moving loads and the stresses in various
structures including simple, subdivided and multiple trusses, portals,
viaducts, cantilevers and three-hinged arches. The computation of
deflections and the application of the method of least work to statically
indeterminate structures. Mr. Bowler and Mr. Grasso.

Prereq.: Mathematics 8, and mechanical engineering 9 and
10 as prerequisites or in parallel. Required of juniors in
civil engineering. 3 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

31. Highway Engineering AND Transportation. A detailed study
of the economics of location and design of highways and city streets,
the methods of construction, maintenance and the specifications gov-
erning the various types of surfaces, and the administration and financing
of our highway system. Special emphasis is given to the study of high-
way transportation. The subject is presented by means of lectures,
recitations, field location, and the complete design of a section of high-
way. Mr. Skelton.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 6 and civil engineering 16. Re-
quired of seniors in civil engineering. 2 rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

32. Transportation Engineering. A course embracing a study
of the transportation forms, methods and facilities of land, water
and air carriers, with emphasis on the various problems incidental to
operation, engineering development, and the influence of transportation
on our national growth. This course includes a brief study of railroad
construction and maintenance from an engineering viewpoint, and is pre-
sented by lectures, recitations, problems and assigned reading, Mr.
Skelton.

Prereq. : Civil engineering 31. Required of seniors in civil
engineering. 2 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

33. 34. Hydraulic and Sanitary Engineering. A study of water
power engineering, water supply and purification and sewerage and
sewage treatment. This course covers precipitation, water losses, run-
off, drainage areas, stream flow, water power estimates, hydraulic tur-
bines, dams and water ways; the sources, quantity, quality and sani-
tary aspects of public water supplies; the methods of purification and
distributing systems; the theory and problems of sewerage, the prin-
ciples governing the disposal of sewage and the various methods of
sewage treatment. This course consists of lectures, recitations, compu-
tations, reports and problems of design. Mr. Bowler.

Prereq.: Civil engineering 22. Required of seniors in civil
engineering. 3 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

35. Structural Design. Theory and problems relating to the de-
sign of steel and timber structures. A steel girder and steel roof truss

168

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

are completely designed and working drawings prepared. Individual
parts of steel bridge trusses and buildings are studied and designed.
Emphasis is placed on economy of design, accuracy of results, clarity
of vision and analytical thought. Mr. Skelton.

Prereq. : Civil engineering 28. Required of seniors in civil
engmeermg. 2 rec. ; 2 lab. ; 4 cr.

36. Reinforced Concrete Structures. A course arranged to cover
with equal emphasis the theory and design of reinforced concrete struc-
tures, such as beams, slabs, columns, footings, retaining walls and small
bridges. The problems relating to construction are studied together
with problems illustrating the theory. Mr. Skelton.

Prereq. : Civil engineering 35. Required of seniors in civil
engineering. 2 rec. ; 2 lab. ; 4 cr.

38. Thesis. The student selects a subject of engineering, scientific
or commercial interest for investigation or design. The results of his
studies are presented as a thesis in which equal emphasis is placed upon
composition and accuracy of subject-matter. The student confers
with a member of the department each week for discussion of progress
and for guidance in study. Departmental standards for form of presen-
tation are strictly followed. Mr. Bowler, Mr. Skelton, Mr. Dawson.

Prereq. : English 41. Required of seniors in civil engineer-
ing. 1 conference each week; 2 cr.

41, 42, 43, 44. Student Chapter of the American Society of
Civil Engineers. Junior and Senior students in Civil Engineering
are required to join the student chapter of the American Society of
Civil Engineers. In addition to the ordinary life of the student chapter
which is carried on under the guidance of the student officers, the chap-
ter meets once a week under the direction of an instructor. These meet-
ings consist chiefly of the presentation of prepared addresses by the stu-
dent members. Mr. Bowler, Mr. Skelton.

Required of juniors and seniors in civil engineering. No
credit.

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

Kenneth S. Morrow, Professor; Herbert C. Moore,

Assistant Professor.

2. Fundamentals of Dairying. A general survey of the dairy
industry, with definite study of the composition and properties of milk
and other dairy products, dairy manufacturing processes, and market
milk; the selection and judging of dairy cattle. Mr. Morrow. Mr.
Moore.

Recommended elective for freshmen or sophomores in
agriculture not specializing in dairy husbandry. 2 lee •
1 lab. ; 3 cr.

169

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

3. Dairy Cattle. A study of pure-bred dairy cattle; breed history:
pedigrees: family lines and methods of outstanding breeders; the appli-
cation of the principles of genetics to the improvement of dairy cattle;
herd analysis. Mr. Morrow.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. 2 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

4. Milk Production. A study of the feeding and management of
dairy animals; calf feeding; raising young stock; feeding for economical
milk production. Mr. Morrow.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. 2 lee; 1 lab.;
3 cr.

5. Market Milk. A study of the producing, handling, and dis-
tributing of market and certified milk; dairy farm inspection; control
of milk supply. Mr. Moore.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. 2 lee; 1 lab.;
3 cr.

6. Ice Cream. A study of the making, handling, and marketing of
ice cream and ices. Mr. Moore.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. 2 lee; 1 lab.;
3 cr.

7. Butter and Cheese. (1) A study of the secretion and of the
chemical and physical properties of milk; pasteurization; cream ripen-
ing; starters; churning; organization and operation of factories. (2)
A study of the manufacturing and marketing of more important types
of cheese. Mr. Moore.

Required of juniors in dairy husbandry. 1 lee; 1 lab.;
2cr.

9. Domestic Dairying. Nutritive value of milk, market milk, mod-
ified milk, certified milk, condensed milk, milk powder, fermented milk,
butter, cheese, and ice cream. Laboratory exercises are given in the
manufacture of dairy products. Mr. Moore.

Elective for juniors and seniors in home economics and
liberal arts curricula. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

10. Dairy Bacteriology. A study of the methods of bacteriological
analysis of milk and its products; relation of bacteria to milk and its
products; study of effect of bacteria in milk on separation, clarification,
pasteurization, aeration, and straining; and the application of bacteri-
ological principles to the dairy industry. Mr. Moore.

Prereq. : Bacteriology 1. Required of juniors in dairy hus-
bandry. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

12. Dairy Seminar. Studies of recent experiment station and other
literature covering the field of dairying. Practice in looking up litera-

170

ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTING

ture and in the preparation of oral and written reports will be given.
Mr. Morrow.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. Elective for other
students. 1 lee; 2 cr.

13, 14. Dairy Cattle and Dairy Products Judging. (1) The
comparative judging of dairy cattle. Animals in the college herd and
in near-by herds will be judged. (2) The various standards and grades
of dairy products will be studied. Practice will be given in judging milk,
butter, cheese, and ice cream.

Cattle judging given first half of fall semester and last half of spring
semester; products judging alternates with this schedule. Students
interested in competing for places on college judging teams should elect
this course. Mr. Morrow, Mr. Moore.

Prereq.: 13 prerequisite for 14. Required of juniors
dairy husbandry. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

16. Advanced Dairy Science. Basic data, fundamental observa-
tions, and discussions of research contributing to the present status of
the dairy industry. Mr. Moore.

Required of seniors in dairy husbandry. Elective for
other students who have adequate preparation in chemis-
try and bacteriology. 2 lee. ; 2 cr.

ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTING

Harry W. Smith, Professor; Arthur W. Johnson, Associate Professor;

Norman Alexander, Associate Professor; John D. Hauslein, Assistant

Professor; Ruth J. Woodruff, Assistant Professor; Clair W. Swonger,

Assistant Professor; Carroll M. Degler, Assistant Professor;

Ruth C. Adams, Instructor.

Economics

Students majoring in economics are expected to take Economics 1
and 2. History, philosophy and American government will be approved
as related work for a major in economics.

1,2. Principles of Economics. The fundamental principles which
explain the organization and operation of the economic system. Mr.
Degler, Mr. Swonger and Miss Woodruff.

Prereq. : 1 prerequisite for 2. Required of general business
students. Elective for other sophomores, juniors and
seniors. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

3. Economic and Commercial Geography. The economic aspects
of geography. The sources and methods of production of the world's

171

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

staple commodities. The influence of physical environment on eco-
nomic, commercial, and financial development of Europe. Mr. Swonger.

Required of general business students. Elective for soph-
omores. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

4. Economic and Commercial Development of the United
States. The economic, commercial, and financial development of the
United States. Mr. Smith, Mr. Degler, and Miss Woodruff.

Required of general business students. Elective for soph-
omores. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

5. Economic and Commercial Development of Europe. The eco-
nomic, commercial, and financial development of Europe. Mr. Degler.

Elective for sophomores. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr. (Not given
in 1938-39)

51. Labor Problems. This course deals with the historical back-
ground and present status of labor organizations and problems. Mr.
Smith.

Prereq.: Economics 2. Required of general business stu-
dents. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

52. Public Finance. This course presents the theory and practice
of public expenditures and collection of public revenues. It empha-
sizes changed tendencies and policies in taxation reform. Particular
attention will be given to taxation problems in the state of New Hamp-
shire. Mr. Smith,

Prereq.: A satisfactory average in 12 semester credits in
economics. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

11. Transportation. This course gives an account of the develop-
ment and organization of transportation agencies. Mr. Smith.

Prereq.: Economics 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

12. International Trade. The basic theories of international
trade, foreign exchange and international payments.

Prereq.: Economics 2. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr. (Not given in
1938-39)

53. 54. Money and Banking. The theory and practice of money
and banking. Mr. Swonger.

Prereq.: Economics 2. 13 prerequisite for 14. Required
of general business students. Elective for juniors and
seniors. 3 lee or rec ; 3 cr.

55. Corporations. The development and forms of business organi-
zation and combination. Mr. Degler.

Prereq.: Economics 2. Elective for juniors and seniors.
3 lee or rec ; 3 cr.

172

ECONOMICS AND ACCOUNTING

56. Corporation Finance. The methods of financing corporate
enterprise. Mr. Swonger.

Prereq.: Economics 15. Elective for juniors and seniors.
3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

21, 22. Commercial Law. The law of contracts, agency, sales, and
negotiable instruments. Mr. Alexander.

Required of general business students. Elective for jun-
iors and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

23. Public Regulation of Business. A study of the federal con-
trol of business organizations and their activities with special refer-
ence to anti-trust legislation. Mr. Alexander.

Prereq.: Economics 2. Required of general business stu-
dents. Elective for juniors and seniors. 3 lee. or rec;
3 cr.

24. Marketing. The economics of the marketing functions, agen-
cies, and special problems of marketing, Mr. Degler.

Prereq.: Economics 2. Required of general business stu-
dents. Elective for juniors and seniors. 3 lee or rec;
3 cr.

57, 58. History of Economics. It is the aim of this course to pre-
sent a critical account of the development of economic thought in the
leading nations of the western world; to study the economic systems
of Greece, Rome, medieval and modern Europe, including the man-
orial, guild, mercantile, kameralistic, physiocratic, laissez faire, class-
ical, historical and socialistic systems; and to indicate the important
relations of economic philosophy to historical, political and social en-
vironment. Mr. Smith.

Prereq.: Senior standing and a satisfactory average in 12
semester credits in economics. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr.

59, 60. Seminar in Current Economic Problems. Mr. Smith.

Elective for seniors majoring in economics who have at-
tained a satisfactory average in the department. Recita-
tions and reports; 3 cr.

Service Courses

Economics 45, 46; 47, 48 are service courses for the college
of technology.

45. Business Organization and Finance. Mr. Swonger.

For juniors in the college of technology only. 2 lee or rec ;
2 cr.

46. Public Regulation of Industry. Mr. Alexander.

For juniors in the college of technology only. 2 lee or rec ;
2 cr.

173

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE
47, 48. Economic History of the Working Classes. Mr. Smith.

For juniors in the college of technology only. 1 lee. or
rec; 1 cr.

Accounting

Note. — Students who have completed two or more years
of bookkeeping in preparatory school will be permitted to
register for Intermediate Accounting (3, 4) upon passing an
examination covering the material of Elementary Account-
ing (1, 2).
Schedule the foUowmg courses as Acct. 1, etc.

1, 2. Elementary Accounting. A thorough study of the basic
principles and theory of accounting. Extensive practice in accounting
problems of the single proprietorship and partnership types of business
organization. Mr. Hauslein.

Prereq. : 1 prerequisite for 2. Required of general business
sophomores. Elective for other sophomores, juniors and
seniors. 2 lee. or rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

3, 4. Intermediate Accounting. This course is designed to follow
2, continuing with the work in partnerships, followed by a compre-
hensive study of corporation accounting. Extensive practice work in
handling problems of corporation accounting. Mr. Johnson and Mr.
Hauslein.

Prereq. : 3 prerequisite for 4. Required of general business
juniors. Elective for students who have completed Ac-
counting 2 or its equivalent. See note above. 2 lee. or
rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr,

5, 6. Advanced Accounting. Advanced theory of accounting and
extensive practice in solving problems involving such theory. Study
of federal income tax law and the accounting procedure in connection
therewith. Practice in computing income tax returns. Mr. Johnson.

Prereq.: 5 prerequisite for 6. Elective for students who
have completed Accounting 4 or its equivalent. 2 lee. or
rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

7, 8. Cost Accounting. The relation of cost accounting to general
accounting. The place of cost accounting in modern business. Study
of types of cost systems and their application to particular lines of
business. Careful analysis of methods of computing costs. Effect of
recent federal legislation on cost accounting. Mr. Johnson.

Prereq.: 7 prerequisite for 8. Elective for students who
have completed Accounting 4 or its equivalent. 2 lee or
rec. ; 2 lab. ; 4 cr.

9,10. Hotel Accounting. Theory and practice of keeping account-
ing and financial records for hotels. Mr. Johnson .

174

EDUCATION

Required of students in hotel administration. Prereq.:
1, 2. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

SECRETARIAL STUDIES

Schedule the following courses as Shorthand 1, etc., and
Typewriting 7, etc.

1, 2. Shorthand. A thorough study of the fundamental principles
of Gregg shorthand. Miss Adams.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. Required of secretarial
students. 5 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

3, 4. Shorthand and Office Practice. This is an advanced course
in shorthand. The second semester will combine the work of the second
semester of advanced typewriting with laboratory projects in which
shorthand, typing, filing, mailing, mimeographing, and other modern
office projects that will furnish valuable secretarial experience will be
directed and supervised. Miss Adams.

Prereq.: Shorthand 2, or the equivalent. 3 prerequisite
for 4. Required of secretarial students. 5 lee, rec, or
lab. ; 3 cr.

7, 8. Typewriting. This course includes keyboard drill, practice
in tabulating, setting up letters and business forms. Miss Adams.

Prereq.: 7 prerequisite for 8. Required of secretarial
students. 5 lab. ; 2 cr.

9, 10. Typewriting. Transcription of shorthand notes. Typing
of legal' and technical forms, etc. To be taken only in conjunction
with Shorthand 3, 4. For second semester, see description of Short-
hand 4. Miss Adams.

Prereq.: 9 prerequisite for 10. Required of secretarial
students. 5 lab.; 2 cr.

ED UCA TION

A. Monroe Stowe, Professor; Harlan M. Bisbee, Associate Professor;

Gladys MacPhee, Instructor.

Helen F. McLaughlin, Professor {Home Economics-Education);
Walter E. Wilbur, Associate -^ Professor (Mathematics-Education);
Carl Lundholm, Assistant Professor {Physical Education); Margaret
R. HoBAN, Assistant Professor {Physical Education); John A. Floyd,
Instructor {French-Education); * Earl H. Little, Instructor {Agriculture-
Education); Robert H. Grant, Instructor {English- Education).

41, 42. Psychological Principles of Secondary Education. The

♦ Representing the state department of education in the administration of the Smith-
Hughes Act.

175

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

purpose of this course in educational psychology is to help students
acquire an appreciative understanding of important principles of human
behavior, of the educational needs of adolescents, and of the most effec-
tive ways of meeting those needs. Mr. Stowe.

Prereq.: 41 prerequisite for 42. Open to sophomores.
Required of students completing the University Teacher-
Preparation curriculum. 3 rec; 3 cr.

45, (45). New Hampshire State Program of Studies and School
Law. a study of the aims and purposes, the plan of organization and
administration of the secondary school as outlined in the New Hampshire
state program of studies and school law. Mr. Bisbee.

Open to juniors and seniors. Preparatory for the state
examinations in secondary program and in school law.
2 rec; 2 cr.

51, 52. Social Principles of Secondary Education. This course
in educational sociology and secondary education is devoted to a con-
sideration of the educationally significant aspects and needs of our mod-
ern democratic society and to a study of the organization, functions,
curricula and outstanding problems of our American institutions of
secondary education. Mr. Stowe.

Prereq.: Education 41, 42. 51 prerequisite for 52. Re-
quired of students completing the University Teacher-
Preparation curriculum. 3 rec; 3 cr.

61, (61). Principles and Problems of Teaching in the Secondary
School. This course is devoted to a study of the following aspects of
teaching in secondary schools: (1) secondary school objectives and the
objectives in the teaching of secondary school subjects; (2) principles of
teaching and of directing learning incorporated in teaching which meets
the needs of high school students and attains the objectives of the sec-
ondary school; (3) secondary school tests and the ways in which teachers
are endeavoring to ascertain the extent to which their objectives are be-
ing attained; (4) class management, the purpose of which is to insure
conditions favorable to the attainment of the objectives of the secondary
school. Mr. Bisbee.

Prereq.: Education 41, 42. Required of students com-
pleting the University Teacher-Preparation curriculum.
3 rec; 3 cr.

71, 72. History of Education. Students who are interested are
advised to elect History 53, 54. (Not given in 1938-39)

75. Democracy in Education and Character Development.
This course will discuss student participation in high school control;
social functions; the underlying principles of club work; the problem
of character education and a discussion of the moral standards in our
high schools as revealed by investigations. Mr. Bisbee.
Prereq.: Education 41, 42. 3 rec; 3 cr.

176

EDUCATION

76. Philosophy of Education. A consideration of the fundamental
concepts and ultimate objectives of education, current educational doc-
trines and controversies, changes in educational procedures, historic
background and philosophical implications. Mr. Bisbee.

Prereq.: Education 51, 52. 3 rec; 3 cr.

COURSES IN problems IN THE TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOL SUBJECTS

*The following courses in professionalized subject-matter are devoted
to a study of problems of objectives, selection and organization of sub-
ject-matter, teaching and testing techniques and classroom management
in the teaching of the respective subjects. A student desiring to do
supervised teaching must complete with a grade of at least 75 one of these
courses in the subject in which he hopes to do supervised teaching.

Agriculture-Education (ag-ed) 92. Problems in the Teaching
OF High School Agriculture. Mr. Little.

Required of seniors taking the Agricultural Teacher-
Preparation curriculum, and open only to those students.
The equivalent of 2 class meetings; 2 cr.

English-Education (eng-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School English. Mr. Grant.

3 rec; 3 cr.

French-Education (fr-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School French. Mr. Floyd.

3 rec; 3 cr.

Home Economics-Education (he-ed) 91. Problems in the
Teaching of High School Home Economics. Mrs. McLaughlin.

Required of seniors in Home Economics Teacher Prepara-
tion and Extension curricula. 3 rec; 3 cr.

Mathematics-Education (math-ed) 91. Problems in the Teach-
ing of High School Mathematics. Mr. Wilbur.

3 rec; 3 cr.

Physical Education (p-e) 91, 92. Problems in the Teaching of
Physical Education for Women. Miss Hoban.

3 rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

tBiOLOGY-EDUCATION (bI-ED) 91. PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING OF

High School Biology.

Open to seniors and graduate students who have satis-
factorily completed one year of college biology and

^ * For details concerning prerequisites and nature of these courses, see descriptions
given under respective subject-matter departments,
t Not offered in 1938-1939.

177

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Education 61, or 141-a, 142-b, or 40-c. Required of stu-
dents who desire to do supervised teaching in biology.
3 rec; 3 cr.

*Chemistry-Education (ch-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching
OF High School Chemistry.

Open to seniors and graduate students who have had two
years of college chemistry and have satisfactorily com-
pleted Education 61, 141-a, 142-b, or 40-c. Required
of students who desire to do supervised teaching in chem-
istry. 3 rec; 3 cr.

Physical Education 38. Winter Sports. (2 cr.)

Physical Education 45. Coaching Football (2 cr.)

Physical Education 46. Coaching Baseball. (2 cr.)

Physical Education 47. Track and Field Athletics (2 cr.)

Physical Education 49. Coaching Basketball. (2 cr.)

Physical Education 61. Teaching of Recreational Activities.

(3 cr.)
Physical Education 62. Camp Administration (3 cr.)

Physical Education 64. Community Recreation. (3 cr.)

Physical Education 65. Organization and Administration of
Health and Physical Education in Secondary Schools. (3 cr.)

*Physics-Education (ph-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School Physics.

Open to seniors and graduate students who have satis-
factorily completed one year of college physics and Edu-
cation 61, or 141-a, 142-b, or 40-c. Required of students
who desire to do supervised teaching in physics. 3 rec;
3 cr.

History-Education (hist-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching
OF High School History.

Open to seniors and graduate students who have satis-
factorily completed the following courses: History 7, 8;
Political Science 1, 2; either Economics 1, 2 or 4; and
Education 61. Required of all students who desire to do
supervised teaching in history. 3 rec ; 3 cr.

courses in supervised teaching

This work is required in the teacher preparation curriculum. It is
open only to students whose applications are approved by the head of
the department of education and the supervisor of student teaching
in the subject or subjects in which the applicant desires to do super-

• Not offered in 1938-39.

178

EDUCATION

vised teaching. Applications should be filed in the office of the depart-
ment of education in October of the academic year in which the super-
vised teaching is to be done. No applications will be considered unless
the applicant has completed with a grade of at least 75 the following
courses in Education: 41, 42 (or 121-a, 122-b, and 123-c), 51, 52 (or
131-a, 132-b, and 133-c), and 61, (or 141-a, 142-b) and, with an average
grade of 75 or better, at least 18 semester credits in the subject-matter
field in which he desires to teach under supervision. The applicant must
also complete with a grade of at least 75 a course in the problems of
teaching the subject in which he desires to do supervised teaching.

Students may be enrolled for from 6 to 10 credits of work
in supervised teaching in the second semester of the aca-
demic year.

Education- Agriculture (ed-ag) 93. Supervised Teaching in
High School Agriculture. Each senior in the agricultural teacher
preparation curriculum will spend at least ten weeks as an apprentice
teacher in some agricultural high school selected by the state commis-
sioner of education and the professor of education at the University of
New Hampshire. This work will be in charge of the regular teacher of
agriculture in the high school, and will be supervised by the instructor
in agricultural education at the University of New Hampshire. Mr.
Little.

Required of seniors taking the Agricultural Teacher-
Preparation curriculum, and open only to those students.

Education- Biology (ed-bi) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Biology. Prereq.: Bi-Ed 91.

Education-Botany (ed-bot) 93. Supervised Teaching in High
School Botany.

Education- Chemistry (ed-chem) 94. Supervised Teaching in
High School Chemistry. Prereq.: Ch-Ed 91.

Education-Civics (ed-civ) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Civics. Prereq.: Hist-Ed 91.

Education- Commerce (ed-cs) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Commercial Subjects.

Education-Economics (ed-econ) 94. Supervised Teaching in
High School Economics. Prereq.: Hist-Ed 91.

Education-English (ed-eng) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School English. Prereq. : Eng-Ed 91.

Education-French (ed-fr) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School French. Prereq.: Fr-Ed 91.

Education-History (ed-hist) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School History. Prereq.: Hist-Ed 91.

179

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Home Economics-Education (he-ed) 94. Supervised Teaching
IN High School Home Economics. Mrs. McLaughlin.

Required of seniors in Home Economics Teacher Prep-
aration curriculum. Prereq.: He-Ed 91.

Education-Industrial Arts (ed-ia) 94. Supervised Teaching
IN High School Industrial Arts.

Education-Latin (ed-lat) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Latin.

Education-Mathematics (ed-math) 94. Supervised Teaching
in High School Mathematics. Prereq.: Math-Ed 91.

Education-Physical Education (ed-pe) 93, (93). Directed
Teaching in Physical Education on Campus. (2 to 4 cr.)

Education- Physical Education (ed-pe) 94. Supervised Teach-
ing OF Physical Education in the Field. (2 cr.)

Education-Physics (ed-ph) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Physics. Prereq.: Ph-Ed 91.

Education-Sociology (ed-soc) 94. Supervised Teaching in High
School Sociology. Prereq.: Hist-Ed 91.

Zoology-Education (zool-ed) 93, 94. Supervised Teaching in
High School Zoology. Prereq.: Ed-Bi 91.

COURSES primarily FOR TEACHERS IN SERVICE

The following courses are primarily for teachers in service. Those
who are interested should consult with the department of education as to
the time they are scheduled.

84. Secondary Education IN THE Junior High School. The course
is designed to trace the evolution of the junior high school and to con-
trast it with earlier forms of school organization. Among the topics
discussed are the particular features and functions of the school; the
educational objectives and philosophy underlying its program; the at-
tempt to humanize adolescent education; the school's function in a
democracy; the junior high school as a community centre; articulation
between the junior high school and the elementary and senior high
schools. Considerable attention is given to the program of studies and
the content of various courses of study in both small and large communi-
ties with the purpose of adapting this school unit to the problems of the
present. Consideration will be given in this course to extra-classroom
activities and their articulation with classroom procedures. Lectures,
assigned readings, problems and discussions.

Open to teachers in service and to juniors, seniors, and
graduate students. One 2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

Geology 71. Human Geography. The surface of the earth as the
home of man is studied. The physical geographic characteristics of

180

EDUCATION

plain, plateau, and mountain regions are related to the use man has made
of these divisions of the continents and the varying effect they have on
human activities because of latitude, altitude, weather, structure, and
other geographic factors. Examples of the inter-action of man with
various geographic environments are taken from various parts of the
world. Among plains regions studied are the central plain of North
America, the great Russian plain, and the Amazonian lowlands; as ex-
amples of plateaus, the Transcaucasia plateaus, the Appalachian plateau,
and the Tibetan plateau ; and as examples of mountains and their effect
on their inhabitants, the Rockies, the Alps, and the Himalayas. Wall
maps, topographic and geologic maps, atlases, lantern slides, and a well
selected library will be available to the student for reference purposes.

Open to teachers of geography and to commercial and so-
cial studies teachers who have occasion to stress the influ-
ence of geographical factors upon social phenomena. One
2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

Geology 72. Geography of North America. A study of the re-
gional geography of North America. The physiography of the continent
and its natural divisions are considered in relation to climate, structure,
and political divisions. Most of the time is given to the study of the
United States, but Canada and Mexico are also studied. The geography
of New England is taken up in considerable detail. Maps, references,
and lantern slides will be used to supplement the class discussion.

Open to teachers of geography and to commercial and
social studies teachers who have occasion to stress the in-
fluence of geographical factors upon social phenomena.
One 2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

History-Education (hist-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School History. This course includes a study of the purposes
and objectives of teaching high school history, of the selection and or-
ganization of teaching material, and of teaching and testing techniques
which may be advantageously used in teaching high school history.
The course will include experiments in studying and teaching recent
American history.

One 2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

History-Education (hist-ed) 92. Practicum in the Teaching of
History in High Schools. The pjirpose is to aid teachers of world
history, ancient, early European, and modern history. The difficulties
and values of such courses will be appraised. How can subject matter
be selected and organized, considering the pupil's age and attainment
level, to clarify factors and forces and processes of mankind in the past
that make the present world more understandable? Consideration will
be given to objectives, curriculum variations, methods of presentation,
reading and activity programs, testing, the teaching of current events,
and such other problems as are raised by members of the class. The
vision, the challenge, and the ideals of social studies instruction will be

181

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

balanced by the reality of developing teachable units for classroom use.
Individual guidance will be given members of the class as they work on
their own special problems.

One 2-hour rec, ; 2 cr.

Political Science 59. The Government of the State of New
Hampshire. Since the General Court passed its recent legislation re-
quiring the instruction of children in elementary and secondary schools
in the subject of the constitution of the state of New Hampshire, many
teachers and students have found greater need for information about
their state government. This course is designed to meet that desire.
The constitutions of the state and incidentally of the federal government
will be used as the bases for instruction. The object will be to give the
student electing the course a rounded out picture of the state govern-
ment and the problems which confront it. The subject matter can be
divided into the organization, functions, and problems of the govern-
ment of New Hampshire.

One 2-hour rec. ; 2 or.

Political Science 60. The Contemporary American Political
Scene. This course is specifically designed for teachers of civics and for
those who wish to keep abreast of current political developments in the
United States. The adoption of new and the abandonment of old gov-
ernmental machinery, programs and policies make a review of our gov-
ernment and its manifold problems desirable. The decisions of the
federal supreme court, legislation since 1932, the growing demand for
better personnel in government, contemplated government reforms,
trade agreements, the new position of labor, and other similar topics will
be discussed. Students electing this course will be required to subscribe
to a large metropolitan newspaper.

One 2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

Social Studies-Education (ss-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching
OF High School Social Studies. This course includes a study of the
purposes and objectives of teaching high school social studies, of the
selection and organization of teaching material, and of teaching and
testing techniques which may be advantageously used in teaching high
school social studies.

One 2-hour rec. ; 2 cr.

Social Studies-Education (ss-ed) 92. Practicum in the Teach-
ing OF Social Studies other than History. This is especially de-
signed not only for those social studies teachers who are interested in the
fields of economics, sociology, and government, but also for administra-
tors and supervisors. It will include a study of curriculum problems in
senior and junior high schools, and the major trends and developments in
the social studies field. In this connection will be considered major
reports such as those of the commission on the social studies of the Ameri-

182

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

can Historical association, the 1936 yearbook of the department of super-
intendence, and the recent report on history of the college entrance
examination board. Books and periodicals of value to social studies teach-
ers will be noted. In the subject-matter fields under special considera-
tion actual units will be developed, and general plans for the courses
discussed. The approach will be that of the pupils' experience and in-
terest. A background study will be made of objectives, teaching tech-
nics, activity and reading programs, and testing. Use of periodicals,
newspapers, and pamphlets for the study of public affairs is an essential
element of this course. The teaching of controversial topics will be
given careful consideration. The social studies workroom enables the
members of the class to get acquainted with a wide range of textbooks
and other materials. Members of the class will be encouraged to work
on their individual problems and to develop their own courses with
guidance and advice.

One 2-hour rec; 2 cr.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Leon W. Hitchcock, Professor; Frederick D. Jackson, Assistant
Professor; William B. Nulsen, Assistant Professor, Robert Mace,

Assistant

The department of electrical engineering is located in DeMeritt hall.
The main laboratory is used for testing electrical machinery and experi-
ments involving the generation and distribution of power. It contains a
large distribution switchboard on which are mounted instruments,
switches, circuit breakers and plugging devices which provide a means of
supplying either direct or alternating current to the various panels in the
laboratory and to the lecture rooms in the building. The power supply
is furnished by two motor-generator sets. The general equipment con-
sists of direct and alternating current generators and motors, transform-
ers, rectifiers, synchronous converters, regulators, etc.

A second laboratory is devoted to experiments involving communica-
tion and electronic devices. This laboratory has available for its power
supply not only the facilities of the main laboratory, but in addition its
own motor-generator sets and storage batteries. The general equipment
consists of an artificial open wire telephone line, an artificial telephone
cable line, telephone repeaters, a magneto and a common battery ex-
change switchboard, oscillators, aniplifiers, public address systems, a
broadcasting control panel, equipment for recording radio programs, and
oscillographs, meters, bridges, etc., for measuring the characteristics of
telephone and radio circuits, and the electrical characteristics of speech,
music, etc.

The lecture room of the department is connected directly with both
laboratories so that class demonstrations can be provided readily. A
small motor -generator set with the necessary meters is so mounted in
this room that the characteristics of generators and motors as well

183

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

as of other types of electrical equipment can be presented before the
class.

1, 2. Electrical Engineering. An elementary study of electrical
circuits and machinery. Mr. Hitchcock.

Required of sophomores in electrical engineering. 1 rec;
1 lab.; 2 cr.

3, 4. Electrical Engineering. A continuation of Electrical En-
gineering 2. Electric and magnetic circuits, direct current generators
and motors, armature windings, batteries, alternating current circuits,
alternators and transformers. Mr. Nulsen and Mr. Jackson.

Prereq.: Physics 8, mathematics 8 and electrical engi-
neering 2. Required of juniors in electrical engineering.
3 rec; 3 cr.

5. Electrical Engineering. A continuation of Electrical En-
gineering 4. Induction motors, regulators, synchronous motors, con-
verters and rectifiers; transmission line regulation, efficiency, insulation,
lightning protection, sag and tension, etc. Mr. Hitchcock.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 4. Required of seniors in
electrical engineering. 3 rec; 3 cr.

7. Electronics and Communication. The principles of electronic
apparatus; including vacuum tubes, vacuum tube amplifiers, gaseous
triodes, photo-electric cells; and their application in electrical communi-
cation and in industry. Mr. Jackson.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 4, 33, 36 or 38. Required
of seniors in electrical engineering. 2 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

8. Telephone Communication. The principles of basic telephone
apparatus and circuits. A detailed study of telephone transmission in-
cluding inductive interference, equivalent networks, the infinite trans-
mission line, the determination of line and cable characteristics, repeat-
ers, filters, measurement of transmission characteristics, and the study
of routine repeater tests. Mr. Jackson.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 7. Elective for seniors in
electrical engineering. 3 rec; 1 lab.; 5 cr.

10. Advanced Circuit Theory. Application of mathematics to the
solution of electrical circuit problems, including the use of differential
equations, Heaviside's operators, and symmetrical phase components;
derivation of fundamental formulas and constants. Mr. Nulsen.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 5. Elective for selected
seniors in electrical engineering. 3 rec: 1 lab.; 4 cr.

12. Illumination. Principles of illumination and photometry,
light sources, residential and commercial lighting, street lighting, display

184

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

and advertising lighting; wiring methods and calculations: National
Electrical Code rules. Mr. Nulsen.

Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Elective
for students who have completed electrical engineering 33,
36 or 38. 2 rec; 2 cr.

13, 14. Electrical Problems. The solution of problems involving
magnetic circuits, direct and alternating current circuits and machinery,
and complex notation. Mr. Hitchcock and Mr. Nulsen.

Required of juniors in electrical engineering. 2 rec; 2 cr.

15, 16, 17, 18. Student Branch of the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers. A student organization conducted in accord-
ance with the by-laws of the Institute with meetings given a place on
the student's class schedule. Each student is required to present and
discuss an approved subject. At times the meeting may take the form
of a debate, an address by an outside lecturer or a motion picture of
an instructive nature. Students in this course must become student
members of the A.I.E.E. and must subscribe to a magazine selected
by the department.

Required of juniors and seniors in electrical engineering.
1 rec; no cr.

19, 20. Thesis. An original investigation offering opportunity for
a better understanding of the fundamental principles and theory under-
lying electrical engineering practice and the design and operation of
electrical equipment. Apparatus constructed as a part of a thesis be-
comes the property of the department. A statement of progress must
be submitted at the conclusion of each scheduled period. A thesis may
be discontinued at any time if there appears to be a lack of interest or
ability, or for failure on the part of the student to report at the periods
scheduled. Members of the staff.

Elective for seniors in electrical engineering. 3-5 lab.;
3-5 cr.

23, 24. Laboratory. Operation and test of direct and alternating
current equipment; study of laboratory practice and report pre-
sentation. Mr. Nulsen.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 2. Required of juniors in
electrical engineering. 1 lab.; 2 cr.

25. Laboratory. A continuation of Electrical Engineering 24.
Mr. Nulsen.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 24. Required of seniors
in electrical engineering. 2 lab.; 4 cr.

26. Laboratory. Advanced laboratory testing and special prob-
lems. The student works on problems of his own selection which have

185

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

been definitely outlined b}^ him and have received approval. This may
take the form of a semester thesis, or it may consist of a series of original
experiments in which the student is especially interested. Mr. Nulsen.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 25. Elective for selected
seniors in electrical engineering. 4 lab. ; 4 cr.

28. Advanced Electronics Laboratory. Special radio problems,
electron tube applications of a research nature, or studies and applica-
tions of audio frequency amplifier systems. Mr. Jackson.

Prereq.: Electrical engineering 7. Elective for tech-
nology seniors with permission of the department. Lab.
and conferences; 4 cr.

32. Electric Circuits, Adapted primarily to students in architec-
ture. Each member of the class is supplied with a set of architect's
plans of a residence. The semester project is to add to these plans the
wiring and the location of fixtures, service outlets and switches to pro-
vide for the proper illumination and appliances as are needed to fulfill
modern requirements of human needs and safety codes. The final set of
plans together with a set of specifications covering the wiring contract for
the building are submitted to the instructor at a time specified. The
class discussion during the semester involves such items as the service
entrance, meter location, entrance switches, protection of circuits and
apphances, types of wiring, factors affecting the size of wire, types and
locations of fixtures, etc. Mr. Jackson.

Required of students in architecture. 2 rec. ; 2 cr.

33. Fundamentals of Electricity. Fundamentals of electric and
magnetic circuits, storage batteries, direct and alternating current
equipment, electronics. Mr. Nulsen.

Required of juniors in chemistry. 3 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

36. Construction Equipment. Direct and alternating current
circuits, wiring for light and power, generation of electric power, motors,
transformers, controlling devices. Mr. Hitchcock.

Required of juniors in civil engineering. 3 rec; 1 lab.;
4 cr.

37, 38. Electrical Machinery. Direct and alternating current
circuits, theory and characteristics of electric motors and generators,
starting and control equipment. Mr. Jackson.

Required of juniors in mechanical engineering. 3 rec;
1 lab. ; 4 cr,

42. Principles and Applications of Electron Tubes. A study
of vacuum tubes, vacuum tube amplifiers, gaseous triodes, photo-elec-
tric cells and their application in industry. Mr. Jackson.

Prereq,: Electrical engineering 33, 36 or 37. Elective for
students not registered in the electrical engineering cur-
riculum. 3 rec; or 2 rec and 1 lab.; 3 cr.

186

ENGLISH

Alfred E. Richards, Professor; Harold H. Scudder, Professor;
William G. Hennessy, Associate Professor; Lucinda P. Smith, Associ-
ate Professor; Edmund A. Cortez, Assistant Professor; Paul S. Schoed-
INGER, Assistant Professor; Carroll S. Towle, Assistant Professor;
Robert G. Webster, Assistant Professor; Thomas H. McGrail, As-
sistant Professor; Sylvester H. Bingham, Assistant Professor; Robert
H. Grant, Instructor; Bethyl C. Hennessy, Assistant; Barbara
RowELL, Assistant; Charles H. Melnick, Graduate Assistant.

GENEIL\L requirements

All freshmen are required to take English 1, 2. However, upon the
recommendation of the head of the department of English, and with
the approval of the dean of his college, the exceptional student who
demonstrates his ability to proceed to more advanced work may be
excused from the regular course and enrolled in a special section for
work of higher grade.

departmental requirements

A major program in the department of English consists of 24 semester
credits of English literature passed with a grade of 75 or better. The
following courses are required of all English majors: Survey of English
Literature, Survey of American Literature, Shakespeare's Plays, Chaucer.
Of these courses all but the first-mentioned {Survey of English Literature,
which is open to freshmen) carry major credit if passed with the required
grade of 75 or better.

1 (1), 2 (2). Freshman Composition. The aim of this course is to
enable the student to write correct English. The principles of exposi-
tion, description, and narration are studied. There is drill in the me-
chanics of composition, and there is constant writing of themes both as
outside assignments and as laboratory work in class. Two sections, com-
posed of students who have attained high rank in previous tests in this
course, will follow a special program directed by Mrs. Lucinda P. Smith,
assisted by Mr. McGrail. The entire staff of the department will share
in the teaching of the course. Mrs. Smith.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. Required of all freshmen.
3 rec; 3 cr.

3, 4. Survey of English Literature. A general survey of Eng-
lish literature from its beginnings to the year 1900. Lectures and
recitations. Mr. Schoedinger.

Open to all students. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

5, (5). Play Production. This is not an elective, but a laboratory
course in the public presentation of notable plays. Members of the
course are elected by competitive trial, and credit is given both for acting

187

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

and for technical assistance. The course is open to all students except,
in the first semester, freshmen. Mr. Hennessy.

^2 to 3 cr.

6. Varsity Debating. Open to all students by try-out.

The maximum number of semester credits allowed in any
one year will be 4, and for two or more years, 6.

COURSES PRIMARILY FOR SOPHOMORES

7, 8. Advanced Composition. The study and practice of writing
brief impressions, followed by the writing of essays, sketches and narra-
tive. Collateral readings; weekly conferences. Each semester's study
must be taken in its chronological order, unless special permission to
invert that order is given by the instructor in charge. Mr. Towle.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

10. News Writing. A practical study of the preparation of articles
for newspapers and magazines. It is for all whose vocations will demand
frequent writing for publication, and it is a preparation in part for those
who intend to take up newspaper work after graduation. It does not
cover the entire field of journalism, but the student will be instructed in
the duties of a reporter and be given constant practice in writing news
stories. Mr. Scudder.

Prereq.: For sophomores, a grade of 75 or better in English
1,2; for freshmen, the recommendation of the instructor in
charge of English 1, 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

11, 12. Survey of American Literature. Lectures and extensive
outside reading. Mr. Scudder.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec; 3 cr.

14. Mediaeval and Elizabethan Drama. A survey of the Eng-
lish drama, exclusive of Shakespeare, from its beginnings to the closing
of the theatres (1642). Mr. Scudder and Mr. McGrail.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr.

15. Non-Dramatic Elizabethan Poetry. A study of the English
Renaissance in non-dramatic poetry and its development throughout
the sixteenth century, with special reference to Spencer's Faerie Queene.
Mr. Richards.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate
years; not offered in 1938-39.)

17, 18. English Literature in the Seventeenth Century.
Poetry and prose from Shakespeare and Bacon to Swift and Pope,

188

ENGLISH

omitting the drama and the works of Milton. The poetry of John
Donne and his school; of Jonson, Herrick and the "Cavaliers"; of
Denham, Waller and Dryden; of the followers of Spenser, etc. The
prose of such writers as Izaak Walton, Bunyan, Sir Thomas Browne,
Fuller, Taylor, and John Dryden. One hour of the week will be de-
voted to round-table discussion in small groups. Mr. Towle.

Prereq.: English 1, 2; 17 prerequisite for 18. Elective for
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 2 lee. or rec; 1 lab.;
3 cr. (Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

20. Pope and His Age. The literature of the first half of the
eighteenth century, with special reference to Pope, Swift, Addison,
and Steele. Mr. Schoedinger.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate
years; not offered in 1938-39.)

22. Johnson and His Circle. Boswell, Johnson and their time.
Mr. Scudder.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate
years; offered in 1938-39.)

23, 24. Victorian Prose. A study of English prose of the nine-
teenth century. Particular attention is given during the first semester
to the work of Coleridge, Lamb, Carlyle, Hazlitt, and Matthew Arnold;
in the second semester to the work of John Ruskin as a writer of brilliant
prose, art critic, and social reformer. Mr. Richards and Mr. Webster.

Prereq.: English 1, 2; 23 prerequisite for 24. Elective for
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

25, 26. Victorian Poetry. A study of English poetry from 1830
to 1900, with special reference to the poetry of Tennyson and Browning.
Mr. Schoedinger.

Prereq.: English 1, 2; 25 prerequisite for 26. Elective
for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

28. The Bible as Literature. "A study of the various literary
types found in the Bible, and a survey of the influence of the Bible on
English literature. Mr. Richards.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee or rec. ; 3 cr.

29, 30. Survey of Art. This course stresses the development of
architecture, painting, and sculpture as illustrated by representative
masterpieces from the Greek, Roman, Gothic, Renaissance and mod-

189

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

ern periods. Lectures, assigned readings, and the study of art prints.
Mr. Hennessy.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. ; 3 cr.

32. Modern British Poetry. A study of British poetry written
since 1900. Mr. Towle.

Prereq. : English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate
years; not offered in 1938-39.)

34. Modern American Poetry. A study of American poetry writ-
ten since 1900. Mr, Towle.

Prereq.: English 1, 2. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate
years; offered in 1938-39.)

35, (35). Public Speaking. Practice in the use of time, change in
pitch, emphasis, and inflection of voice; drills in articulation and pro-
nunciation; exercises in posture and poise; extemporaneous speaking;
a foundation course for prospective business men and teachers. Mr.
Cortez.

Elective for sophomores, juniors and seniors. 3 rec;
3 cr.

36. Oral Reading. The art of reading from the page; expressive
reading of lyrics and other types of literature; platform reading for
entertainment ; choric speaking. Students must secure permission of the
instructor before enrolling for this course. Mr. Cortez.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 rec; 3 cr.

courses primarily for juniors

37, 38. Forum Discussion and Debate. First semester: the propo-
sition and its main issues; sources and tests of evidence; construction
of the argumentative brief; principle laws of reasoning; principle fallacies
of reasoning; practice debates. Second semester; elements of parlia-
mentary law and parliamentary debates; forum discussion and debate;
"round table" discussion; court pleas; sales argument, etc The sub-
jects for research and debate will be selected from current events of state,
national, and international importance. Mr. Cortez.

Prereq.: 37 prerequisite for 38. Elective for juniors and
seniors (and for sophomores by permission of the instruc-
tor). 3 rec; 3 cr.

40. Stage Direction. This is a laboratory course in the fundamen-
tals of acting, stage direction, and allied phases of play production. It is
designed to fit the needs of prospective teachers, particularly teachers of
English. Mr. Hennessy.

Prereq.: The permission of the instructor. Elective for
sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lab.; 3 cr.

190

ENGLISH

52, Introduction to Drama. This course is a comprehensive sur-
vey of dramatic literature from the Greek drama to the present. Mr.
Hennessy.

Elective for juniors, seniors and graduate students. 3
lee. or rec: 3 cr. (Given in alternate vears; not offered
in 1938-39.)

53, 54. Shakespeare's Plays. This course comprises a study of
the major histories, comedies, and tragedies. Shakespeare is inter-
preted as poet and as dramatist. Mr. Hennessy.

Prereq.: 53 prerequisite for 54. Elective for juniors,
seniors, and graduate students. 3 lee. ; 3 cr.

55. Milton. A detailed study of Milton's minor poetry and the
Paradise Lost. Consideration is also given to the social, political and
religious history of Milton's day. Mr. Scudder.

Elective for juniors, seniors, and graduate students. 3
lee; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered in
1938-39.)

57. The English Novel in the Eighteenth Century. The
novel from Defoe through the Gothic Romance. There will be lectures
and constant outside reading. Mr. Schoedinger.

Elective for juniors and seniors, and graduate students.
3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered
in 1938-39.)

59. The English Novel in the Nineteenth Century. A study
of the novel from Jane Austen to Thomas Hardy. There will be lectures,
recitations, and constant reading. Mr. Scudder.

Elective for juniors, seniors, and graduate students. 3
lee; 3 cr. (Not given in 1938-39.)

61, 62. The English Romantic Writers. A course dealing with
the major writers of the early nineteenth century, such as Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Lamb, Shelley, Hazlitt and Keats. Readings also
from the work of many minor writers, especially those of the late eight-
eenth century. One hour of the week will be devoted to round-table
discussion with small groups. Mr. Towle.

Prereq.: 61 prerequisite for 62. Elective for juniors,
seniors, and graduate students. 2 lee. ; 1 rec. ; 3 cr.

63, 64. Advanced American Literature. A series of studies in
special fields, the subjects to be announced. In 1938-39 the subjects
are: The American Poetry of the Nineteenth Century, and The New
England Renaissance. Mr. Scudder.

Elective for juniors, seniors, and graduate students. 3
lee; 3 cr.

191

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

65, 66. Writing as an Art. A course in the study and practice of
the forms of writing through an examination of the history of literary
criticism. The reading of famous critical essays and of many contempo-
rary opinions, correlated with practice writing of various types. Each
student is allowed to spend much of his time with the type he finds most
congenial. Collateral readings, with frequent class discussions and con-
ferences. Mr. Towle and Mr. Webster.

Prereq.: English 7. 65 prerequisite for 66. Elective for
juniors, seniors, and graduate students. 2 lee; 1 rec. ;
3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

COURSES PRIMARILY FOR SENIORS

67, 68. Chaucer. A study of Chaucer's life and times, and a read-
ing of most of his poetry. In the first semester, lectures are given upon
Old and Middle English grammar as an introduction to the language of
Chaucer, and the longer minor poems are read. In the second semester,
Troilus and Cressida, and The Canterbury Tales are studied. Mr. Rich-
ards.

Prereq.: 67 prerequisite for 68. Elective for seniors and
graduate students. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

SERVICE COURSES

41, (41). Expository Writing. Practice in the writing of reports
and other papers pertaining to technical subjects. The reports will
take the form of recommendation reports, progress reports, and informa-
tion reports. Other papers will take the form of term papers or short
theses. In addition to these, there will be required the writing of busi-
ness letters of various types, such as letters of application, of complaint,
and of sales. Mr. W^ebster.

Required of seniors in civil, electrical, and mechanical
engineering, and of seniors in agriculture. 2 lee. ; 2 cr.

English-Education (eng-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching
OF High School English. This course deals specifically with the
selection and organization of subject-matter, with the most efficient
methods of presenting this material, and with the problems which arise
within the wide field of the teaching of high school English. Mr. Grant.

Prereq. : Three years of English courses. Required of stu-
dents majoring in English who plan to teach English in
secondary schools. Elective for students majoring in
language, history, or education. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

ENTOMOLOGY
Walter C. O'Kane, Professor; James G. Conklin, Instructor.

Note. — Work in the department of entomology is
largely individualized. So far as possible each student is

192

ENTOMOLOGY

permitted to choose the topics to which he will give spe-
cial attention. This applies to each course offered by the
department. Laboratory work may be done at any time
that the laboratory is open. Reference books are issued
from the department library at any time. Lecture periods
are occupied largely with discussion, in which students
participate.

L Principles of Economic Entomology. The relation of the
structure and classification of insects to methods of insect control.
The preparation and application of insecticides. Studies of the life
history and control of insect pests. Mr. O'Kane, Mr. Conklin.

Recommended elective for freshmen in agriculture. 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

52. Insects of Orchard and Garden. The application of methods
of insect control of typical injurious species. Studies of the life histories
and habits of important insect pests of orchard, garden and certain field
crops. Adapted especially for students in horticulture and in general
agriculture. Mr. O'Kane.

Prereq.: Entomology L Elective for juniors and seniors.
1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered
in 1938-39.)

53. Insects of Domestic Animals. The insect enemies of domestic
livestock; the life histories, habits and means of control. Adapted es-
pecially for students in animal husbandry. Mr. O'Kane.

Prereq.: Entomology 1. Elective for juniors and seniors.
1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr. (Given in alternate years; offered in
1938-39.)

54. Household Insects. Medical Entomology. The life his-
tories, habits and means of control of insects of the household and of
stored products. The relation of insects to disease. Adapted especially
for students in home economics. Mr. O'Kane.

Required of seniors in institutional management. Elec-
tive for juniors and seniors. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

56. Forest Insects. Studies of the life histories and habits of the
more destructive forest insects and the means of their control. Adapted
especially for students in forestry. Mr. O'Kane.

Prereq.: Entomology 1. Reconfimended for juniors in
forestry. Elective for others. 1 lee ; 1 lab. ; 2 cr.

57, 58. Advanced Entomology. Studies of the anatomy and physi-
ology of insects. The orders and families of insects. Mr. O'Kane, Mr.
Conklin.

Prereq.: 57 prerequisite for 58. Open to students only
by permission of the head of the department. Required
of students specializing in entomology. 2 lee ; 2 lab. ; 4 cr.

193

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

59, 60. Advanced Economic Entomology. Detailed studies of
problems involved in applied entomology. The literature of economic
entomology. Investigational methods. Practice in arranging projects,
Studies in the specialized phases of entomology. Mr. O'Kane, Mr.
Conklin.

Open to students only by permission of head of depart-
ment. Prereq.: 59 prerequisite for 60. Required of
students specializing in entomology. Hours and credits
to be arranged.

For courses primarily for graduate students see catalog of the Graduate
school.

FORESTRY

Karl W. Woodward, Professor; Clark L. Stevens, Associate Professor;

Lewis C. Swain, Instructor.

2. Principles of Forestry. This course is intended to meet the
needs of students who desire to obtain a general knowledge of the prin-
ciples of forestry. The value of forests, their protection, their utiliza-
tion, their improvement and regeneration, are discussed with special
reference to New Hampshire conditions. Mr. Woodward.

Recommended elective for freshmen in agriculture ex-
cept those in forestry. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

4. Principles of Forestry. The same as forestry 2, except that no
laboratory work is included. Mr. Woodward.

Elective for any student. 2 lee. ; 2 cr.

5, 6. Tree and Wood Identification. This course deals with the
characteristics of our native tree species, and with the identification of
trees in the field and from specimens. Additional practice in identifying
northern species is given during summer camp.

A study is also made of the uses of lumber, the physical properties
and the identification of the commercially important woods. Each stu-
dent is required to provide himself with a hand lens. Mr. Swain.

Recommended elective for freshmen in forestry, elective
for others. 2 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

7, 8. Forest Mensuration. Includes practice in forest mapping;
measurement of forest products; timber cruising; and studies of growth
and yield of the commercial tree species of New England. The course
is continued during summer camp. Each student is required to provide
himself with a box compass. Mr. Stevens.

Required of juniors in forestry. Elective for others, with
approval of the instructor. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

9, 10. Silviculture. The art of producing and tending a forest.
Includes seed collection, storage and testing; nursery practice; forest

194

FORESTRY

plantations; systems of natural regeneration; intermediate cuttings-
torest protection, and discussion of silvicultural practice in the most
important forest regions of the United States. Mr. Stevens.

Required of sophomores in forestry. Elective for others
with approval of the instructor. Prereq.: Forestrv 5 6
2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr. j ^ •

11, 12. Forest Utilization. Methods and costs of logging and
milling in the chief lumber-producing regions of the United States; forest
products, their manufacture, marketing and use, together with special
problems of the lumber business. Emphasis is placed upon New Eng-
land conditions. Attendance on instruction trips is required for credit
in this course. Mr. Swain.

Required of certain juniors in forestry. Elective for
others. 2 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

13. Forest Improvements. Lectures on the methods of construction
and maintenance of the more important physical improvements of the
torest. Includes roads, trails, simple bridges, culverts, telephone lines,
cabins, lookout stations, waterholes, dams, and recreational facilities.
iVir. Swain.

Recommended elective for juniors in forestry. Elective
tor others, with approval of the instructor. 1 lee • 1
lab.; 2 cr. '*

14. Fish and Game Management. This is an introductory course
designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental principles under-
lying the management of wild life as a forest crop. Mr. Stevens.

Recommended elective for juniors in forestry. Elective
tor others with approval of the instructor. 2 lee; 2 cr.

15. 16. Thesis. Work to be arranged according to the needs of indi-
vidual students. Mr. Woodward, Mr. Stevens.

Prereq.: Forestry 5, 6; 7, 8; and 9, 10. Required of
certain juniors and seniors in forestry. 2 lee; 2 or 3 cr.

1 7 National Forest Administration. The principles and methods
employed in the national forests. Mr. Woodward.

Prereq.: Forestry 5, 6; 7, 8; and 9, 10. Recommended
elective for seniors. 3 lee. ; 3 cr.

18. History of Forestry. The history of forestry, its development
and present status in different countries; the work of the Federal govern-
ment and Its management of the national forests; state forest policies;
Mr Wood ward'^'^ '" ^^^ ^"'^^"^ ^^^^^'* Lectures and special readings.

Required of certain seniors in forestry. Elective for
others with approval of the instructor. 3 lee; 3 cr.

195

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

19, 20. Forest Management. The management of woodlots and
large forest tracts for the purpose of gaining the largest immediate and
future returns; and the preparation of working plans to coordinate the
protection, improvement, and regeneration of forests so as to make them
yield the highest net returns. Mr. Woodward.

Prereq.: Forestry 5, 6; 7, 8; 9, 10; 11, 12. Required of
seniors in forestry. 2 lee; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

21. Practical Fish and Game Management. Given only at sum-
mer camp. Lectures, readings and discussions of problems encountered
in actual practice. Projects are worked out on the university forest at
Passaconaway, N. H., and on a near-by game management area con-
ducted by the United States Forest service. Mr. Stevens.

Elective for juniors in forestry. Prereq.: Forestry 9 and
14. 15 hours per week for 8 weeks. 3 cr.

21.5. Practical Fish and Game Management. A course similar to
the preceding, but more extensive in scope, which will be offered also at
the summer camp at Passaconaway in 1938. It will be under the direc-
tion of Mr. Earl Hoover of the New Hampshire Fish and Game depart-
ment assisted by other authorities. Mr. Hoover.

Elective for any student, not a forestry junior, who pre-
sents evidence of satisfactory training. 45 hours per
week for eight weeks. 8 cr.

22. Timber Survey. Given only at summer camp. Investigation
of a large block of timberland on the White Mountain national forest.
The student prepares a detailed timber survey report and a topographic
map of the area. Mr. Stevens, Mr. Swain.

Required of juniors in forestry. Prereq.: Forestry 8, 9,
10 and C. E. 7, 8. 30 hours per week for 8 weeks. 6 cr.

GEOLOGY

George W. White, Associate Professor; T. Ralph Meyers, Assistant
Professor; Donald H. Chapman, Assistant Professor; Willard B.

Phelps, Assistant.

The geology department, located on the second floor of Conant hall,
offers courses in the principles of geology, structural and dynamic geol-
ogy, physiography, mineralogy, economic geology, and paleontology,
geography and meteorology.

The courses in geology are designed to give the student a general
insight into the materials, structure, and history of the earth upon which
he lives. They are intended for the student with broad general interests,
who wishes some insight into earth science, as well as for the student who
is looking forward to professional or graduate work in geology. The
courses are non-technical, in the sense that they do not fit a student to
enter the career of professional geology without further training. The

196

GEOLOGY

lectures in these courses are supplemented by laboratory exercises and
field trips.

Two major programs are suggested. The first is for the student who
is seeking a broad cultural training, and should include principles of
geology, chemistry, and any four courses in geology for major work.
The second, or pre-professional, program includes, besides geology
courses, certain other courses which the student will find desirable as a
prerequisite for graduate or professional work. Courses which should
be included in the pre-professional program are principles of geology,
physiographic and structural geology, mineralogy, economic geology,
paleontology, field problems, inorganic chemistry, physics, surveying,
engineering drawing (M.E. 1,2), mathematics, and German.

The working equipment of the department includes numerous topo-
graphic and geologic maps, and a fairly complete collection of minerals,
rocks and fossils. Microscopes are available for problem work in miner-
alogy, petrology, and paleontology. The departmental museum display
a wide variety of geological specimens and contains the Hitchcock collec-
tion, the Clough collection, and a portion of the Exeter Historical Society
collection.

Few areas present such a wide variety of geological phenomena as
the country in and about Durham. Features such as mountain and
continental glaciation, marine erosion and deposition, vulcanism, orog-
eny, and metamorphism, are well shown.

1,2. Principles OF Geology. Thestudy of the earth and its history.
A consideration of the forces that have operated to produce land forms
and structures, and a discussion of the materials of the earth's crust.
These facts will then be applied to the interpretation of past geologic
events, together with their effect on the development of life forms.
Laboratory study of various land forms of the United States by means
of maps; of common minerals and rocks of the earth's crust; and of the
more common fossils, will closely parallel the class work. Occasional
field trips are taken to nearby points of geologic interest. Mr. White,
Mr. Meyers, Mr. Chapman, and Mr. Phelps.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. Freshman and sophomore
course. 3 lee. or rec. ; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

3. Geography of the World. A course designed for the student
interested in the essential geographic facts regarding the earth. The
earth as a planet and the processes which are at work modifying the
appearance of its surface are first briefly discussed. The continents are
next considered one by one, with emphasis placed on their physical
aspects. Finally, the climates of the world are briefly treated. Mr.
Chapman.

This course cannot be used to fill science requirements.
Freshman course. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

4. Geography of North America. A course intended for the stu-
dent who is interested more particularly in the North American continent

197

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

and its physical aspects. A brief treatment of the weather and climate
of the continent is followed by a discussion of the countries, treated
regionally. This course concludes with a more intensive study of the
physical geography of New England. Mr. Chapman.

This course cannot he used to fill science requirements.
Prereq.: Geology 3, or special permission. Freshman
course. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

8. Elementary Meteorology. A general course designed to aid
the student in the interpretation of atmospheric phenomena. The major
topics for discussion are: the earth as a planet, the heating and circulation
of the atmosphere, the seasons, and the nature and movement of the air
masses which influence the weather of North America and particularly
New England. The course concludes with a brief consideration of some
of the practical rules and methods of weather forecasting. Mr. Chap-
man.

Elective for all students. 2 lee. or rec. ; 2 cr. (Formerly
given as Meteorology 2.)

11. Physiography. Attention in this course is directed toward the
forces which have been at work in producing the present aspect of the
land surface, and particularly that of New England. Special emphasis
is given to the work of running water, glaciers, and marine agents.
Field trips are taken during the fall season to points easily reached from
Durham. Mr. Chapman.

Prereq.: Geology 2. Sophomore course. 3 lee. or rec; 1
lab. ; 4 cr.

12. Structural Geology. An advanced study of the structures of
the earth's crust and of the dynamics of their formation. Included is
discussion of mountain systems, metamorphism, and igneous structures,
and of the theories of earth origin. Mr. White.

Prereq.: One course in geology. Sophomore course. 3
lee. or rec. ; 1 lab. ; 4 cr.

51, 52. Mineralogy. A study of the minerals that make up the
earth's crust. A study of crystals, by means of models and specimens
showing well defined crystals, will be followed by a study of minerals
and their determination by means of physical characteristics; and in
addition, the aggregation of minerals to form rocks. Mr. White.

Prereq.: One course in geology and one course in chem-
istry. 51 prereq. for 52. 2 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

53, 54. Economic Geology. First semester: a study of the types of
coal and their occurrence in the coal fields of the United States; of
petroleum, the structures in which it is found, and the distribution and
geology of oil fields, especially of the United States. The geology of
cement materials, building stones, and related materials will be treated

198

HISTORY

briefly. Second semester: a study of the metals, their ores, and the
geology of important ore deposits. Mr. Meyers.

Prereq.: One year's work in geology. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

55, 56. Paleontology, A study of the history, development, and
morphology of the various groups of plants and animals as recorded by
fossils found in the rocks of the earth's crust. More attention will be
given to the development of animals than to plants. Mr. Meyers.

Prereq. : One year's work in geology or zoology. 55 pre-
requisite for 56. 2 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr. (Given in
alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

57, 58. Geologic Problems. A study of special problems by means
of conferences, assigned readings and field work. The work will be
fitted to the needs of the individual students. Mr. White, Mr. Meyers,
and Mr. Chapman.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor. Credits to be
arranged.

71. Human Geogr.\phy. (See page 180.)

72. Geography of North America. (See page 181.)

service course

7,(7). General Geology. A general introductory course in physical
geology, in which the structures and materials of the earth's crust are.
discussed, together with the forces which have produced and altered
them. Mr. Meyers.

Required of freshmen in chemistry, and juniors in civil
engineering. Elective for other students in technology
and for students in agriculture. Open to liberal arts
students by permission only. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

HISTORY

Donald C. Babcock, Professor; Arthur W. Jones, Assistant Professor;
Allan B. Partridge, Assistant Professor; Philip M. Marston, Assist-
ant Professor; William Yale, Assistant Professor; Gibson R. Johnson,
Assistant Professor; Edna Dickey, Assistant; Margaret Rhome,

Graduate Assistant.

A. Monroe Stowe, Professor {History -Education)

In the courses in history an important place is given to historical read-
ing carried on in the reference room. Oftentimes a considerable part of
the work is written.

The statements as to prerequisites, etc., below are for liberal arts

199

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

students. Agriculture and technology students should consult the head
of the department.

Any department in the college of liberal arts, except geology, home
economics, physical education for women, and zoology, may be con-
sidered as a related department. Students majoring in history are
required to take History 55, 56 and 57, 58 before graduation.

COURSES FOR FRESHMEN

The following subject constitutes a basic course, required of all students
in the College of Liberal Arts.

1, 2. Introduction to Contemporary Civilization. This course
is designed to give the student a background which will enable him to
understand the problems of human society rather than the record of
specific historic events. It therefore takes up prehistoric as well as his-
toric social evolution. It aims at the historic explanation of how modern
life has come to be what it is, and an appreciation of the problems of
contemporary society. Mr. Babcock, Mr. Marston, Mr. Johnson, Mr.
Yale, Mr. Partridge, Mr. Jones, Miss Dickey.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. 4 lee. or rec; 4 cr.

3, 4. Modern European History. This course is intended to sup-
plement the freshman students' general knowledge of European history,
taking up the history of modern Europe, European states, and the ex-
pansive development from about 1500 to 1914. Mr. Jones.

Open only to freshmen. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

courses for upperclassmen

group i

5, 6. Colonial and Revolutionary American History. A study
of colonial beginnings in America, national rivalries, the English colonies,
the Revolution, and our national life to 1789. Mr. Marston.

Prereq.: 5 prerequisite for 6. Elective for juniors and
seniors, and for sophomores who are taking 7 or 8. 3 lee.
or rec; 3 cr. (Not offered in 1938-39.)

59, 60. The Social and Cultural History of New England.
This course covers the period of time from the settlements to the present.
The material and intellectual aspects peculiar to New England's social
and cultural life will be emphasized. It is assumed that the student is
familiar with the general history of New England. Mr. Marston.

Prereq.: 59 prerequisite for 60. Elective for juniors and
seniors who have taken or are taking 5 and 6 or 7 and 8,
3 lee or rec. ; 3 cr.

7, 8. The United States since 1789. Beginning with the adminis-
tration of Washington, the great forces of nationalism, expansion, sec-

200

HISTORY

tionalism, and democracy are traced up to the present time, with refer-
ence to as many aspects of our national life as possible, including literary,
artistic, scientific, and everyday life-ways, as well as the more usual
political and economic events. Mr. Babcock.

Prereq.: 7 prerequisite for 8. Elective for sophomores,
juniors, and seniors. 4 lee. or rec; 4 cr.

9, 10. Latin-American History. The purpose of the course is three-
fold: (1) to trace the development and influence of Spanish and Portu-
guese culture as a wide-spread world force; (2) to see what the history of
the Latin-American peoples has been; (3) to relate Latin-America to
North America, particularly in view of recent growth in friendly rela-
tions. Mr. Partridge.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec; 3 cr.

GROUP II

11. The Ancient Orient. A study of pre-literary culture in the
Near East, followed by a consideration of the contributions made in
Egypt, Babylonia, Assyria, Chaldea, Palestine, and Persia to civilization
prior to the rise of Greece. Mr. Partridge.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec; 3 cr. (Not offered in 1938-39.)

12. History of Greece. An examination of all features of Greek
culture and its influence, including adequate attention to the Hellenistic
period after the death of Alexander the Great. Mr. Partridge.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee or
rec; 3 cr. (Not ofi^ered in 1938-39.)

13. 14. History of Rome. In the first semester, the pre-literary
foundations and legendary origins are studied, followed by an analysis
of republican life and institutions to the first century B.C. In the second
semester, a study is made of the transition from republic to principate
and concludes with the account of the later Roman Empire to the time
of Justinian in 565. Mr. Partridge.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec. ; 3 cr.

15, 16. Medieval History. This survey of the pageant of the Mid-
dle Ages begins with the death of Justinian and goes as far as the first
crusade in the first semester. The second semester's work carries the
student into the 14th century. Mr. Jones.

Prereq.: 15 prerequisite for 16. Elective for juniors and
seniors, and for sophomores by permission. 3 lee. or
rec; 3 cr.

201

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

17, 18. The Period of the Renaissance. The Renaissance as a
regathering of past values and as a forward movement introducing the
Modern Period. Mr. Jones.

Prereq.: 17 prerequisite for 18. Elective for juniors and
seniors, and for sophomores by permission. 3 lee. or rec;
3 cr. (Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

19, 20. Modern European History. This course takes up the his-
tory of the modern European states and of Europe as a whole in its
expansive development and world leadership from about 1500 to 1914.
Eastern Europe and Asia and Africa are studied as backgrounds for the
colonial history of modern times. Mr. Jones.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec. ; 3 cr. (Students who have received credit for History
3, 4 cannot receive credit for 19, 20.)

21, 22. History of England. A general survey of the history of the
British Isles from the time of their discovery to contemporary develop-
ments. Attention in the first semester is given chiefly to Anglo-Saxon,
Norman, and later medieval times, and to the opening of the modern
period, through the reign of Queen Mary Tudor. The second semester
begins with the study of the Age of Elizabeth and concludes with an
examination of the contemporary history of the British Commonwealth
of Nations. Mr. Partridge.

Elective for juniors and seniors, and sophomores by per-
mission. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

23, 24. Historical Origins and Development of Christianity.
An historical survey is made of the life, literature, religion and social
development of the Old Testament as a culture background. This is
followed by an investigation of the historic data existing about the life,
character and teaching of Jesus. The growth and expansion of the
Christian movement is traced. The course is designed to furnish stu-
dents an opportunity to investigate and evaluate their own religious
heritage in the light of contemporary thought, and to make a special
study of any particular intellectual problems they may have in this field.
Mr. Johnson.

Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
discussions; 3 cr.

25, 26. History of Religions. A study of religion as an historic
force in society. The nature of religion, its origins, and early develop-
ment are treated in connection with primitive social history. This is
followed by a study of the principal religions of the world, special atten-
tion being given to Hinduism, Buddhism, Zoroastrianism, Confucianism
and Mohammedanism. The history, literature, and philosophy of the
oriental civilizations and cultures are investigated as a background for
understanding these religions. Mr. Johnson.

202

HISTORY

Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
discussions; 3 cr. (Not offered in 1938-39.)

61, 62. The World War. A study of the causes of the World War,
of the mihtary, political, and economic developments during the course
of the war, and of the Paris Peace Conference. Mr, Yale.

Elective for juniors and seniors by permission of the
instructor. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

63, 64. Recent World History. A study of the post-war world with
special emphasis on the historical developments in Europe, the Near, and
Far East. Mr. Yale.

Elective for juniors and seniors by permission of the
instructor. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

53, 54. The History of Civilization. This course is designed to
show the close connections between the historical development of western
society in both Europe and North America and their educational institu-
tions. It traces the early development of educational institutions in the
Ancient Orient, Greece, and Rome, through the Dark and Middle Ages
down to modern times. It connects the development of modern educa-
tional systems in Europe and the United States with nineteenth and
twentieth century developments. Mr. Yale.

Elective for seniors. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

55, 56. The Interpretation of History. An investigation of some
of the ways in which thoughtful persons have viewed the historic process
as a whole. The aim is the interpretation of life; the method is to com-'
bine philosophy, sociology, and history, with emphasis on the latter.
Mr. Babcock.

Required of students majoring in history. Elective for
juniors and seniors on consultation with the instructor. 3
lee. or discussions; 3 cr. (Not offered in 1938-39.)

57, 58. Historiography. A study of the lives and writings of some
of the leading historians from earliest times to the present, with the
motive of learning what their contributions were to the scope, method,
viewpoint, and literary achievement in the historical field. Mr. Partridge.

Required of students majoring in history. Elective for
juniors and seniors. 3 lee. or rec.; 3 cr. (Not offered in
1938-39.)

History-Education (hist-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School History. This course includes a study of the purposes
and objectives of teaching high school history, of the selection and
organization of teaching material, and of teaching and testing techniques
which may be advantageously used in teaching high school history. The
course will include experiments in studying and teaching recent American
history. Mr. Stowe.

203

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Open to students who have satisfactorily completed His-
tory 7, 8, Political Science 1, 2, Economics 1, 2 or 3, 4,
and Education 61. 3 class meetings; 3 cr. For teachers
primarily in service, one 2-hour rec; 2 cr. (See page 181.)

History-Education (hist-ed) 92. Practicum in the Teaching of
History in High Schools. (See page 181.)

HOME ECONOMICS

Helen F. McLaughlin, Professor; Irma G. Bowen, Assistant Professor;
Lillian B. Hudon, Instructor; Marion Stolworthy, Instructor;

Margaret Karr, Instructor.

Students majoring in home economics must take Home Economics
1 and 2 before graduation.

1, 2. HoMEMAKiNG. A brief consideration of the various phases of
homemaking and the vocational opportunities open to women. Mrs.
McLaughlin.

Basic course for students majoring in home economics.
Elective for other students. 3 lee. or demonstrations;
3 cr.

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

3, 4. Clothing Selection. Problems in the selection of suitable and
becoming clothing. A study of textile materials from the point of view
of the consumer. Care and renovation of clothing. Miss Bowen.

Prereq.: 3 prerequisite for 4. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

5, 6. Clothing Construction. Application of the principles of
design and development of technique in garment construction. Miss
Bowen.

Prereq.: 5 prerequisite for 6. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

7, 8. Historic Costume and Design. The study of costume changes
from the primitive to the present, together with something of the his-
torical events that influenced such changes. Adaptation of period cos-
tume to modern use. Miss Bowen.

First semester : 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr. Second semester : 1 lee. ;
2 lab.: 1-3 cr.

9, 10. Applied Design. Handcrafts for a hobby or for use in camps
and playgrounds. The craft cottage is open daily, making some choice
in hours for work possible. Students retaining finished products pay for
the cost of materials used. Miss Bowen.
1 lee. or rec. : 2 lab. ; 1-3 cr.

food and nutrition

15, 16. Foods. A study of the nutritive values, healthful preserva-
tion and preparation, and the attractive and efficient serving of foods.
A separate section is given for sophomores in hotel administration.

204

HOME ECONOMICS

Prereq.: 15 prerequisite for 16. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

17, 18. Advanced Foods. A study of advanced problems concerning
the selection and preparation of foods, culminating in the solution of
individual experimental problems. First semester, experimental proj-
ects; second semester, tea room management.

Prereq,: H. E. 15, 16. 17 prerequisite for 18. First se-
mester: 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr. Second semester: 2 lab.; 2 cr.

19. Nutrition. A study of diet therapy; readings in the current
literature of nutrition. Mrs. McLaughlin.

2 rec; 2 cr.

20. Dietetics. Application of the principles of human nutrition to
varying physiological, social, and economic conditions. Mrs. McLaugh-
lin.

2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

21. Camp Cookery. A study of cookery especially adapted to camp

life.

Elective for forestry students. 1 lec-rec; 1 lab.; 1 cr.
(first ten weeks of semester).

child development

25, 26. Child Development. A study of the physical and mental
development of the infant and child; his care and training in the home.
Miss Karr.

Prereq. or parallel requirement: Education 41, or Psy-
chology 51. 2 lee. or discussions; laboratory work with
children in the play group; reference reading; 3 cr.

27, (27). Projects in Child Development. A study of the prin-
ciples of child guidance. Class discussions based upon the special inter-
ests of the students enrolled. Miss Karr.

Prereq.: H.E, 25 and 26. 2 lee. or discussions; laboratory
in the play group; reference reading; 2-3 cr.

home management

31, 32. Home Building and Furnishing. The evolution of Ameri-
can housing from the time of the ^early settlers to the present. Study
and discussion of problems pertaining to the selection of a site, the plan-
ning, decorating and furnishing of a modern home. Miss Bowen.

3 lee, rec. or conferences; 3 cr.

33. Home Management. A study of the organization of the house-
hold as a home, and of the principles involved in its management, includ-
ing home care of the sick. Miss Karr.

3 lee; 3 cr.

205

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

35, (35). Home Management House. Practice in homemaking;
planning, buying, preparation of meals; care of the house and the study
of efficient work habits; managerial and dietetic problems; nine weeks'
residence in the home management house. Miss Karr.

Required of all vocational home economics majors; elective
for other students by permission of the head of the depart-
ment. Class limited to six. 3 cr.

INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT

41. Institutional Management. A study of the organization,
equipment, and management of typical institutions; and of the buying,
planning, preparing and serving of meals for large groups. Field trips
to study equipment and management of institutions are included in the
course. Miss Hudon.

3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

43, 44. Institutional Practice. Practical experience in the kitch-
ens and serving rooms of the university Commons. Miss Hudon.

Prereq. : 43 prerequisite for 44. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

46. Furniture and Textiles. Problems in the selection, care and
use of furniture and textile materials for institutions. Members of
home economics staff.

3 rec; 3 cr.

48. Field Work in Institutional Practice. 8 to 10 weeks resi-
dence and practical experience in an approved hospital or other institu-
tion, supplemented by readings and conferences. Mrs. McLaughlin.

4-6 cr.

home economics education

47, (47). Projects in Home Economics. This course provides op-
portunity for students to work out projects supplementary to or in ad-
vance of other courses. Members of home economics staff.

Conferences and assignments; reference readings; 1-3 cr.

Home Economics Education (he-ed) 91. Problems in the Teach-
ing OF High School Home Economics. Mrs. McLaughlin and other
staff members.

3 lee. or rec. ; 3 or.

Home Economics Education (he-ed) 94. Supervised Teaching in
High School Home Economics. Mrs. McLaughlin.

12 weeks supervised teaching, 10 cr.

Home Economics Education (he-ed) 96. Seminar in the Teach-
ing OF High School Home Economics. Mrs. McLaughlin and other
staff members.

206

HORTICULTURE

Required of all students who have done supervised teach-
ing. 4 weeks intensive work following period of super-
vised teaching. 3 cr.

HORTICULTURE

George F. Potter, Professor; J. Raymond Hepler, Associate Professor;
L. Phelps Latimer, Assistant Professor; James Macfarlane, Instructor;

Henry S. Clapp, Instructor.

1. Harvesting and Marketing of Fruits. The handling of fruit
crops, technicalities of fruit grading, agencies used and problems met in
stonng, transporting and merchandising the crop, with laboratory prac-
tice in packing-house work. Mr. Potter.

Elective for any student. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

2. Elementary Pomology— Orchard and Small Fruits. A brief
consideration of the principles and practice involved in orcharding and
in the culture of the most important of the small fruits. Mr. Potter.

Recommended elective for freshmen in agriculture 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

3. Fruit Judging. A study of the fruit characters and commercial
characteristics of the leading varieties of fruits with special reference to
those important in New England. The student is required to become
proficient in recognizing varieties, in determining causes of various
blemishes, and in judging exhibition fruit. Mr. Latimer.

Elective for any student. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

13. Vegetable Forcing. A study of special vegetables as grown
under glass. Emphasis is placed upon the commercial phases of the
work, including varieties, culture, and marketing. Each student is
required to grow crops from seeding to maturity. Mr. Hepler.

Elective for any student. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

14. Vegetable Gardening. A study of garden soils, testing, and
planting seeds, selection of varieties with reference to New Hampshire
conditions, construction and management of hotbeds and cold frames,
and the fertilization, cultivation, and irrigation of the garden. Mr!
Hepler.

Recommended elective for freshmen in agriculture 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

26. Ornamental Woody Plants in Spring. Woody plants used for
landscape purposes in New Hampshire and northern New England as
they appear in spring and summer. Mr. Clapp.

Required of horticulture students who do not elect horti-
culture 55 or 65. Elective for any other student. 1 lee *
2 lab.; 3 cr. '

207

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

27. Ornamental Woody Plants in Autumn. The identification of
ornamental woody plants for landscape use in New Hampshire and
northern New England. The characteristics of the plants in fall and
early winter are particularly noted. Mr. Clapp.

Required of horticulture students who do not elect horti-
culture 55 or 65. Elective for other sophomores, juniors,
or seniors. Preferably preceded by horticulture 26. 1
lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

28. Elementary Landscape Design. The principles involved in
ornamental and landscape gardening. Special attention is given to
beautifying the home surroundings. Mr. Clapp.

Elective for any student. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

38. Floral Design. This course is arranged to instruct in the prin-
ciples and theories of floral design and the use of flowers in the home.
To a limited extent, a survey is made of the use of flowers at public func-
tions held in halls and churches. Participation in the actual practice of
floral arrangement will be required of each student. The flowers used
in the laboratory become the property of the student upon the payment
of a $3.00 laboratory fee. Mr. Clapp.

Elective for any student. Registration by permission of
the instructor. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

39. Greenhouse Construction and Management. This course
treats of modern methods of greenhouse work and the more important
plants grown commercially under glass. Varieties, culture, marketing,
and enemies of greenhouse plants are studied. Each student is required
to do practical work in propagating, potting, watering plants and venti-
lating greenhouses. A study is made of the history and development of
different types of greenhouses, including methods of heating and general
management. Mr. Macfarlane.

Elective for any student. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

40. Outdoor Floriculture. A study of the art of growing flowers
in the garden. It includes the classification and culture of flowering an-
nuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs and bedding plants for the outdoor
garden. Lecture and laboratory work is supplemented by field trips.
Mr. Macfarlane.

Elective for any student. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

41. 42. Advanced Horticulture. Subject matter in any phase of
horticulture (with laboratory practice if desirable) to meet the needs
of special students or groups of students. Mr. Potter and staff.

Elective for juniors and seniors. Students must obtain
permission to register from the head of the department.
Hours and credits to be arranged.

208

HORTICULTURE

44. Advanced Pomology Laboratory. Seasonal practice work in
fruit growing including such operations as pruning, grafting, planting,
and spraying; or similar practice in growing vegetables or ornamental
plants. Students are expected to spend two half-days each week in the
orchard, garden or greenhouses, and will meet for one hour to discuss
fundamental principles involved. Mr. Potter.

Prereq. : Horticulture 2, 14 or 40. Elective for any student.
1 lee; 4 lab.; 5 cr.

48, 49. Beekeeping. The life history and habits of honey bees and
their adaptation to apiary conditions are given in the second semester,
which should preferably precede the first. The laboratory work includes
the assembling and use of hives and hive fittings, and practice in handling
bees. In the first semester attention is given to the principles and meth-
ods underlying the production of commercial crops of comb and extracted
honey, with laboratory practice in the care and protection of bees during
the fall and winter, the extraction of honey and the preparation for mar-
ket of extracted honey, comb honey, and wax. Mr. Hepler.

Elective for any student. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

54. Advanced Pomology: Orchard and Small Fruits. A detailed
study of fundamental principles and experimental data and their applica-
tion to orchard problems such as growth and rest period in fruit plants,
water requirements, soil management, pruning, fruit bud formation,
fruit setting, pollination, thinning, and winter injury. Mr. Latimer.

Prereq.: Botany 1, 2 and horticulture 2. Elective for
juniors and seniors. 2 lee; 2 cr.

55. Systematic Survey of Fruits. The important species of fruits
and nuts of temperate regions and their botanical relationships are
studied. The student is expected to become familiar with the history,
distribution, and merits of each species, and the horticultural varieties
developed from it. Mr. Latimer.

Prereq.: Botany 1, 2 and horticulture 2. Elective for
juniors and seniors. Required of seniors in horticulture
who have not taken horticulture 65 or horticulture 26 and
27. 2 lee; 2 cr. (Given in alternate years; offered in
1938-39.)

65. Advanced Vegetable Gardening. This course deals with the
management of commercial vegetable gardens. It also includes a
systematic study of the species and varieties of the more important
families of vegetables. Mr. Hepler.

Prereq.: Horticulture 14. Required of horticulture stu-
dents who do not elect horticulture 55 or horticulture 26
and 27. Elective for juniors and seniors. 2 lee; 1 lab.;
3 cr.

209

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

91, 92. Horticultural Seminar. A review of recent horticultural
literature and methods of investigational work. Each student is re-
quired to prepare and present a term paper on some horticultural topic.
Mr. Potter and staff.

Required of seniors In horticulture. Other students must
obtain permission to enroll. 2 lee; 2 or.

94. Evolution and Improvement of Plants. The application of
the principles of genetics to agricultural plant-breeding. Hybridization
and selection are studied as means of improving horticultural varieties
of plants. Mr. Potter.

Prereq.: Zoology 49. Elective for any student. 2 lee;

2 cr. (Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

HOTEL ADMINISTRATION
Raymond R. Starke, Assistant Professor.

The following courses in hotel administration are open to students in
hotel administration, and to students majoring in other departments by
permission of the instructor provided such students have had the proper
prerequisites.

1. Orientation. Designed to introduce the student to the life of the
university, and in particular to the work of the department of hotel
administration.

Required of freshmen in hotel administration. 2 lee. or
rec; 1 cr.

5. Hotel Operation. The fundamental problems of operation such
as location, equipment, personnel, rate structure and the relation of the
individual institution to the industry in general.

Required of juniors In hotel administration. 2 lee. or
rec; 2 cr.

7. Hotel Public Relations. The relations of the hotel with the
public, either as prospective or present guests. An attempt will be made
to introduce work on sales promotion media and advertising.

Required of juniors In hotel administration. Open to
others with permission of the instructor. 3 lee. or rec;

3 cr.

8. Front Office Procedure. A study of the layout of the hotel
office, the members of the staff and their relation to other staffs of the
hotel. Equipment, and procedures of keeping guest accounts.

Required of juniors or seniors in hotel administration.
Open to others by permission of the instructor. 1 class
discussion; 1 cr.

210

LANGUAGES

21, 22. Introductory Hotel Engineering. The application of
selected topics of phj^sical science to problems related to hotel buildings
and their equipment.

Required of sophomores in hotel administration. Open
to others by permission of the instructor. 3 lee. or rec;
1 lab.; 4 cr.

40, 42, 44, 46. Lectures on Hotel Management. Delivered by
representative and well-known men in the hotel business and allied
fields. It is expected all students in hotel administration will register
for this course ever}'^ year.

40 elective for freshmen. 42, 44, 46 required of sopho-
mores, juniors, and seniors respectively. 1 lee. and discus-
sion period of 2 hours; 1 cr.

LANGUAGES

Clifford S. Parker, Professor; John S. Walsh, Associate Professor;
Julio Berzunza, Assistant Professor; Paul P. Grigaut, Assistant
Professor; John A. Floyd, Instructor; James T. Schoolcraft, Jr.,
Instructor; Albert F. Buffington, Instructor; Terrence J. Rafferty,
Assistant; Lucille L. Lamoureux, Graduate Assistant.

Courses 1, 2 and 3, 4 in French, German, and Spanish are planned
particularly to help students acquire a reading knowledge of the re-
spective language and thus enable them (1) to pass the reading test
described on page 121 of the catalog, and (2) to utilize the language as an
asset in other fields of learning and along many vocational lines.

The advanced courses have two main objectives: (1) to prepare
students to become teachers of French, German, Latin, or Spanish in
secondary schools; (2) to give all students a valuable acquaintance
with the language, literature, and civilization of foreign countries in
ancient and modern times.

For special requirements expected of majors in languages, students
should consult the head of the department.

All students are cordially invited to attend the weekly meetings of the
French club for practice in conversational French.

FRENCH

{Freshmen will he assigned to French 1, French 3, or French
5, on the basis of their performance in the French placement
examination in freshman week.)

1, 2. Elementary French. Elements of French grammar, read-
ing of simple prose, oral practice, dictation. The course will be sec-
tioned for those entering with credit and without credit in high school
French. Mr. Floyd, Mr. Rafferty, Miss Lamoureux.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. 5 rec; 4 cr.

211

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

3, 4. Intermediate French. Reading and translation, review of
grammar, oral practice, composition. Mr. Grigaut, Mr. Rafferty,
Miss Lamoureux.

Prereq. : French 2 or its equivalent. 3 prerequisite for
4. 3 rec; 3 cr.

5, 6. Masterpieces of French Literature. Prose and poetry of
some of the most important writers of the 17th, 18th, and 19th centuries;
history of French civilization; composition and oral practice. Mr.
Parker, Mr. Grigaut.

Prereq.: French 4. 5 prerequisite for 6. 3 rec; 3 cr.

11, 12. French Classicism. This course, covering the period from
1600 to 1750, will trace the rise and development of the classical ideal in
French literature, study the masterpieces of the great writers of the age
of Louis XIV, and examine the decline and disintegration of classicism in
the 18th century. Mr. Parker.

Prereq.: French 6. 11 prerequisite for 12. 3 rec; 3 cr.

13, 14. French Composition and Conversation. The use of writ-
ten and spoken French is taught by careful attention to pronunciation,
composition and grammar.

This course is especially valuable for students who wish to teach
French and conduct French clubs. Such students will have an oppor-
tunity to cooperate with the instructor in the preparation and presenta-
tion of French plays. This course should be taken by every student
desiring to obtain departmental recommendation for the teaching of
French. Enrollment is limited to twenty students per section. Per-
mission of the instructor or of the head of the department is required
before enrollment. Mr. Floyd.

Prereq.: French 4 with grade of 75 or better; or French 6.
13 prerequisite for 14. 3 rec; 3 cr.

53, 54. French Romanticism. This course, covering the period from
1750 to 1850, will begin with a study of J. J. Rousseau's work and in-
fluence, and will continue with the important writers of the Romantic
school in the 19th century, and analyze the intermingling of Romanti-
cism and Realism in the work of Balzac. Mr. Parker.

Prereq.: French 12. 53 prerequisite for 54. 3 rec; 3 cr.

57, 58. French Literature from 1850 to the Present. This
course will study Realism and Naturalism in the novel and drama, the
Parnassian and Symbolist schools in poetry, the psychological novels of
Bourget, and the various schools and trends of the late 19th and early
20th centuries. Conducted largely in French. Mr. Grigaut.

Prereq.: French 12 or 54. 57 prerequisite for 58. 3 rec;
3 cr.

212

LANGUAGES

61, 62. French Grammar. This course, intended primarily for
those who intend to teach French, will be devoted to a systematic study
of French grammar in all its phases from elementary to highly advanced.
Mr. Floyd.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor or of the head of the
department. Permission will be granted only to juniors,
seniors, and graduate students. 61 prerequisite for 62.
3 rec. ; 3 cr.

63, 64. French Literature and Civilization of the Middle Ages
AND THE Renaissance. A study of the various forms and masterpieces
of French literature from the beginning to the year 1600, with considera-
tion of their historical and social background. Lectures, extensive
reading, reports, and recitations. Recommended for seniors and grad-
uate students. Mr. Parker.

Prereq.: French 12 or 54. 63 prerequisite for 64. 2 lee;
2 cr.

67, 68. Survey of Modern European Literature. The Renais-
sance, Classicism, Romanticism, and Realism will be studied in this
course as international movements. Stress will be laid, not upon the de-
tails of each national literature, but upon the interdependence of the lit-
eratures of the various countries. Literature will be interpreted also as
a product of changing patterns of civilization and social ideas. The re-
quired reading may be done in the original language or in translations.
Conducted in English. Mr. Grigaut.

Prereq. : Junior, senior, or graduate standing. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

71, 72. Studies in Modern French Literature. This course will
take up several of the greatest French writers from 1600 to 1900 for
a detailed and comprehensive study of their work. The choice of
writers to be studied in a given year will depend upon the needs or tastes
of the students electing the course. The work will be conducted largely
in French. Mr. Grigaut.

Prereq.: Senior or graduate standing. 71 prerequisite for
72. 3 rec. ; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered in
1938-39.)

French-Education (fr-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
French in the High School. This course will study the special ob-
jectives, methods, and problems of high school French. It is open only
to seniors and graduate students who are planning to teach. Visits to
schools to observe the work of experienced teachers will be arranged.
Students in this course may be given an opportunity to assist in the work
of French 1, 2. Mr. Floyd.

Prereq. : Permission of the head of the department . 3 rec. ;
3cr.

213

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

GERMAN

1, 2. Elementary German. This course has for its aim the teaching
of the fundamentals of German grammar as a necessary foundation for
reading. Composition, conversation, dictation, memory work, and the
reading of a large amount of simplified prose are included in the work of
the course. Mr. Parker, Mr. Schoolcraft, Mr. Buffington.

3 rec; 3 cr.

3, 4. German Reading and Composition. This course is a continu-
ation of elementary German, with special emphasis placed on reading.
Mr. Schoolcraft.

Prereq.: German 2 or two years of high school German.
3 prerequisite for 4. 3 rec; 3 cr.

5, 6. Scientific German. This course is for pre-medical students
and for those in physics, chemistry, geology, forestry, agriculture, and
engineering. Its aim is to facilitate the reading of German scientific
treatises. Mr. Schoolcraft.

Prereq.: German 2 or two years of high school German.
5 prerequisite for 6. 3 rec; 3 cr.

11, 12. German Literature from 1750 to the end of the Classical
Period. Lectures, interpretations, collateral reading, and reports.
The lectures in this course deal with the development of German litera-
ture during the epoch of the Aufkldrimg and the Sturm und Drang to the
end of the classical period. Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller are the authors
chiefly studied. Mr. Buffington.

Prereq.: German 4 or the equivalent. 11 prerequisite for

12. 3 class hours; 3 cr.

13, 14. German Conversation and Composition. This course is
especially recommended for students who desire a fluent practical
command of spoken and written German. As far as possible, class
discussions are conducted in German. There is opportunity for in-
formal conversation, for discussion in German of topics prepared in
advance, and for free German composition. Mr. Buffington.

Prereq.: German 4. 13 prerequisite for 14. 3 rec; 3 cr.
Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

53, 54. German Romanticism. Lectures, interpretations, collateral
reading, and reports. The lectures in this course trace the revival of
the historical and imaginative Middle ages in the first half of the nine-
teenth century. Mr. Buffington.

Prereq.: Three years of college German or the equivalent.
54. 3 class hours; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years;
offered in 1938-39.)

57, 58. Modern German Literature. Lectures, interpretations,
collateral reading, and reports. The purpose of the lectures in this

214

LANGUAGES

course is to trace the development of German literature from 1832 to the
present, with special emphasis on the novel and drama. Among the
authors considered are Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig, Keller, Meyer,
Wagner, Hauptmann, Sudermann, Thomas Mann, Rilke, George, and
Schnitzler. Mr. Schoolcraft.

Prereq.: Three years of college German or the equivalent.
57 prerequisite for 58. 3 class hours; 3 cr. (Given in
alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

63, 64. History of German Literature. Lectures, interpretations,
and collateral reading. The lectures in this course trace the develop-
ment of the literature from pagan to modern times. Representative
works are read both in and out of class. The history of German civiliza-
tion is taken up parallel with the history of literature. Mr. Schoolcraft.

Prereq.: Three years of college German or the equivalent.
63 prerequisite for 64. 3 class hours; 3 cr. (Given in al-
ternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

GREEK

1, 2. Elementary Greek. Grammar, composition, translation.
Mr. Walsh.

Prereq. : permission of the instructor. 1 prerequisite for 2.
3 rec; 3 cr. (Given every third year; not offered in
1938-39.)

LATIN

3, 4. Intermediate latin. This course will be devoted to the im-
provement of the student's ability to read Latin prose and poetry. The
first part of the year will be given over to a concentrated review of
grammar, vocabulary, and principles of language. Work on unseen
passages and prepared lessons in prose authors and poets will occupy the
rest of the year. Mr. Walsh.

Prereq.: Two years of high school Latin. 3 prerequisite
for 4. 3 rec. ; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered
in 1938-39.)

5, 6. Latin Poetry. Study of selected poems of Catullus, Ovid,
Phaedrus, Martial and the odes and epodes of Horace. Translations,
lectures, and study of Latin influence on English poetry. Mr. Walsh.

Prereq.: Latin 4, or three years of high school Latin.
5 prerequisite for 6. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

7, 8. Latin Prose and Comedy. The plays of Plautus and Terence,
Livy's History (Books I and H), and Pliny's Letters will be studied for
their value as mirrors of the life and history of Rome as well as for their
literary value. Mr. Walsh.

Prereq. : Latin 4. 7 prerequisite for 8. 3 rec; 3 cr.

215

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

27, 28. Survey of Greek and Roman Literature. A study of the
masterpieces of Greek and Roman literature in translations. The
environments, ideals, and personalities of the great writers of antiquity
will be studied in order to understand the contributions of Greece and
Rome to the modern world. This course is intended to be (1) a cultural
course for the general student who, lacking a sufficient knowledge of
Greek and Latin to read Greek and Roman literature in the original
languages, nevertheless realizes the value of being acquainted with this
important subject-matter; and (2) a background course for majors in
such subjects as English, history, Latin, or one of the modern languages
and literatures. This survey of literature in translation is continued in
French 67, 68. Mr. Walsh.

3 rec; 3 cr.

51, 52. Philosophy and Satire. Particular attention will be paid
to the study of philosophy, religion, natural science, and social theories
of the Romans, as exemplified in the writings of Horace, Martial, and
Cicero. Mr. Walsh.

Prereq. : Latin 8. 51 prerequisite for 52. 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

55, 56. Literature and History. This course offers a compre-
hensive view of Latin literature of the Golden Age. The works of
Caesar, Cicero, and Virgil will be studied for their literary value and
historical content. The history of Rome during the Golden Age will be
studied in order to provide the background necessary to the student or
teacher of the classics. Mr. Walsh.

Prereq.: Latin 8. 55 prerequisite for 56. 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

63, 64. Latin Composition and Teaching Methods. Translation
of English narrative, beginning with the fundamentals of grammar and
progressing to a study of prose style and effective idiomatic expression.
This course is open to those who have taken or are taking another
course in college Latin and is most necessary for prospective teachers of
Latin.

Prereq.: 63 prerequisite for 64. 3 rec; 3 cr.

SPANISH

1, 2. Elementary Spanish. Elements of Spanish grammar, reading
of simple prose, oral practice, dictation. Mr. Berzunza, Mr. Floyd,
Mr. Rafferty.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. 3 rec; 3 cr.

3, 4. Modern Spanish Prose and Poetry. Review of grammar,
memorization, composition, oral practice and reading. Mr. Berzunza.

Prereq.: Spanish 2 or its equivalent. Freshmen who offer
two or more units of Spanish for admission to college may
take this course. 3 prerequisite for 4. 3rec;3cr.

216

MATHEMATICS

7, 8. The Spanish Novel. In the first part of the course, repre-
sentative noveUsts of the modern period such as Fernan Caballero,
Valera, Perez, Galdos, Pardo Bazan and Palacio Valdes form the subject
of study. In the latter part, Cervantes will be studied. Collateral
reading, reports, and lectures on the history of the novel. Mr. Berzunza.

Prereq.: Spanish 4. 7 prerequisite for 8. 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

11, 12. Spanish Drama. Dramas of Lope de Vega, Calderon,
Echegaray, the Brothers Alvarez Quintero, Benavente, and others.
This course is carried on as far as possible in Spanish. Mr. Berzunza.

Prereq.: Spanish 4. 11 prerequisite for 12. 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

13, 14. Spanish Composition and Conversation. The use of
written and spoken Spanish is taught by careful attention to pronun-
ciation, grammar, and composition.

This course is especially valuable for students who wish to teach
Spanish and conduct Spanish clubs. Permission of the instructor is
required before enrollment. Mr. Berzunza.

Prereq.: Spanish 4. 13 prerequisite for 14. 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Not offered in 1938-39.)

MATHEMATICS

Hermon L. Slobin, Professor; George N. Bauer, Professor; Walter E.
Wilbur, Associate Professor; *Marvin R. Solt, Assistant Professor;
MiLTiADEs S. Demos, Assistant Professor; William L. Kichline,
Instructor; Donald M. Perkins, Instructor; Samuel A. Stone, In-
structor.

1. Algebra. A study of algebra, beginning with a review of the
fundamental principles of high school algebra and continuing with the
subject matter of mathematics 5. This course is designed for students
whose high school training does not fit them for mathematics 5. Mr.
Perkins.

Prereq. : Two years of mathematics in high school including
at least one year of algebra. 6 rec; 4 cr.

2. Trigonometry. The theory and applications of plane trigonom-
etry and the analytic geometry of the" straight line and certain special
curves. Mr. Perkins.

Prereq.: Mathematics 1, or its equivalent. 5 rec; 4 cr.

3. Analytic Geometry. A course in analytic geometry equivalent
to that part of mathematics 6 covering analytic geometry. Mr. Wilbur
and Mr. Solt.

Prereq.: Mathematics 2, or its equivalent. 3 rec; 3 cr.
• Leave of absence, 1938-39.

217

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

5, 6. First Year Mathematics. This constitutes a course in alge-
bra, trigonometry, and analytic geometry. Mr. Slobin, Mr. Wilbur,
Mr. Demos, Mr. Kichline, Mr. Perkins and Mr. Stone.

Prereq. : See requirements of mathematics for admission
to College of Technology. 6 rec; 5 cr.

7, 8. Calculus. Applications of differentiation and integration;
special methods of integration; the definite integral, applications of
the definite integral to geometry, physics, and mechanics; introduction
to sequence and series. Mr. Slobin, Mr. Solt, Mr. Demos, Mr. Kichline
and Mr. Perkins.

Prereq. : Mathematics 3 or 6. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

10, Astronomy. A brief descriptive course. The earth as an astro-
nomical body; the sun and the solar system; the constellations; the
stars. Mr. Wilbur and Mr. Solt.

3 rec; 3 cr.

20. Solid Geometry. Elements of solid geometry. Mr. Perkins.

Prereq. : High school algebra and plane geometry. 2 rec;
2cr.

21, 22. Mathematics for Students of Agriculture. Elements of
algebra, geometry and trigonometry. Mr. Wilbur, Mr. Solt, Mr. Kich-
line and Mr. Stone.

3 rec; 3 cr.

31, 32. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. This course is
designed to prepare students for the study of statistics and mathe-
matics of finance. It uses both analytical and graphical methods.
The subjects studied are some of the fundamental functions, logarithmic
computations, the simpler elements of least squares, etc. Emphasis is
placed upon finding mathematical laws or formulae from empirical data.
Mr. Bauer, Mr. Wilbur and Mr. Kichline.

Prereq.: High school algebra and plane geometry. 3 rec;
3 cr.

34. Mathematics of Finance. A study of simple and compound
interest, discount, annuities, depreciation, evaluation of securities,
building and loan associations, and the elements of life insurance.
Mr. Wilbur.

Prereq.: Mathematics 31, 5 or 1. 3 rec; 3 cr.

41, 42. Statistical Methods. This is a basic course and aims to
present some of the fundamental principles and methods of statistics.
Illustrative material drawn from several fields of study including edu-
cation, business, sociology, and chance. It deals with such topics as
the graphical representation of statistical material, frequency distri-

218

MATHEMATICS

bution, measure of dispersion, averages, time series, index numbers,
correlation and estimations. Mr. Bauer.

Prereq.: Mathematics 32, 6 or 3. 3 rec; 3 cr.

51, 52. Advanced Calculus, Differential Equations, Vector
Analysis and Their Application to Engineering Problems. Mr.
Solt, Mr. Demos, and Mr. Kichline.

Prereq. : Mathematics 8. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

53. Economic and Social Statistics. Applications of the statistical
method to economic and social problems. Mr. Bauer.

Prereq.: Mathematics 42. 3 rec; 3 cr.

55, 56. Advanced Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry. Mr.
Solt.

Prereq.: Mathematics 8. 3 rec; 3 cr. (Given in 1937-38
and thereafter in alternate years.)

57. The History of Mathematics. This course is designed espe-
cially for those preparing to teach mathematics in the high school. It
aims to give an historical background and an appreciation of the de-
velopment of various fields of mathematics. Mr. Wilbur.

Prereq.: Mathematics 4, or 7. 3 rec; 3 cr. (Given in
alternate years; not offered in 1937-38.)

61, 62. Sequences and Series. An introduction to advanced
analysis. Mr. Slobin.

Prereq. : Mathematics 8. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

71, 72. Advanced Algebra. The following topics will be treated in
this course: matrix theory, including elementary divisors and invariant
factors; linear transformations; quadratic bilinear, and Hermitian forms;
invariants and covariants with geometric applications; and topics from
the theory of equations, including symmetric functions, and groups of
substitutions. Mr. Demos.

Prereq. : Mathematics 8. 3rec.;3cr. (Given in alternate
years; offered in 1938-39.)

Mathematics-Education (math-ed) 91. Problems in the Teach-
ing OF High School Mathematics. A studj'^ of the aims and values of
secondary school mathematics, the recommendations of the national
committee on mathematics requirements, and the state board require-
ments; also a study of the subject-matter and the sequence in which it
should be presented in both junior and senior high schools, and the
various techniques used in teaching secondary school mathematics.
Errors, testing program, and remedial teaching will be included. Lec-
tures, assigned readings and discussion. Mr. Wilbur.

Prereq. : Mathmaticse 8, or 34 and 7. Students preparing
to teach mathematics in high school should register for this
course. 3 rec; 3 cr.

219

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

George W. Case, Professor; Edward L. Getchell, Associate Professor;
Thomas J. Laton, Assistant Professor; Edward T. Donovan, Assistant
Professor; E. Howard Stolworthy, Assistant Professor; Lyman J.
Batchelder, Instructor; Joh-s C. Tonkin, Instructor; Elias O'Connell,
Instructor; Albert G. Welch, Instructor

The department of mechanical engineering is located in DeMeritt
hall. On the second and third floors are the advanced drawing and
designing rooms. In addition to these drafting rooms there are two
lecture rooms, and department offices. One of the lecture rooms is
equipped with a motion picture machine and stereopticon lantern for
illustrated lectures.

In the basement are located certain of the mechanical engineering
laboratories, one of which is the laboratory equipped with the apparatus
for making analyses of flue gases, for calorimetric determinations of the
heat values of solid and liquid fuels, and for conducting the usual work
in heat treatment of steel. Apparatus needed in determining the
viscosity and flash points of lubricants as well as an oil testing machine
for determining the lubricating and wearing qualities of lubricants is
located in the automotive laboratory in the Shops. Materials testing
machines of this department are located in the basement of Conant hall.

The main room of the DeMeritt laboratories is given over to the
testing of steam, gas and hydraulic machinery as well as of air com-
pressors, air conditioning, refrigeration and heat transfer apparatus.

The university heating plant has been designed to serve also as a steam
laboratory for this department.

Aeronautical equipment and internal combustion engines are located
in the automotive laboratory at the rear of the Shops.

The wood shop is well equipped with woodworking machinery.

The equipment of the machine shop consists of the type of machine
tools used in an up-to-date commercial shop, and a large number of small
tools, including micrometers, calipers and gauges necessary for accurate
work.

The forge shop is equipped with down-draft forges, steam hammer and
all necessary small tools. Equipment for electric and acetylene weld-
ing is located in the forge shop.

1, 2. Engineering Drawing. The fundamentals of engineering
drawing, including free-hand lettering, use of drawing instruments,
the solution of problems in engineering drawing by applying the princi-
ples of descriptive geometry, including a brief study of isometric drawing.
Mr. Laton, Mr. Stolworthy, and Mr. Welch.

1 required of all Technology freshmen. 2 required of
civil, electrical and mechanical engineering freshmen.

2 lab.; 2 cr.

M.E. (1) Mechanical Drawing. Work in lettering, the plotting
and interpretation of charts and graphs, and the use of drawing instru-

220

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ments. Most of the course is devoted to a study of projections of
machinery and simple construction problems.

Required of freshmpn in hotel administration. Elective
for others by permission of the instructor. 2 lab. ; 2 cr.

3. Machine Drawing. Application of the principles of engineer-
ing drawing to the drawing of machine parts. Various pictorial sys-
tems are studied as an aid in sketching. Commercial drafting room
methods are em.ployed in sketching machine parts, drawing from
sketches, and making tracings. Reproduction methods and modern
drafting room organizations are studied. Mr. Laton.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering 1. Required of electrical
and mechanical engineering sophomores. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

4. Kinematics. A study of motion in machine construction; belts,
and other flexible connectors; gears and gear teeth; wheels in trains;
epicyclic trains; cams; instantaneous centers; linkwork, velocity and
acceleration diagrams. Mr. Laton.

Prereq. : Mechanical engineering 1. Required of electrical
and mechanical engineering sophomores. 2 rec; 2 lab.;

3 cr.

5. 6. Mechanical Laboratory. This course is primarily to ac-
quaint the student with the field of mechanical engineering. The
student will be introduced to the mechanical laboratory and the Uni-
versity power plant and familiarized with the equipment therein.
Problems in mechanical engineering practice will be presented and
solved. Mr. Donovan.

Required of sophomores in mechanical engineering. 1
lab.; 1 cr.

7, 8. Mechanics. A study of forces and moment of forces; de-
termination of stresses in trusses and cranes; centroids and center
of gravity; rectilinear and curvilinear motion; translation and rota-
tion of bodies; work, power and energy. The application of Mechan-
ics to the determination of stress and strain in rigid bodies. The
study of thin walled cylinders; riveted joints; torsion; transverse loading
of beams; deflection in beams of all kinds; study of columns; compound
stresses as applied to design of machine parts. Work in the second
semester to be paralleled by exercises in the materials laboratory. Mr.
Getchell.

Prereq. : Mathematics 8. Required of juniors in mechani-
cal engineering. 7: 4 rec; 4 cr. 8: 3 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

9, 10. Mechanics. Similar to 7 and 8, but with those portions having
application to the design of machine parts omitted. Mr. Getchell.

Prereq.: Mathematics 8. Required of juniors in civil and
electrical engineering. 9: 3 rec; 3 cr. 10: 3 rec; 1 lab.;

4 cr.

221

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

12. Mechanics. Principles of Mechanics as applied to architec-
tural work. Study of force systems, moments, equilibrium, trusses,
center of gravity and moment of inertia; tension, compression and shear;
riveted joints; strength and deflection of Beams; columns; reinforced
concrete. Mr. Getchell.

Required of junior architects. 3 rec; 3 cr.

13. Manufacture of Iron and Steel. Study of the location of
ores and other raw materials entering into the manufacture of pig iron;
of the blast furnace and conversion of pig iron into wrought iron; Besse-
mer and open hearth steels, and of the manufacture of steel by electrical
methods. Course to be paralleled by a laboratory devoted to the iden-
tification and heat treatment of various types of steel. Mr. Getchell.

Required of seniors in mechanical engineering. 2 rec;

1 lab.; 3 cr.

15, 16. Machine Design. The application of the principles of Me-
chanics to the design of machine elements. This work to be taken up
with the idea of manufacturing the parts in the most economical man-
ner in the shops. General principles of design will be followed rather
than attempting to develop any particular system of procedure. Mr.
Laton.

Prereq. : Mechanical engineering 8. Required of senior
mechanical engineers. 1 rec; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

21. Heat Power Engineering. The fundamental theory of en-
gineering thermodynamics is studied and its applications to steam power
plant and internal combustion equipment is briefly considered. Mr.
Welch.

Prereq. : Mathematics 7 and physics 8. Required of civil
engineering juniors. 3 rec; 3 cr.

22. Meteorology. Fundamental physical and thermodynamic
laws and general structure of the atmosphere. Air mass theory and a
brief study of the technicalities underlying forecasting of atmospheric
changes, Mr. Stolworthy.

Prereq.: Physics 7 or its equivalent. Optional for seniors
in mechanical engineering; to be taken concurrently with
mechanical engineering 3S. Elective for others. 2 lee;

2 cr.

23. 24. Thermodynamics. A study of the fundamental laws of
thermodynamics and their relation to the operation of mechanisms
using gases and vapors as their working substances. Mr. Donovan.

Prereq.: Mathematics 7. Required of junior mechanical
engineers. 3 rec; 3 cr.

25, 26. Heat Power Engineering. A study of the laws of engineer-
ing thermodynamics and a consideration of steam power plant and in-,
ternal combustion engine equipment. Mr. Donovan.

222

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Prereq.: Mathematics 7. Required of junior electrical
engineers. 25: 3 rec; 3 cr. 26: 3 rec. ; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

27. Mechanical Laboratory. A study of the apparatus and
methods of testing power plant operation and equipment. Mr. Dono-
van and Mr. Welch.

Parallel requirement: Enrollment in mechanical engineer-
ing 25, 26. Required of junior electrical engineers. 2
lab.; 2 cr.

29, 30. Mechanical Laboratory. Methods of investigating opera-
tion and testing of power plant equipment. Mr. Donovan and Mr.
Welch.

Parallel requirement: Enrollment in mechanical engineer-
ing 23. Required of junior mechanical engineers. 29:
2 1ab.;2cr. 30: 1 lab.; 1 cr.

32. Mechanical Laboratory. Testing of steam and gas engines in
accordance with A.S.M.E. power test codes. Mr. Donovan.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering 30. Required of senior
mechanical engineers. 2 lab. ; 2 cr.

33, 34. Power Plants. A study of the steam generating power plant
dealing with its equipment and costs. Mr. Donovan.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering 24. Required of senior
mechanical engineers. 33: 2 rec; 2 cr. 34: 1 rec; 1 lab.;
2 cr.

35, 36. Automotive Engineering. A study of the internal combus-
tion engine including its thermodynamics, carburetion, lubrication and
vibration. Consideration is given to the design of the principal moving
parts of the automotive vehicle. Mr. Stolworthy.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering 8 and 24. Alternate
with aeronautics for seniors in mechanical engineering.
2 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

37. Aeronautics. Elementary aerodynamics and aircraft con-
struction; the use of the wind tunnel. Mr. Stolworthy.

Prereq. : Mechanical engineering 8 and civil engineering 24.
Alternate with automotive engineering for seniors in me-
chanical engineering. 2 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

38. Meteorology and Navigation. Sjmoptic meteorology and a
study of the instruments and methods used in navigation of aircraft.
Mr. Stolworthy.

Prereq.: Physics 7. 2 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr. Optional for
seniors in mechanical engineering.

39. Heating and Ventilating. A study of the heat losses and
ventilation requirements of buildings, and the design of specific heating
and ventilating systems. Mr. Stolworthy.

223

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Required of juniors in mechanical engineering. 2 lab.; 2
cr.

41. Heating and Ventilating. A study of the present methods of
heating and ventilating buildings. Mr. Stolworthy.

Required of juniors and seniors in architecture. 2 lab.;
2 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered in 1937-38.)

45, 46. Management. A study of the principles of management as
they deal with the organization of operations, the administration of
personnel and the making of economic expenditures and investments.
Mr. Case.

45: Required of senior mechanical engineers and optional
for senior civil and electrical engineers. 46: required of
all senior engineers. 45: 2 rec. ; 2 cr. 46: 3 rec; 3 cr.

47, 48. Contribution of Engineers and Scientists to the Field
OF Engineering. Studies of the personal characteristics and life work
of engineers and scientists. This course is intended for engineering
students who are disqualified from Military Science and Physical Educa-
tion. Less reading will be required of students disqualified only from
Military Science. Mr. Welch,

2 rec. ; 2 cr.

49. Thesis. The thesis embodies research or commercial investiga-
tion. Equal emphasis is placed upon composition and accuracy in sub-
ject matter.

Required of senior mechanical engineers. 1 rec; 2 lab.;
2cr.

A.S.M.E. 1, 2, 3, 4. Student Branch of American Society of
Mechanical Engineers. An organization of Junior and Senior
students in Mechanical Engineering. The course consists of prepara-
tion and presentation of addresses on mechanical engineering topics by
members and in which the instructor present criticizes the work from the
point of view of delivery, subject matter and terms used.

Required of juniors and seniors in mechanical engineering.
No credit.

extension courses*

17, 18. Mechanics of Naval Architecture. A study of volumes,
weights and displacements, metacenter and buoyancy, stability and wave
theory. Strength of hull and component parts of a ship. Curves of
loads, shearing moments and bending moments. Calculations of horse
power necessary for propulsion and resistance of ships. Screw propul-
sion and propulsion by wind. Rolling of ships, turning of ships, launch-
ing calculations. Mr. Getchell.

*See page 147

224

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Prereq. : Satisfactory evidence of preparation for the course
and permission of instructor. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

19, 20. Marine Engineering. The design and arrangement of the
auxiliaries, parts, and equipment in the engine room of a ship. Stresses
in parts, strength of parts and functional relationships will be considered
and analyzed. Mr. Donovan.

Prereq. : Satisfactory evidence of preparation for the course
and permission of instructor. 3 rec. ; 3 cr.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SHOP COURSES

SI, S2. Elementary Shop Practice. For Shop work, freshmen
in Technology, except those in Architecture and Chemistry, are divided
into three groups meeting simultaneously in wood shop, machine shop
and forge shop. The work in the wood shop consists of pattern making
and elementary foundry practice. In the machine shop, practice is
given in the operation of engine lathes and other m.achine tools, and par-
ticular attention is given to the machinability of metals in the prepara-
tion of test specimens for use in the course in strength of materials. In
the forge shop study is made of the operations necessary in the forging
and welding of iron and steel, in the hardening, tempering, and annealing
of steel. These groups interchange at the end of each twelve week period,
so that all three subjects are covered during the year. Mr. Batchelder,
Mr. Tonkin, and Mr. O'Connell.

1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

S3, (S3). Wood Work. Plain cabinet making and finishing; use of
stain filler, varnish, shellac, enamels, etc. Mr. Batchelder.

Elective for Liberal Arts and teacher training students.

2 1ab.;2cr.

55, (S5). Wood Shop. Practice teaching under the supervision of
the instructor in wood working. Mr. Batchelder.

For seniors in industrial teacher training and education.
2 lab.; 2 cr.

56. Wood Shop. Advanced pattern making or advanced cabinet
making. Mr. Batchelder.

Prereq. : Mechanical engineering SI and S3, For seniors in
mechanical and electrical engineering and education. 2
lab.; 2 cr.

S12. Forge Shop. This is a study of the forging of iron and steel, and
is designed to teach the operations of drawing, welding, upsetting, twist-
ing, splitting, and punching of iron; the hardening, tempering, and an-
nealing of steel; and the case hardening of mild steel as adapted to ag-
ricultural work. Mr. O'Connell.

Elective for students in agricultural teacher training
curriculum. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

225

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

S13, (S13). Forge Shop. Advanced work in forging, electric and
acetylene welding, tempering, case hardening, tool dressing. Mr.
O'Connell.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering SI. For seniors in
industrial teacher training curriculum. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

SI 7, (S17). Machine Shop. Continuation of work given in SI,
82. Mr. Tonkin.

Required of electrical and mechanical engineering sopho-
mores. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

S19, S20. Machine Shop. Advanced work on the lathe, milling
machine, planer, shaper and turret lathe, involving making of tools and
special machinery and apparatus. Mr. Tonkin.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering S15 and S17. 2 lab.;
2 cr.

S21, (S21). Machine Shop. Manufacturing. A course in the ap-
preciation and measurement of skill, production methods, shop manage-
ment and time study. Mr. Tonkin.

Prereq.: Mechanical engineering S20. 2 lab.; 2 cr.

S23. Farm Shop. A short course in general shop work to suit the
individual needs of a small class of agricultural teacher preparation
juniors. The work is to some extent adjusted to meet experience in shop
work that students have already had. Mr. Tonkin and Mr. O'Connell.

Limited to agricultural teacher preparation juniors. 2
lab.; 2 cr.

MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS

Colonel Edward W. Putney, Coast Artillery Corps, Professor; Major
Donovan Swanton, Infantry, Associate Professor; Major George L.
Prindle, Infantry, Assistant Professor; Major Samuel L. Buracker,
Infantry, Assistant Professor; Captain W. George Devens, Coast
Artillery Corps, Assistant Professor; Technical Sergeant Fred W.
Wood, Assistant; Staff Sergeant Fred H. Brown, Assistant.

basic course, infantry

1, 2. Military Fundamentals. Organization of the army and
infantry; military discipline, courtesy and customs of the service; mili-
tary history and policy; National Defense act and the R.O.T.C. ; military
obligations of citizenship; the current international situation; military
sanitation and first aid; weapons; rifle marksmanship; map reading;
leadership; drill and ceremonies.

No prereq. : Required of freshmen. 2 rec. ; 1 drill ; or 3 rec,
according to season; 1>^ cr.

226

MILITARY SCIENCE

3, 4. Second Year, Basic. Military history and policy, weapons,
scouting and patrolling, musketry, combat principles, leadership, drill
and ceremonies.

Required of sophomores. 2 rec. ; 1 drill; or 3 rec, accord-
ing to season; \}4 cr.

ADVANCED COURSE, INFANTRY

5, 6. First Year, Advanced. Weapons, aerial photograph reading
and interpretation, combat training, estimate of the situation and com-
bat orders, field fortification, leadership, drill and ceremonies.

Prereq.: 4. 3 rec; 1 drill; or 4 rec, according to season:
3 cr.

7, 8. Second Year, Advanced. Military history and policy; com-
pany administration; military intelligence; signal communications;
chemical warfare, defensive use of non-toxic agent; military law; combat
principles, platoon, company and battalion; leadership; drill and cere-
monies.

Prereq.: 6. 3 rec; 1 drill; or 4 rec, according to season:
3 cr.

BASIC COURSE, COAST ARTILLERY

9, 10. Military Fundamentals. Organization of the army and
coast artillery; military discipline, courtesy and customs of the service;
military history and policy; National Defense act and the R.O.T.C.;
military obligations of citizenship; the current international situation!
primary coast artillery instruction; rifle marksmanship; ammunition,
weapons and material; military sanitation and first aid; leadership; drill
and ceremonies.

No prereq. : Required of freshmen in Coast Artillery. 2
rec; 1 drill; or 3 rec, according to season; 1>^ cr.

11, 12. Second Year, Basic. Fire control and position finding for
seacoast artillery; characteristics of naval targets; fire control and posi-
tion finding for antiaircraft artillery ; identification of aircraft; leadership;
drill and ceremonies.

Prereq.: 10. Required of sophomores in Coast artillery.

2 rec; 1 drill; or 3 rec, according to season; 1)4 or.

ADVANCED COURSE, COAST ARTILLERY

13, 14. First Year, Advanced. Map and aerial photograph read-
ing; combat orders; gunnery, seacoast and antiaircraft artillery; leader-
ship; drill and ceremonies.

Prereq. : 12. 3 rec; 1 drill; or 4 rec, according to season:

3 cr.

227

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

15, 16. Second Year, Advanced. Military history and policy; mo-
tor transportation; artillery tactics; artillery material, guns, carriages,
mines and ammunition; military law; orientation, topographical opera-
tion required for artillery firing; field engineering; administration; lead-
ership; drill and ceremonies.

Prereq.: 14. 3 rec; 1 drill; or 4 rec, according to season;
3 cr.

Note. — Students following courses 1, 2; 3, 4; or 9, 10; 11, 12 above,
who also elect to serve in the University' band, will receive >2 credit
additional per semester.

MUSIC

Robert W. Manton, Associate Professor and Director; Lewis C. Swain,

Instructor and Bandmaster.

The aim of the instruction in the department of music is twofold:
first, to teach music scientificall}^ and technically, with a view to training
musicians who shall be competent to teach and compose; second, to treat
music historically and aesthetically as an element of liberal culture.

Closely related departments are languages (French and German), and
English (English literature and appreciation of art).

It is recommended that students who intend to elect music as a major
consult the head of the department as early in the freshman year as possi-
ble relative to the best disposition of the sequence of courses in the major.
All students majoring in music are required to take the following subjects
before graduation: Music 15, 16; 17; 19, 20; 21, 22; 23, 24; 25, 26.

For students who intend to take only one or two courses in music,
for the cultivation of musical taste and general knowledge. Music 15,
16, 17, or 19, and 20 are recommended as best adapted to this end.

Students interested in some particular musical organization, such as
glee club or orchestra, are permitted to elect the work desired.

1, (1). University Band

Prereq. : Ability to play some band instrument and satis-
factory completion of basic course, R.O.T.C. Open to
others with special permission of the professor of military
science and tactics. 1^ cr.

3, (3). The Men's Glee Club

Open to all undergraduates interested in choral singing
who fulfill the requirements of a try-out. J^ cr.

5, (5). Advanced Choil\l Club (men)

Prereq. : Music 3 and participation in some extra-curricular
work. 1 cr.

7, (7). The Women's Glee Club.

228

MUSIC

Open to all undergraduates interested in choral singing
who fulfill the requirements of a try-out. >^ cr.

9, (9). Advanced Choral Club (women)

Prereq. : Music 7 and participation in some extra-curricular
activity. 1 cr.

11, (11). The University Symphony Orchestra

Open to all undergraduates interested in orchestral playing
who can fulfill the requirements of a try-out. yi cr.

13, (13). Advanced Orchestral Club

Departmental class illustrations, string quartet, trio play-
ing and the like. Prerequisite : Music 1 1 and participation
in some extra-curricular work. 1 cr.

Note: In all the above activities the educational values
will be strongly stressed. The principles of ensemble, solo
work, tone production, diction and above all sound musi-
cianship, will be studied and concerts prepared separately
and in combination to enhance and vitalize the university
life.

15, 16. The History of Music. This course will attempt to cover
the period from modern Greece up to the twentieth century. The in-
struction is given in the form of lectures, and stress will be placed upon an
intensive study of the actual systems, spirit and content of the music of
the period rather than a brief resume of biography and critical evalua-
tions. The four divisions of study are as follows: (1) From plain song
through Palestrina, Vittoria, etc., and the secular music of the English
madrigalists; (2) the seventeenth century and Johann Sebastian Bach;
(3) the classicists to Schumann; (4) Schumann to Debussy. Mr. Man-
ton.

Elective. 2 lee. or rec. ; 2 cr.

17. Twentieth Century Music. This course is the logical continu-
ation of Music 15 and 16, and emphasizes the significant trends in mod-
ern music since 1900. The works of such contemporary composers as
Debussy, Sibelius, Stravinsky, Ravel, Hindemith, Schoenberg, Delius,
Vaughan-Williams, Hoist, Walton, Griffes, together with many others
will be considered, listened to, and the values, gains, losses and shifts of
emphasis discussed and every attempt made to adjust the listener's ear
to the new values. Mr. Manton.

Elective. 2 lee. or rec. ; 2 cr.

19, 20. The Appreciation of Music. This course begins with a
study of the elements of music such as: melody, harmony, homophonic
and polyphonic types, constructive formulae, and the musical forms em-
ployed in composition; for upon the recognition of these elements de-
pends the approach to intelligent listening. Comprehensive illustra-

229

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

tions of the great musical literature with special attention to twentieth
century music will be played and jointly analyzed by the instructor and
students from the point of view of the listener. This course is open and
especially recommended to all students who wish to become familiar with
the art of music in its many phases, and gain a wider acquaintance with
the past and present masterpieces of musical art. Mr. Manton.

Prereq.: 19 prerequisite for 20. 3 lee. or rec; 2 cr.

21, 22. Harmony, The Grammar of Music. The fundamental
principles of the craft of music are embodied in the study of harmony.
This course treats of the different chords in their natural and combined
relations: triads, seventh and ninth chords with their inversions and
resolutions; cadences, chromatically altered chords, augmented chords,
suspensions; embellishing tones, modulation, melody writing, and pedal
point. This subject normally covers three semesters' work.

The work consists of exercises on figured basses and the harmonization
of given melodies and dictation. This course is especially recommended
to freshmen but may be elected by others. The ability to play some in-
strument will facilitate an understanding of the course. Mr. Manton.

Prereq.: 21 prerequisite for 22. 2 lee. or rec; 2 cr.

23, 24. Advanced Harmony and Strict Counterpoint. This
course is intended to supplement Music 21 and 22, and to lay stress on
the many significant innovations found in modern harmony; to make a
study of modal harmony and its relation to the appreciation of fifteenth
and sixteenth century music; and to study the five orders of strict two-
part counterpoint. Mr. Manton.

Prereq.: Music 22. 23 prerequisite for 24. 2 lee. or rec;
2 cr.

25, 26. Counterpoint and Elementary Composition. Counter-
point is the combining of several melodic voices, a horizontal conception
of writing, and is essential to all finished craftsmanship. The work will
consist of the writing of three and four-part counterpoint, double count-
erpoint, choral figuration and free imitation.

The work in composition will include the detailed training relative to
sentence formation, figure treatment, two-part and three-part forms,
inventions, the variation forms, and the various rondo forms up to the
sonata form. Mr. Manton.

Prereq. : Music 22 and 24. 25 prerequisite for 26. 3 lee
or rec; 2 cr.

27, 28. Instrumentation. This course is designed to ground the
student in the idiomatic writing and technique necessary to score effec-
tively for the modern symphonic orchestra. It necessitates a good grasp
of the fundamental principles of harmony and counterpoint. All the
orchestral instruments will be considered individually as to their tech-

230

MUSIC

nique, range, tonal qualities, possibilities and limitations; then in sepa-
rate choirs, and finally in combination as a unit.

Orchestral scores will be studied in detail; score reading and reduction
emphasized; and original work in this idiom encouraged. Mr. Manton.

Prereq.: Music 22 and 24. 3 lee; 3 cr.

29, 30. The History and Development of Choral Music. This
is a special course consisting of lectures, reading and reports. Only a
limited number of qualified students will be admitted.

The course is designed to trace a straight line through such study as:
plain song, folk song, the music of the troubadours, the beginnings of
harmony and counterpoint, the works of the Netherland masters and of
Palestrina and his contemporaries; the German choral works of the
Reformation, the important Elizabethan group of madrigalists in Eng-
land; the choral works of Bach, Handel, etc. It ends with a considera-
tion of the choral literature of the nineteenth century and of the modern
English, French, and Russian choral composers, such as Elgar, Delius,
Hoist, Vaughan-Williams, Lambert, Walton, Honegger, etc.

Students will meet three times a week, the third meeting being de-
voted to class singing and study of the works considered in the lectures.
Mr. Manton.

3 lee. or rec; 2 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered
in 1938-39.)

31, 32. Public School Music and Its Allied Fields. The purpose
of this course is three-fold in nature. First, it attempts to lay down basic
method material and principles of approach for the purpose of cultivat-
ing a taste for the best music; it is also shown how these methods and
repertoire may be applied through the junior and senior high school
periods. Second, it seeks to cultivate, through the principles of apprecia-
tion, a growth in perception, understanding, and general responsiveness
to the art of music, approaching it through formal design and emotional
content. Third, it endeavors to give the individual student training and
practical experience in the art of conducting, organization and the pro-
duction of artistic results in glee clubs and orchestras.

Prereq.: 31 prerequisite for 32. 2 lee. or rec; 2 cr.

33, 34. Canon and Fugue. Canon and fugue are the most advanced
forms of polyphonic composition and require a thorough grounding in
harmony and counterpoint. The object of this course is to perfect the
contrapuntal technique of the student, enabling him to study the larger
and freer forms of composition. The work will be based on the fugal
works of Bach and Franck, and consists of practice in writing, the more
practical types of canon, and of the analysis and composition of fugues.
Mr. Manton.

Prereq.: Music 22, 24, and 26. 33 prerequisite for 34.
2 lee. or rec; 2 cr.

231

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY

Herbert F. Rudd, Professor; Adolph G. Ekdahl, Associate Professor;
Naomi G. Ekdahl, Assistant Professor.

philosophy
Professor Rudd

49. Introduction to Philosophy. A general survey of the persist-
ent problems of life in the light of modern scientific and philosophic
insights. Topics include the origin and nature of the universe, of life,
and of mind; also the nature of religious, ethical and aesthetic values.

Elective for sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or
rec; 3 cr.

50. The Art of Thinking: Logic. A study of the many factors
which determine the quality of human thinking as trustworthy or un-
trustworthy and an effort to discover all of the aids to better thinking
practices.

Prereq. : Philosophy 49. Elective for sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

81. Major Movements in European Philosophy. A selective
study of the most significant systems from Thales to Nietzsche.

Elective for juniors and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

82. Major Systems and Problems of Current Philosophy. A
study of the chief efforts to build integrated world-views in the light
of modern scientific, economic and social changes; and the possibilities
of a constructive synthesis of modern thought patterns.

Prereq.: Philosophy 81 or its equivalent. Elective for
juniors and seniors. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alter-
nate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

83. The Evolution of Social Values and Ethical Judgments.
An outline of the development of biological, psychological and social
capacities which are essential to the appearance of any community val-
ues; a study of the moral significance of early group life; the economic
and cultural factors which shape value systems; the divergent patterns
of moral sentiment in advanced civilizations; and possible standards of
judging folkways and ethical assumptions.

Elective for juniors and seniors. 3 lee or rec; 3 cr.

84. Ethical Problems of Today. An analysis of the factors which
bring personal and social crises in the present generation; and a study
of the ideals, principles and programs which may successfully meet these
problems.

Prereq.: Philosophy 83. Elective for juniors and seniors.
3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

232

PHILOSOPHY AND PSYCHOLOGY

85, 86. The Philosophy and Culture of the Far East. A study
of major movements in the life and thought of eastern Asia.

Elective for juniors and seniors. 3 lec. or rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

87, 88. Seminar: Special Problems in Philosophy.

Elective for seniors with the consent of the instructor.
Credit to be arranged.

PSYCHOLOGY

Associate Professor A. G. Ekdahl; Assistant Professor N. G.

Ekdahl.

Graduate work: For courses primarily for graduate study see catalog
of the graduate school.

21, 22. Elementary Psychology. This course is a study of the
individual personality. It is designed to assist the individual to avoid
unwholesome attitudes and cultivate wholesome ones. Practical helps
will be given in regard to study and vocational and social problems. In
the second semester, the student will learn of the laws and principles of
general elementary psychology, with their applications to everyday
situations. Mr. Ekdahl and Mrs. Ekdahl.

3 lec. or rec; 3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered
in 1938-39.)

25, 26. Applied Psychology. The elementary laws, facts and prin-
ciples of psychology are considered with special reference to the problems
of advertising and selling. In the second semester, psychological prob-
lems relating to general industrial efficiency and personnel are considered.
Mr. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Psychology 21. 3 lec. or rec; 3 cr. (Formerly
given as 55, 56.)

48. Abnormal Psychology. A study of abnormal phenomena such
as the disorders of perception, association, memory, judgment and the
personality. The symptoms of the more common psychoses will be
presented and some mention made of the psychoneuroses. A brief
review of mental defectiveness will also be given. Visits to institu-
tions. Mr. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Psychology 21. 3 lec or rec; 3 cr.

51. Psychology of Childhood and Adolescence. A study of the
normal child and adolescent. The mental processes and emotional re-
actions are studied in order that child and adolescent personality may
be understood. Suitable for those preparing to be teachers, home-
makers, social workers, pediatricians, nurses, school psychologists, and
clinicians. Mrs. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Psychology 21. 3 lec. or rec; 3 cr.

233

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

52. Learning and Measurements. This course is a study of the
learning process of the individual and a survey of measurements of
intelligence and educational achievement. Administration of intelli-
gence tests and construction of informal objective examinations are
projects of the course. Mrs. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Psychology 21. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

7, 58. Experimental Psychology. Standard experiments on sen-
sat Ion, perception, association, imagination, learning and reasoning.
Emphasis will be given toward the development of the proper tech-
nique of psychological investigation. Mr. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: One year of psychology. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

62. Mental Hygiene. A study of the problem individual. Preven-
tion of problems is stressed but detection and simple diagnosis taught.
Ways and means of maintaining a normal mind and re-educating the
individual of distorted attitudes are discussed. Case studies are made
and an instruction trip taken. Suitable for those preparing to be teach-
ers, home-makers, social workers, physicians, nurses, school psycholo-
gists, and clinicians. Mrs. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Psychology 21. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

65. Physiological Psychology. A study of the physiological as-
pects of sensations, perceptions, memory and learning and a consid-
eration of possible correlations between nerve functions and mental
activity. Mr. Ekdahl.

Prereq. : One year of psychology. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

66. Comparative Psychology. A study of psychogenesis begin-
ning with the one-celled animals. Simple experiments in animal
learning. Mr. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: One year of psychology. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

68. Systematic Psychology. A brief survey of the field of theo-
retical psychology. Psychological concepts and theories as developed
by the various modern "schools" of psychology, such as Functionalism,
Behaviorism, Gestalt, and Structuralism, are considered. Mr. Ekdahl.

Preq. : One year of psychology. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

71, 72. Seminar: Special Problems in Psychology. Mr. Ekdahl
and Mrs. Ekdahl.

Prereq.: Two years of psychology. }4 to 3 cr.

234

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR MEN

William H. Cowell, Professor, Director of Athletics; Henry C. Swasey,
Associate Professor; Paul C. Sweet, Assistant Professor; Ernest W.
Christensen, Assistant Professor; Carl Lundholm, Assistant Pro-
fessor; George H. Sauer, Assistant Professor; Charles M. Justice,
Instructor; John J. Conroy, Instructor; Edward J. Blood, Instructor.

Aims — 1. To promote regulated exercise, and to provide an incentive
and opportunity for every student to receive physical recreation.

2. To secure good posture, a uniform development, and a reasonable
amount of bodily skill and grace.

3. To stimulate the habit of exercise.

Requirements. — All men students in the freshman and sophomore
classes are required to complete the prescribed work in physical edu-
cation. All men disqualified from the regular class work in physical
education shall be required to register for work in corrective gymnastics,
unless excused by the university health officer upon recommendation
of the university physician.

The gymnasium suit adopted by the department consists of a gray
cotton sleeveless jersey, gray trunks with blue trimming on leg seams,
white woolen socks, and rubber-soled tennis or basketball shoes. This
suit must be worn at all class exercises in physical education.

The minimum requirement of each semester's work calls for par-
ticipation in some form of approved physical exercise for two periods
weekly for 13 weeks.

Students may elect any scheduled activity desired, either as mem-
bers of an organized athletic squad or as members of regular sections
of an approved activity.

The activities which are offered during the year are baseball, bas-
ketball, cross country, football, hockey, skating, skiing, snowshoeing,
tennis, track, and volley ball.

{Consult "Subject and Room Schedule^' for schedule of approved activi-
ties.)

31, 32. Physical Education. The program for the year consists
of numerous seasonal activities. Students may elect the activity de-
sired. For students physically unfit, corrective gym work will be pre-
scribed.

Required of all freshmen. Work, 2 hrs. ; 14 cr.

235

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

33, 34. Physical Education. The year's program consists of
numerous seasonal activities. Students may elect the activity desired.
For students physically unfit, corrective gym work will be prescribed.

Required of all sophomores. Work, 2 hrs. ; % cr.

COURSES OF TEACHER PREPARATION CURRICULUM

The courses described in the paragraphs which follow are required of
students registered in the university physical education teacher prepara-
tion curriculum for men. Students should consult the curriculum
description which appears on pp. 132, 135.

61. The Teaching of Recreational Activities. This course will
deal with methods and materials of instruction, theories of play and
actual practice for the successful teaching of recreational activities in
school, on the playground and in the community. The course will
include studies of activities adapted to different levels of maturity.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 3 rec; 3 cr.

62. Camp Administration. History of the purposes and practices of
organized camping. Survey of various health and safety requirements
and minimum standards for organized camps including leadership,
water-safety, food, sanitation, motor vehicles, insurance and records.
Activities for camp programs in crafts, athletics, nature study and woods
lore, social programs and creative entertainment. Comparison and
evaluation of methods and results of camp programs. Program planning
for various age and sex groupings according to background and physical
and financial possibilities. Each student who has not already done so
must complete American Red Cross Senior Life Saving Tests as a re-
quirement of this course. It is advisable that students shall have had
some experience in organized camp life.

Prereq.: Zoolog}^ 17, 18. 3 rec; 3 cr.

64. Community Recreation. Survey of the development and
present status of theories of play and its values. Discussion of the
scope of recreation and its place in the education of individuals of all
ages and in the services rendered by organizations. Consideration of
problems facing community recreation leaders such as public attitude
and support, program planning for particular situations, physical facil-
ities, adequate leadership and adaptation to current social changes.
Study of existing agencies of recreation and their methods and accom-
plishments. Supervised participation by each student in planning,
leading, and reviewing recreation programs for a variety of groups.
Study of specific examples from camps, organized athletics. Grange
programs, rural recreation in extension work and other programs in New
Hampshire.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 3 rec; 3 cr. (Not offered in
1938-39. Students are permitted to substitute So-
ciology 38.)

236

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

65. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical
Education Programs in Secondary Schools. To familiarize the stu-
dent with the aims and objectives of health and physical education that are
in keeping with present educational theories and practices. It is to teach
the student how to organize and supervise a complete unified program of
health and physical education including the legal aspects, intra-mural
and interscholastic athletics, medical problems, budgeting, financing,
maintenance of equipment, publicity programs and office management.
Each student will be given an opportunity to serve on a committee to
draw up an original program of health and physical education in a
theoretical or actual situation found in some secondary school.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18, P.E. 61 and P.E. 62 or 64, and two
courses in the coaching of sports. These last may be
taken concurrently. 3 rec; 3 cr.

courses in problems of coaching

38. Winter Sports. Instruction and practice in ski jumping, down-
hill, slalom and cross country skiing and snowshoeing. Instruction in
conditioning of men, waxing of skis and selection and care of equipment.
A study of the organization and management of winter carnivals and
other competitions. Special emphasis on methods of teaching skiing.

2 rec; 2 cr.

45. Football. A history of football with consideration of its educa-
tional implications and an analysis of the various systems of play.
Instruction in team and individual offensive and defensive fundamentals.
Students will become thoroughly acquainted with the rules, theory,
strategy, generalship of team play and the responsibiUties of the coach
for the physical welfare of the team.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 2 rec; 2 cr.

46. Baseball. Theoretical and practical consideration of the basic
principles of batting and fielding. A careful study of the fundamentals
of each position. Special stress on problems involving team pla\s
coaching methods, physical conditioning and rules. A history of the
game with a consideration of its educational values.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 2 rec; 2 cr.

47. Track and Field Athletics. Instruction and practical dem-
onstrations in starting, sprinting, middle distance and distance running,
relay racing, hurdling, high and broad jumping, pole vaulting, shot put-
ting, discus, hammer and javelin throwing. Practical instruction on
methods of preparing contestants for the various events.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 2 rec; 2 cr.

48. Basketball. History of basketball with a consideration of its
educational values. Theory and practice in the fundamentals of
individual offense and defense. A study of the various styles of team

237

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

offense and defense and rules of the game. Problems in handling
and conditioning a team.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. 2 rec; 2 cr.

courses in supervised coaching

Education- Physical Education (ed-p.e.) 93 (93). Directed
Teaching in Physical Education on the Campus. An opportunity
under the supervision of the physical education staff, to handle required
physical education activities and to coach class teams.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18. P.E. 61 and P.E. 62 or 64. The
student must have completed the methods course in the
sport which he is directing or take the course concurrently.
2 to 4 cr.

Education-Physical Education (ed-p.e.) 94. Supervised Teach-
ing IN Physical Education in the Field. The course provides an
opportunity under joint supervision of the physical education and
education departments, to coach athletics in secondary schools and to
assist in supervising a recreational program.

Prereq.: Zoology 17, 18; P.E. 61, 65 and P.E. 62 or 64,
methods courses in those sports in which the student
intends to become actively engaged. 2 to 4 cr.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN

Margaret R. Hoban, Assistant Professor ajid Director; Marion
Beckwith, Instructor; Nell W. Evans, Instructor; Dorothy Pierce,

Gradimte Assistant.

Requirements. Freshman women are required to take Physical
Education 1, 2. Every woman student must take at least one course
of physical activity each semester of her freshman, sophomore, and
junior years. One additional activity each semester, or a physical
education theory course each year, may be elected for credit. Except
in special cases, the same activity shall not be credited more than twice.

Zoology, psychology, and education are related departments. Certain
courses in these departments will be accepted for the completion of a
major.

Each student must, upon entering, have a physical examination by
the university physician and a posture test by the physical education
staff. Semester activities elected by students are approved by the de-
partment on the basis of the results of these examinations. Students
unfit for active physical education are assigned theoretical work in
hygiene.

Objectives. To encourage wholesome recreational activities; to
establish fundamental health habits; to maintain a balance between
mental and physical development.

238

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR WOMEN

Required Costume. White step-in blouse, New Hampshire blue
tunic, blue ankle-length hose, and regulation gymnasium shoes.

I, 2. Physical Education. A study of the art of healthful living.
Problems of health, personal appearance, conduct, and personality will
be discussed. In addition, practical work in physical education will
be scheduled as follows:

First semester. Hockey, soccer, tennis, archery, basketball, formal
gymnastics, informal gymnastics, folk dancing. (Consult course time
and room schedule for combinations of the above courses according
to season of the year.) Individual gymnastics continues throughout
the semester and is required of each freshman whose physical condition
indicates this need.

Second semester. Informal gymnastics, formal gymnastics, basket-
ball, archery, tennis, baseball, lacrosse. (Consult course time and
room schedule for combinations of the above courses according to
season of the year.) Individual gymnastics continues throughout the
sem.ester and is required of each freshman whose physical condition
indicates the need.

Required of all freshmen. 1 lee. or rec; 2 lab. periods;
2 cr.

II, 12. Physical Education. Elective courses open to freshmen
may be chosen from the list under Physical Education 3, 4.

2 periods; 1 cr.

3, 4. Physical Education. First semester. Archery, tennis, hockey,
soccer, bowling, formal gymnastics, fencing, basketball. (Consult
course time and room schedule for combinations of the above courses).
Tap dancing, modern dancing, individual gymnastics. (These activities
continue throughout the semester.)

Second semester. Informal gymnastics, fencing, tap dancing, bowling,
winter sports, archery, tennis, lacrosse, baseball, golf. (Consult course
time and room schedule for combinations of the above courses according
to season of the year.) Dancing, individual gymnastics. (These
courses continue throughout the semester.)

Required of sophomores. 2 periods; 1 cr.

13, 14. Physical Education. Elect semester courses from the list
under Physical Education 3, 4.

Open to sophomores. 2 perfods; 1 cr.

5, 6. Physical Education. Elect semester courses from the list
under Physical Education 3, 4.

Required of juniors. 2 periods; 1 cr.

IS, 16. Physical Education. Elect semester courses from the list
under Physical Education 3, 4.

Open to juniors. 2 periods; 1 cr.

239

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

7, 8. Physical Education. Elect semester courses from the list
under Physical Education 3, 4. Seniors majoring in this department are
expected to elect this course.

Open to seniors. 2 periods; 1 cr.

17, 18. Physical Education. Elect semester courses from the list
under Physical Education 3, 4. Seniors majoring in this department
are expected to elect this course.

2 periods; 1 cr.

In addition to the regulation costume required of all students, the
following regulations and approximate prices should be noted : students
are required to furnish their own individual equipment for such activities
as tennis, tap dancing, modern dancing, individual gymnastics, winter
sports. For bowling there is a charge of 20 cents a class.

major courses

Students majoring in physical education are expected to take the
courses listed below. Women students from other departments may,
however, elect any of these courses provided they have the proper
prerequisites.

19. Introduction TO Physical Education. A study of the history
of physical education and the factors which have influenced the physical
life of nations. Miss Hoban.

2 lee; 2 cr,

21, 22. Play and Recreational Leadership. This course includes
the theories of play, the place of play in education; administration
and organization of play, leadership of play and recreation, hobbies,
camping, pageantry, dancing, and leisure time activities. For those
who intend to do playground, summer camp, or community recreation
work. Miss Hoban.

3 lee; 3 cr.

31, 32. The Theory and Coaching of Athletics. A detailed
study of the principles involved in the teaching of team games and
individual sports. Emphasis will be placed on coaching methods and
officiating. Miss Evans, Miss Beckwith.

1 lee. or rec; 4 lab.; 2 cr.

41, 42. Remedial Gymnastics and Massage. This course deals
with the adaptation of exercise to individual needs; physical abnor-
malities and their corrections; theory and practice of massage. Miss
Hoban.

Prereq.: Zoology 1, 2; 3, 4. 41 prerequisite for 42.

2 lee. or rec; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

240

PHYSICS

(P-E) 91, 92. Problems in the Teaching of Physical Education
FOR Women and Supervised Teaching. The course is devoted to the
organization of a comprehensive program of activities from the primary
grades through college. Opportunity will be given for supervised teach-
ing in the grades and high school. Miss Hoban.

3 lee. or rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

PHYSICS

Horace L. Howes, Professor; Clement Moran, Associate Professor;
Raymond R. Starke, Assistant Professor; William H. Hartwell,
Assistant Professor; Irving H. Solt, Assistant Professor; Harold I.

Leavitt, Instructor.

The department of physics is housed in the west end of DeMeritt
hall. In the basement are located the introductory physics laboratory
with apparatus room, an electrical measurements laboratory, a switch-
board hall, a storage room and a suite of dark rooms to accommodate
students in photography. On the first floor are located the general
physics laboratory and apparatus room, a recitation room and the
department office. On the second floor is located the lecture room,
with adjoining apparatus room.

Instruction in physics is given primarily by recitations and laboratories,
with frequent lectures, examinations, written reports and personal
conferences. The aim of the department is to develop student minds
capable of doing independent thinking in the science of physics. There
is a small but well chosen collection of apparatus for use in laboratories
and lectures.

1, 2. Introductory Physics. The properties of matter, heat,
magnetism, electricity, wave-motion, sound and light. The course
includes experimental lectures and laboratory exercises in addition to
recitations from Black's College Physics. Mr. Moran, Mr. Starke, Mr.
Hartwell, Mr. Solt, and Mr. Leavitt.

Required of students in agriculture. Elective for liberal
arts students. 1 lee; 2 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

3, 4. Physics for Architects. An introductory course in which
attention is given to stresses in solids, pressure in fluids, transmission of
heat, distribution of illumination, acoustics, etc. Lectures, recitations,
problem work and experiments. A knowledge of high school algebra
and geometry is presupposed. Mr. Leavitt.

Required of sophomores in architecture. Elective for
liberal arts students. 1 lee; 2 rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

5, 6. Pre-Medical Physics. A course in the general principles of
physics with attention to the needs of the students in preparation for
medical work, such as the presentation of data in graphical form, also the
handling of electrical apparatus. Mr. Starke and Mr. Hartwell.

241

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Open only to juniors and seniors in the pre-medical cur-
riculum. 3 rec; one 3-hour lab.; conferences; 5 cr.

7, 8. General Physics. Mechanics and properties of matter; heat;
selected topics in sound and light; electricity and magnetism; from
Duff's "Physics for Students of Engineering Science." Mr. Howes,
Mr. Moran, Mr. Starke, Mr. Hartwell, Mr. Solt, and Mr. Leavitt.

Prereq.: Mathematics 3 or 6 in advance, and mathematics
7, 8 either in parallel or as a prereq. Physics 7 prerequisite
for 8. Required of sophomores in chemical, civil, electrical
and mechanical curricula. Elective for those liberal arts
students who have passed 1, 2 and have the prerequisites
in mathematics. 1 experimental lee; 3 rec; 1 problem
hour;4cr.

9. General Physics Laboratory. Open only to those students who
are studying physics 7, or who have previously obtained credit for
physics 7. Experiments in mechanics and properties of matter, with
report writing and curve plotting of data. The reports are carefully
criticized by the department and corrected by the student. Apprecia-
tion of the laws of physical science; the development of laboratory
technique, and the estimation of the limitations of scientific experimen-
tation are the aims. Mr. Howes, Mr. Hartwell, Mr. Solt, and Mr.
Leavitt.

Prereq.: The same as those for physics 7, 8. Required of
sophomores in chemical, civil, electrical and mechanical
curricula. Elective for liberal arts students under the
same conditions as specified for physics 7. 2 lab.; 3 cr.

10. General Physics Laboratory. A continuation of physics 9
to include experiments in heat, sound, light, electricity and magnetism.

Prereq.: Physics 7 and 9. Physics 8 in parallel or as a
prerequisite. Required of students in chemical, civil,
mechanical and electrical curricula. Elective for liberal
arts students. 2 lab.; 3 cr.

14. Elementary Optics and Photography. The fundamental
principles of geometric optics as applied to photographic instruments.
Laboratory work includes a study of focal planes, images, and other
properties of lenses, together with the making of photographs. Students
will furnish their supplies, which will cost approximately $2.00. Mr.
Moran.

Prereq.: Physics 2, or 8. Course not open to freshmen.
1 lee; 1 rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

51. Theory of Electrons. A brief study of the theory of electricity
to include the passage of a current through a gas, the mobility of ions,
the determination of charge and mass of the electron, ionization by
collision, the corona discharge, cathode rays, positive rays, thermionic
emission, photo-electricity, and X-rays. Mr. Howes.

242

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Prereq.: Physics 7, 8; mathematics 7, 8. Required of
seniors in electrical engineering curriculum. Open to
juniors or seniors in liberal arts on the same conditions.
2 lec; 2 cr.

52. Electrical Measurements. Experiments on the use of precision
potentiometers, the constants of sensitive galvanometers, time tests of
batteries, low resistance by the Kelvin double bridge, high resistance by
the method of leakage, the use of alternating current bridges for meas-
uring capacity, self and mutual inductance and frequency, the character-
istics of various types of photo-electric cells, and the Millikan oil-drop
experiment. Mr. Moran.

Prereq.: Physics 8 and 10. Required of students in
electrical engineering and chemistry. 1 lec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

54. Acoustics. An elementary course in the principles of sound
origins, propagation, and reception. The course consists of lectures and
recitations based on Sound by Watson. Mr. Howes.

Elective for students who have passed physics 2 or 8.
3 lec; 3 cr.

POLITICAL SCIENCE
Thorsten Kalijarvi, Professor; Irving R. Hobby, Instructor.

Courses in this department aim at giving the student a foundation of
political science which should not only serve the purpose of general
culture, but also prepare for more intensive work in fields of special-
ized study, such as law, teaching, politics, government service, and
social work. Students are urged to supplement their political science
with other courses especially English, economics, history, and sociology.

1, 2. Citizenship. The chief aims of this course are: to acquaint
the student with what it means to live in present-day society; to make
him aware of the political and social institutions by which he is controlled ;
to develop in him an independent and informed attitude on vital
political questions; to consider problems of political expression, public
opinion, the history, membership, structure and aims of organizations
exerting political pressure, nominations, and elections, political democ-
racy, and the meaning of the state. . Tolerance and the scientific ap-
proach toward views differing from the student's own will be stressed.
The first semester will consider man in his political environment, the
principles which obtain therein, and the ways in which man is politically
conditioned by all kinds of forces, especially physical, economic, and
social. The latter part of the first semester and all of the second will
be devoted to current political situations and problems. Mr. Kalijarvi
and Mr. Hobby.

3 lec. or rec ; 3 cr.

243

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

3, 4. American Government. A discussion of the work and organ-
ization of federal, state, and local government, and political parties in
the United States. Emphasis will be placed upon the functional rela-
tions between the several branches of government, and between political
organizations and governmental policies. Mr. Hobby.

Prereq. : 3 prerequisite for 4. Open to sophomores, juniors,
and seniors. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

5, 6. European Governments. A survey of the character, form
and political practices of contemporary foreign governments. Some
attention will be given to contemporary movements and developments.
A comparison of the organs of governments as they are observed in
action or as they may be evaluated in theory. Mr. Hobby.

Open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. 3 lee. or rec;
3 cr.

7, 8. International Law. The study of the law governing the
relations of states, consisting primarily of discussions supplemented by
the preparation of hypothetical cases. Mr. Kalijarvi.

Prereq. : One semester's work in political science. 7 pre-
requisite for 8. Junior course. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr,

51. Constitutional Law. The case study of the constitutional
development of the United States in terms of supreme, federal, and
state court decisions. Mr. Kalijarvi.

Prereq.: One year's work in political science. Junior
course. 3 lee or rec. ; 3 cr.

52. Introduction to Jurisprudence. A study of the generalized
principles of law and legal institutions. A survey of the law as an
institution of social and political control. Discussion and lecture.
Mr. Kalijarvi.

Prereq.: Political science 7 or 8 or 51. 3 lec. or rec;
3 cr. (Given in alternate years; not offered in 1938-39.)

53,54. Political Theory. A reading course in the classics of political
thought, including one important work of Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli,
Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Burke, Paine, Adam Smith, Ricardo, Ben-
tham, Marx, and of others as time will permit. An effort will be made to
analyze the political philosophy of the several 19th century schools, and
to give the student a philosophical approach to modern political prob-
lems. Mr. Hobby.

Prereq.: Two years' work in political science. Senior
course. 3 lec. or rec. ; 3 cr.

55, 56. International Relations and World Government. A
study of the forms of international organizations and world politics.
This course deals with the rise of the modern nations and their relation

244

POULTRY HUSBx^NDRY

to each other. Special effort is made to acquaint the student with the
international world in which he is living. Mr. Kalijarvi.

Prereq.: Two years' work in political science. Open to
seniors majoring in history and economics. 3 lee. or rec. ;
3 cr.

58. Public Administration. Government on its practical side calls
for a knowledge of the administration of modern states. Some of the
subjects which this course will consider are: administrative law; public
relations; personnel; financial administration; governmental reporting;
staff functions; public heahh; welfare; judicial administration; conserva-
tion of natural resources; government in business; government promo-
tion of commerce and industry; and the construction of public works.
Mr. Hobby.

Prereq.: Political Science 3, 4 or to juniors and seniors who
are taking Political Science 3, 4. 3 lee. or 3 rec; 3 cr.
(Given in alternate years; offered in 1938-39.)

59. The Government of the State of New Hampshire. (See
page 182.)

60. The Contemporary American Political Scene. (See oaee

182.) ^ ^

9, 10. Seminar. Papers will be prepared on assigned topics, and
reports made under the guidance of the head of the department. Mr.
Kalijarvi.

Prereq. : 9 prerequisite for 10. For majors who have com-
pleted two years' work in political science. ^ to 4 cr.

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

T. Burr Charles, Professor; Carl L. Martin, Assistant Professor;
Charles A. Bottorff, Assistant Professor; Albert E. Tepper,

Instructor.

1. Farm Poultry. A course devoted to a study of the general
principles of poultry husbandry and their practical applications. Em-
phasis is'.placed on factors of culling, breeding, housing, feeding, market-
ing, diseases and parasites, incubation and management. Mr. Charles.

Recommended elective for freshmen in agriculture. 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

3, 4. Poultry Problems. Students make a study of various selected
pouhry problems, compiling and presenting such accurate and detailed
information as will add materially to their fund of knowledge. Mr.
Charles, Mr. Martin.

Required of certain seniors in poultry husbandry. Hours
to be arranged. 1 cr.

245

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

6. Poultry Breeding. A study of the genetic principles involved
in breeding for egg production, including practical application and
demonstration. Mr. Charles.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of all juniors in
poultry. Elective for others. 2 lee; 2 cr.

7. Poultry Breeds and Judging. The origin, history and classi-
fication of breeds. Theory and practice in judging fowls for egg pro-
duction and exhibition. Students interested in intercollegiate poultry
judging should elect this course. Mr. Tepper.

Required of juniors in poultry. Elective for others. 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

8. Incubation and Brooding. A study of the principles involved
in incubation and brooding of poultry; embryonic development. Stu-
dents individually operate incubators and care for groups of chicks.
Mr. Charles.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of seniors in
poultry. Elective for others. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

9. Poultry Marketing. The preparation of poultry and eggs for
market. A study of egg qualities and grades, candling and packaging;
study of egg and poultry market conditions; practical instruction in
killing, picking, dressing and similar operations. Mr. Tepper.

Required of all seniors in poultry. Elective for others.
2 iec; 2 cr.

10. Poultry Feeding. A study of the principles of feeding; analy-
sis of recent experimental work and current feed problems. Each
student will care for a group of birds for several weeks for practical
observation and collection of data. Mr. Tepper.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of seniors in
poultry. Elective for others. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

11. Poultry for Teachers. This course is designed to give to
teacher preparation students the information which they will need in
teaching courses in poultry in secondary schools. Open to teacher
preparation students only. Mr. Tepper.

Hours to be arranged. 2 cr.

'o^

12. Poultry Housing. Design and construction of poultry houses
and equipment. Study of plans; costs of materials; management prin-
ciples. Mr. Tepper.

Required of certain seniors in poultry. Elective for
others. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

13. Polt:.try Management. The application of successful business
principles to poultry farming; study of surveys and production costs.

246

SOCIOLOGY

As a part of the laboratory work, a detailed "three year" development
plan of a poultry farm will be studied. Mr. Charles.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of juniors in
poultry. Elective for others. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

14. Poultry Practice. This course is designed to give the student
practical work at the university poultry plant in the hatching, rearing
and care of chickens. Mr. Charles.

Required of all juniors in poultry. Ten hours of practical
work, 4 cr. (Note: By permission of the department,
students who have had previous practical poultry expe-
rience may substitute 4 semester credits of electives for this
course.)

15. Poultry Diseases. A study of the anatomy of the fowl and
poultry diseases and parasites encountered in poultry practice. Lec-
tures and laboratories for discussion of methods of prevention and
control. Mr. Bottorff.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of all seniors
in poultry. Elective for others. 3 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 4 cr.

17, 18. Poultry Seminar. A consideration of experimental data
on all phases of poultry husbandry. Students abstract and report on
various current poultry topics. A thesis will be required. Mr. Charles.

Prereq.: Poultry husbandry 1. Required of all seniors in
poultry husbandry. Elective for others. 1 hour confer-
ence; 1 cr.

SOCIOLOGY
Charles W. Coulter, Professor; Joseph E. Bachelder, Jr., Instructor.

It is the aim of the department: (1) to develop in the student an
understanding of the society in which he lives — its laws, processes,
institutions and organizations, so that he may effectively function as a
unit in the social order; (2) to provide for pre-professional and limited
professional training in the methods and techniques of social work; (3)
to provide a professional background for students preparing to teach
sociology in secondary schools.

Requirements for a major in sociplogy — 24 semester credits with a
grade of 75 or better. Students electing a major are expected to include
Principles of Sociology 1 ; Social Psychology 2 ; Methods of Social Prog-
ress 84, or Methods of Social Research 75 ; and at least 6 semester credits
(depending on field of interest) of specified work in one or more of the
following correlated departments: economics, political science, history,
psychology, home economics or zoology.

1. Principles of Sociology, A comprehensive study of the under-
lying laws of human society, especially those governing the origin.

247

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

growth and decline of institutions; group relationships to biological and
geographic environments; social processes such as conflict, competition,
imitation, accommodation, cooperation, assimilation and differentiation;
societal isolation; culture, its organization, content, location and forma-
tion; social institutions including the familial, religious, economic, edu-
cational, recreational and political; social change with its attendant
maladjustments, and social control. Mr. Bachelder.

3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

2. Social Psychology. An analysis of the social aspects of person-
ality, of the process whereby the individual's impulses are defined by
the cultural patterns of the group, of the processes by which one ac-
quires the social world in which he lives, and of the factors which deter-
mine attitudes, wishes, habit systems, one's conception of himself and
his social role. A critical discussion of the methods utilized at present
for the study of human nature introduces the course. Mr. Coulter.

3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

53. Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology. This course in-
cludes: (a) a comparative study of primitive folk- ways, institutions
and social organization, marriage, economic activities, religion, prop-
erty inheritance and folklore; an examination of the factors affecting
culture and the principles of its development; a consideration of the
significance of primitive culture for an understanding of contemporary
civilization, (b) A comparative study of peoples; environmental fac-
tors; societal effect of invasion, colonization, and linguistic fusions; race
and class struggles; jingoism; race relations in mid-European territory
and in the Far East; the problem of world peace. Mr. Coulter.

Prereq. : Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission. 3 lee.
or rec; 3 cr.

54. The Immigrant and the Negro. An investigation of negro
and immigrant heritage with special reference to the problems of assimi-
lation and Americanization. Attention is directed to intensive study of
selected groups, the Negro, the Jew, the Italian, the Pole, the Greek,
the French-Canadian, and the Japanese. Mr. Coulter.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission.
3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

57. Rural Sociology. A study of the foundation materials of rural
life; the physical setting — land, land-policies, land-tenure; land-eco-
nomics; farm and village population — its composition, its changes; the
income basis of rural life, the standard of living; rural habits, attitudes;
rural groupings, arrangements, the mechanisms of communication and
social control; a study of rural institutions with respect to welfare,
sociability, education and religion. Mr. Bachelder.

Prereq. : Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission. 3 lee.
or rec. ; 3 cr.

248

SOCIOLOGY

60. Urban Sociology. A study of the changes in community life
that have come with the shift of population from rural districts to the
city; the factors involved in the rapid growth of cities since 1800; physi-
cal structure of the city, processes of internal growth; the segregation
which makes of the city a mosaic of distinct cultural worlds; increase in
mobility which multiplies social stimuli; typical areas within the city —
foreign colonies, rooming house districts, apartment and hotel areas,
outlying areas of homes; the effect of the city upon community life, the
family, church, school, unorganized group behavior, attitudes and life
organization of the person. Mr. Bachelder.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

61. Social Pathology. A survey of personal, institutional and
community disorganization. A study of the social factors involved in
alcoholism, drug addiction, prostitution, poverty, vagrancy, juvenile
and adult delinquency, divorce and desertion; and instances of the
break-down of public opinion, and of community, family, religious and
legal sanctions as forces for social control. A consideration of remedial
measures based upon a discussion of human nature and the physical
conditions of modern life. Especially recommended for pre-medical,
pre-legal, and other students who will be handling social variants in the
field of their professions. Mr. Bachelder.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

62. Community Organization. A study of town and country com-
munity organization with respect to natural and interest groupings and
with respect to relationships between town and country; the survey;
methods of analyzing problems of community organization ; methods of
utilizing institutions and equipment in the development of programs and
organizations for health, recreation, general welfare and control. Mr.
Bachelder.

Prereq. : Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission. 3 lee.
or rec; 3 cr.

71. Crime and Its Social Treatment. A brief presentation of the
increase and extent and more popular theories of crime: delinquency,
juvenile and adult. Case studies of disorders of conduct and of the
criminal behavior of individual delinquents with special reference to the
influence of family and neighborhood environments; typical social
situations and their influence upon specific types of delinquencies; pro-
grams for the social treatment of crime, the reorganization of reform-
atory institutions, classification of offenders for separate treatment,
the "honor system," limited self-government, parole and probation,
and the juvenile court as agencies for the prevention of delinquency.
Mr. Coulter.

Prereq. : Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission. 3 lee
or rec. ; 3 cr.

249

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

72. The Family. The rise of the marriage institution and the
family. Modern problems of the family: divorce, desertion, changing
status of women, child welfare, child labor laws, and related problems.
Mr. Coulter.

Prereq. : Sociology 1 and 2, or by special permission. 3 lee.
or rec. ; 3 cr.

75. Methods of Social Research. A study of the methods of
science and research, the prospects of the social sciences, and the appli-
cation of the historical, survey, statistical and case methods to social
data. Emphasis is also given to the procedure involved in making
social studies, i.e., the use of bibliography, definition and selection of the
problem, determination of the data needed, collection and arrangement
of the data for presentation and exposition. Mr. Bachelder.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec.; 3 cr.

76. Principles of Social Case Work. An analysis of the present
trend in family case work; consideration of the techniques of interview-
ing, diagnosis, treatment and case recording; the significance of present
day relief practices. Mr. Bachelder.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec.; 3 cr.

84. Methods of Social Progress. A study of efforts to improve
social conditions and attain a larger measure of social justice. Com-
munity experiments. The development of modern social legislation.
The application of the principles of insurance to social problems. Vari-
ous forms of mutual aid and of philanthropy. Endowments and special
foundations. Mr. Coulter.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

87. The Church in American Society. Contemporary organiza-
tions for worship in the community, their correlation, functions, and
problems. The rise of the Church and its relation to labor, the state,
school, social welfare agencies; significance to the community of its
organization and financing. Church federation and union. Mr.
Coulter.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr. (Not
offered in 1938-39.)

88. Recreation and Leisure. Problems arising from the increase
of leisure time in modern society; typical leisure time activities; theo-
ries of play; practical training programs in recreation.

A study of the function of leadership in this connection; analysis of
types and qualities of leadership as exhibited by typical leaders; a con-
sideration of the material and program of leadership training. Mr.
Bachelder.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

250

ZOOLOGY

89, 90. Development of Sociological Thought. The history of
sociological thought, with special reference to the writings of Comte,
Spencer, and the later writers of the nineteenth century; a comparison
of contemporary sociological systems. Mr. Coulter.

Prereq.: Sociology 1 and 2. 89 prerequisite for 90. 3 lee.
or rec; 3 cr. (Not offered in 1938-39.)

95, 96. Sociological Research. A seminar for conference and
reports on research projects arranged for graduates and seniors who have
completed major work in sociology. General topic first semester, social
control; second semester, social legislation. Mr. Coulter and Mr. Bach-
elder.

Prereq.: Sociology 75 and 84. 3 meetings; 3 cr.

97, 98. Social Service and Field Work. A course designed to
give the student practical experience in social work. Field work is done
in connection with neighboring social agencies, and is supplemented by
readings, lectures and conferences. Mr. Coulter.

Prereq.: Sociology 76. The course may be taken during
the college year for 3 credits each semester, or during the
summer in connection with certain approved settlements,
correctional institutions, or case work agencies. Eight
weeks' summer residence with an agency is required, for
which a maximum of 6 credits is given.

ZOOLOGY

C. Floyd Jackson, Professor; Alma D. Jackson, Associate Professor;
Edythe T. Richardson, Assistant Professor; Lloyd C. Fogg, Assistant
Professor; Earl E. Hoover, Assistant Professor; Ruth E. Thompson,
Instructor; Eleanor L. Sheehan, Instructor; W. Robert Eadie, In-
structor; C. Dorothy Calnan, Assistant; Russell P. Hager, Graduate

Assistant.

The University is favorably situated geographically for the study of
zoology. Within a few minutes' walk of the laboratory, the Oyster
river meets the tide water from Great bay. This furnishes a gradua-
tion of salt, brackish and fresh water with an abundance of their char-
acteristic fauna. On the other hand, there are numerous bodies of
fresh water, with typical fresh water forms.

The department of zoology is prepared to offer courses in systematic
zoology, physiology, sanitation, philosophical zoology, and anatomical
zoology.

The equipment for the work in systematic zoology'- consists of a
well-lighted laboratory, provided with tables, charts, dissecting and
compound microscopes. All of the latest books and periodicals on
systematic zoology are at the student's disposal.

The proximity to both salt and fresh water renders the work in
advanced systematic zoology unusually attractive. In addition to the

251

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

regular collecting equipment, nets, aquaria, etc., advanced students
also have the use of rowboats and a gasoline launch.

In the work in physiology, hygiene and sanitation, the department
is provided with an unusually fine collection of injected preparations
of the human body, and with numerous charts.

For work in evolution and experimental zoology the department has
a very complete library. Studies in ecology in Great bay and vicinity
are encouraged, for which purpose the students have the use of camera
equipment. In addition to the study of evolution under natural con-
ditions the department also furnishes aquaria for laboratory study and
experiments.

The work in anatomical zoology is greatly facilitated by an abundance
of fresh material which may be collected as needed. For the study
of human and comparative anatomy a full set of skeletons and pre-
served material is provided. Students interested in histology have access
to a private collection of some two thousand microscope slides.

Students majoring in zoology will ordinarily find it desirable to
elect courses in botany and chemistry. If the objective is the teaching
of biology, a combined major in botany and zoology will be allowed.
Such students should complete the freshman courses in these subjects
as early in their curricula as possible.

Students planning to fi)l pre-medical requirements should consult the
pre-medical curriculum. Students interested in dentistry may elect a
modified pre-medical curriculum.

1, 2. Principles of Zoology. An elementary study of the princi-
ples of life, its development, structural basis and physiological activity.
The course is continuous throughout the year. This course is intended
to give a practical knowledge of animal life, and is required of all pre-
medical students and others intending to major in the department of
zoology. Mr. Jackson, Miss Thompson, Miss Sheehan, Mr. Eadie, Mr.
Fogg, Mrs. Richardson, Miss Calnan.

Prereq.: 1 prerequisite for 2. Freshman course. 3 lee.
or rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

3, 4. Hygiene and Sanitation. A detailed study of the principles
of health preservation. The course deals with hygiene of digestion,
muscular hygiene, neural hygiene, and various other important physi-
ological processes affecting health. The latter half of the work is
devoted to a study of food, water, and general sanitation, and the con-
trol of bacterial disease. The course is continuous throughout the year.
Mr. Fogg.

Prereq.: One year of zoology. 3 prerequisite for 4. 3 lee.
or rec. ; 3 cr.

5, 6. Evolution and Eugenics. Lectures and assignments dealing
with the various problems of evolution and their relation to human
life. Evidence of man's origin based on anatomical, embryonic, and

252

ZOOLOGY

paleontological data will be discussed. This will be followed by a con-
sideration of the chief problems of eugenics. Miss Thompson.

Prereq. : Two years of zoology. 5 prerequisite for 6. 3 lee.
or rec; 3 cr.

7, 8. Vertebrate Field Zoology. A study of general ecological
principles as applied to vertebrate animals. Types of habitats with the
characteristic vertebrate associations occurring in each, and the relation
of the animals to the environment will be considered. This is a non-
technical course particularly adapted for those interested in outdoor life.
Mr. Jackson and Mr. Eadie.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor. 7 prerequisite for
8. 2 lee. or dis.; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

9, 10. Field Equipment and Technique. The organization and
use of field equipment for zoological study and for recreational purposes.
A consideration of the equipment necessary for the collection of scientific
data, and the clothing and supplies needed for general out-of-door life.
Packs and transportation by canoe, and the handling and driving of
sled dogs and their use for sport or scientific field work. The course
parallels the work in field zoology (Zoology 7, 8) and is adapted for
students interested in fish and game management or other phases of
economic zoology as well as those interested in outdoor recreation. Mr.
Jackson.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor. 1 lee, rec. or lab.;
1 cr.

15, 16. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. A compara-
tive study of the anatomy of vertebrate animals, illustrating the evolu-
tion of the organs and systems in the mammals. Selected vertebrate
types are dissected in the laboratory. Mr. Eadie.

Prereq.: Zoology 2. 15 prerequisite for 16. Sophomore
course. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

17, 18. Human Anatomy and Physiology. A survey of the struc-
ture and function of the human body, with a detailed study of the
different systems. Collateral readings, written reports and conferences
required. Mrs. Richardson.

Prereq.: Zoology 2. 17 prerequisite for 18. 3 lee; 3 cr.
(3 lee; 1 lab.; 4 cr. — for majors in physical education for
women and men in Physical Education Teacher Prepara-
tion curriculum.)

ADVANCED COURSES

51, 52. Invertebrate Zoology. A study of the structure, habits,
and ecological relationships of the different groups of invertebrate
animals.

253

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Given at the Isles of Shoals marine laboratory during the
summer session.

53. 54. Histology. A study of the microscopical anatomy of the
human body. The slides used in the laboratory are correlated with the
class work. The course is of special value to pre-medical students and
majors in zoology. Mrs. Jackson and Mr. Hager.

Prereq.: Two years' work in zoology and permission of the
instructor. 53 prerequisite for 54. 3 lee. or rec; 1 lab.;
4 cr.

55, 56, Embryology. The study of t3'pe forms illustrating the fun-
damental principles of the embryonic development of animals. The
course is of special value to pre-medical students and majors in zoology.
Mr. Fogg and Mr. Hager.

Prereq. : Three years' work in zoology and permission of the
instructor. 55 prerequisite for 56. 3 lee. or rec; 1 lab.;
4 cr.

57, 58. Laboratory Technique. A general laboratory course in
the methods used in the preparation of zoological material, micro-
scope slides, mounting embryos, making serial sections, etc. Will be
adapted to individual needs as far as possible. Mrs. Jackson.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor. 57 prerequisite for
58. 1 lee; 2 lab.; 3 cr.

59, 60. Advanced Physiology. An advanced study of human phys-
iology with special emphasis on nutrition, circulation, respiration,
excretion and secretion. The work will consist of lectures, assigned
topics and laboratory experiments. Mrs. Richardson and Mr. Eadie.

Prereq.: Two years' work in zoology. 59 prerequisite for
60. 3 lee. or rec.; 3 cr. (3 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr., by per-
mission of the instructor.)

61, 62. Cytology and Genetics. A detailed study of the cell, in-
cluding morphology, the chemical and physical nature of protoplasm,
mitosis, meiosis, syngamy, and related phenomena leading up to the
physical basis of inheritance and the study of Mendel's laws, the ex-
pression and interaction of the genes, linkage, sex and its inheritance,
the inheritance of quantitative characters, and the types and causes
of variations. Mrs. Richardson.

Prereq.: Two years' work in zoology. 61 prerequisite for
62. 3 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr. (Given in alternate years;
offered in 1938-39.)

63, 64. Neurology. A comparative study of the nervous systems
of the lower animals and a detailed study of the morphology, physiol-
ogy, and histology of the human nervous system. This subject is
intended to give a practical knowledge of the nervous system and its
operation. Mrs. Richardson and Mr. Eadie.

254

ZOOLOGY

Prereq.: two 3'ears' work in zoology. 63 prerequisite for
64. 3 lee. or rec: 1 lab.; 4 cr. (Given in alternate years;
not offered in 1938-39.)

Biology-Education (bi-ed) 91. Problems in the Teaching of
High School Biology. Materials and methods in presenting the sub-
ject of biology in secondary schools and introductory college courses
will be discussed. There will also be a general survey of the field of
biology for the purpose of correlating the various lines of work pre-
viously studied.

Given at the Isles of Shoals marine laboratory during the
summer session.

Education-Zoology (ed-zool) 93, 94. Supervised Teaching in
Zoology. Qualified students will be allowed to teach under super-
vision in the freshman laboratory. The course will include a review of
general zoology and will be an introduction to teaching for zoology
students. Students planning to teach biology should supplement this
course with similar work in the department of botany. Students who
desire to take supervised teaching in high schools may elect 94 as 6
credits under the usual regulations of the department of education.
Miss Sheehan.

Prereq.: Senior standing and the permission of the instruc-
tor. 1 lee. or rec; 1 or 2 lab.; 2 or 3 cr.

95, 96. Problems of Conservation Research. A problems course
open to advanced students or students who show unusual promise in
the field of research. Problems will be available in all phases of con-
servation work and specifically in applied chemistry, zoology, ecology,
genetics, limnology and silviculture. The nature of the problems will be
determined by the need of the New Hampshire fish and game depart-
ment for research in various fields and the background and interests of
individual students. Mr. Hoover.

Prereq.: Permission of the instructor. 1 conference, 2
lab. ; 4 cr.

97, 98. Special Problems and Seminar. Seminar discussions on
current zoological literature will be conducted each week. In addition,
advanced students may elect a special problem provided they present a
detailed outline of the subject which they wish to investigate and, fur-
thermore, provided they can furnish ^adequate proof of their ability to
carry the problem in view of their past training and the equipment
available. Mr. Fogg and the staff.

Prereq. : Permission of the instructor. Graduate or under-
graduate credit. Credits to be arranged.

service courses

48. General Zoology. A study of the principles of animal life, with
a special emphasis on human anatomy and physiology, although the

255

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

general principles of physiology, embryology and genetics as applied to
all forms of animals will be discussed. Mrs. Jackson.

Required of sophomores in agi-iculture. Open only to
students in agriculture. 3 lee; 3 cr.

49. Genetics. A detailed study of the physical basis of inheritance,
laws governing Mendelian inheritance, and the application of such laws
to plant and animal breeding. (Same content as 62.) For agricultural
students. Mrs. Richardson.

2 lee. or rec; 2 cr.

256

THE TWO-YEAR CURRICULUM IN
AGRICULTURE

M. Gale Eastman, Dean

The two-year curriculum in agriculture, established in 1895, affords
a splendid opportunity for the farm boys of the state to acquaint them-
selves with the fundamental principles and with the latest and most
approved practices of agriculture. This curriculum is arranged espe-
cially for the young men who wish to make a business of dairying, live-
stock raising, poultry, horticulture or general farming, but who do not
have the time, money or preparation to take a regular four-year cur-
riculum.

All required courses in the two-year curriculum are separate and dis-
tinct from those of the four-year curricula, but some electives are al-
lowed from four-year courses. The work includes training in botany,
chemistry, English, and zoology as fundamental to the study and inter-
pretation of information dealing with the successful production of plants
and animals on the farm. To such a background of science and culture
through the two years of work are added courses in the field of agricul-
ture which will give as thorough and practical training as the limited
time will permit. These agricultural courses include practice both in
the laboratory and in the field. The facilities of the university's dairy
barn, livestock barn, poultry plant, horticultural farm, and forest, as
well as the milk pasteurizing, ice cream, and apple storage and packing
plants on campus, are always available for class work with students.

Military science is not required in the two-year curriculum but any
student desiring to take the course may elect it with the four-year stu-
dents.

A student who meets the entrance requirements of the university
may receive credit towards graduation from a four-year curriculum in
the College of Agriculture for work completed with a grade of 75 or
better in certain agricultural courses of the two-year curriculum.

Entrance Requirements. — ^The two-year curriculum is open to
both young men and j-oung women. The only entrance requirements
are a common school education involving a reasonable knowledge of
reading, writing, spelling, arithmetic, English grammar, geography,
and United States history. The curriculum is best adapted to students
from 17 to 21 years of age. Older students frequently take the curric-
ulum, but younger ones are not encouraged to enter.

Tuition and Fees. — The tuition for students who are residents of
New Hampshire is $75 per year. For out-of-state students the tuition
is $175 per year. One-half of the tuition is payable at the beginning of
each semester.

257

curriculum

will vary with the

An estimate

of the expenses for

High

Average Low

$175

$75 Free

25 $22

120

72 64

200

200 175

20 15

30 25

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

Scholarship. — The university grants to residents of New Hampshire
a limited number of scholarships which cover the tuition charges. Stu-
dents desiring to secure scholarships should apply to the Student Aid
committee, Durham, N. H.

Expenses. — The expenses of this
tastes and frugality of the students,
one year is as follows:

Tuition

Books

Room

Board

Laundry

Incidentals

$610 $422 $301

Farm Experience Requirement. — In order to graduate from this
curriculum each student must present satisfactory evidence of having
had practical experience in farm work, either through having worked
on a farm for at least two years after he was 12 years of age, or through
having worked on a farm for at least four months after he was 15 years
of age.

Opening, Closing. — The curriculum for this year will open Mon-
day, September 19, 1938, and will close Monday, June 12, 1939.

Two-year students are not required to attend Freshman week, which he-
gins September 13, 1938, hut they may do so if they wish.

Certificate of Graduation. — No degree is given at the end of this
period of study, but a "certificate of graduation" is presented upon
the completion of the prescribed curriculum of 64 credits or its equiva-
lent.

258

TWO-YEAR CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE

First Year

First Second

Semester Semester

Credits Credits

Convocation (Required)

Phys. Ed. 1, 2 'A %

Agr, Chem. 201 (General) 4

Agr. Econ. 201 (Rural) 2

Agr. Eng. 202 (Drawing) 1

A. H. 202 (Types and Breeds) 3

Bot. 201 (Elements) 4

D. H. 201 (Farm Dairying) 3

Eng. 201, 202 (Grammar and Composition) 3 3

Hort. 202 or 214 (Pomology or Vegetable Gardening) 3

P. H. 202 (Farm Poultry) 3

Elective 2

16K 15K

Second Year

Convocation (Required)

Agr. Econ. 203 (Farm Accounts) 2

Agron. 201, 202 (Crops; Soils, Fertilizers) 3 4

M. E. 202, 204 (Forging; Carpentry) 2

Ent. 202 (Principles) 2

For. 201 (Farm Forestry) 2

Zool. 201 (Physiology and Hygiene) 2

Elective 7 8

16 16

Elective Courses*

Agr. Econ. 205, 204 (Marketing; Farm Management) 1 2

Agr. Eng. 203, 204 (General; Power and Machinery) 2 2

*A.H. 2 (Judging) 1

*A.H. 5, 6 (Veterinary Science) 3 3

*A.H. 7, 8 (Animal Breeding; Meat and its Products) 3 2

*A.H. 9 (Horses and Beef Cattle) 3

*A.H. 10 (Sheep and Swine) 3

A.H. 204 (Feeds and Feeding) 3

Bot. 202 (Diseases) 2

D.H. 203, 204 (Manufacturing; Production) 3 3

*Hort. 1 (Harvesting and Marketing) 3

*Hort. 3 (Judging) 2

*Hort. 13, 28 (Vegetable Forcing; Landscape Gardening) 3 3

*Hort. 39 (Greenhouse) 3

Hort. 241, 242 (Advanced) ^ Arr. Arr.

*P.H. 6 (Breeding) 3

*P.H. 9, 8 (Marketing; Incubation and Brooding) 2 3

*P.H. 10 (Feeding) 3

*P.H. 12, 13 (Housing; Management) 2 3

*P.H. 15 (Diseases) 4

P.H. 203 (Breeds and Judging) 3

* Note: Numbers less than 200 indicate four-year courses, which may be elected by
two-year students subject to the approval of the head of the department concerned.
The passing grade for two-year students in these courses shall be 50.

259

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES OF TWO-YEAR
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE

The faculty of the two-year curriculum is composed of the following
members of the university instructional staff: L. J. Batchelder, In-
structor in Woodshop; J. G. Conklin, Instructor in Entomology; H. A.
Davis, Assistant in Agricultural and Biological Chemistry; Stuart Dunn,
Assistant Professor of Botany; G. M. Foulkrod, Assistant Professor of
Agricultural Engineering; H. C. Grinnell, Assistant Professor Agricul-
tural Economics; J. R. Hepler, Associate Professor of Horticulture; L. J.
Higgins, Assistant Professor of Agronomy; Mrs. A. D. Jackson, Asso-
ciate Professor of Zoology; H. C. Moore, Assistant Professor of Dairy
Husbandry; K. S. Morrow, Professor of Dairy Husbandry; E. M. O'Con-
NELL, Instructor in Forging; W. C. O.'Kane, Professor of Economic
Entomology; T. G. Phillips, Professor of Agricultural and Biological
Chemistry; G. F. Potter, Professor of Horticulture; A. E. Richards,
Professor of English; A. E. Tepper, Instructor in Poultry Husbandry;
L. V. TiRRELL, Professor of Animal Husbandry; K. W. Woodward,
Professor of Forestry.

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY

201. Agricultural Chemistry. A study of the elementary princi-
ples of chemistry and of the chemistry of plants, soils, fertilizers, foods
and animal physiology. Mr. Phillips, Mr. Davis.

Required first year. 3 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS

201. Rural Economics. Text book, lectures, and recitations on
the development and significance of agricultural problems in our mod-
ern economy. Mr. Grinnell.

Required first year. 2 lee; 2 cr.

203. Farm Records and Accounts. Practice in methods of keep-
ing accounts and records of the farm business and the practical inter-
pretation of their summaries as affecting profits in farming. Mr.
Grinnell.

Required second year. 1 lab.; 2 cr.

204. Farm Management. Lectures and practical problems con-
cerning farming as a business. Types of farming, size of business, pro-
duction, balance in organization, labor efficiency, cropping systems,
farm layout, etc. Mr. Grinnell.

260

TWO-YEAR CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE

Elective second year. 1 lec. ; 1 lab. ; 2 cr.

205. Agricultural Marketing. A general discussion of the in-
tricate marketing system with special reference to marketing func-
tions, marketing agencies, and methods of sale. Some commodity
grades and standards investigated. Special phases of cooperative mar-
keting developed. Mr. Grinnell.

Elective second year. 1 lec. ; 1 cr.

AGRONOMY AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING

Agronomy

201. Field Crops. A study of the most important crops in New
England with special emphasis on those of this state. Attention will
be given to their history, value, production, management and use. The
laboratory work will be as practical as possible, including identifica-
tion in the laboratory and field, judging and farm seed testing. Mr.
Higgins.

Required second year. 2 lec. or rec; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

202. Soils and Fertilizers. A study of the physical, chemical and
biological properties of soils and the fundamental considerations of
soil management will be offered in the first half of the semester. The
second half of the semester will cover fertilizers and farm manures,
giving consideration to occurrence and function of plant food, care and
use, and the response of crops to the same. Mr. Prince and Mr. Higgins.

Required second year. 3 lec. or rec; 1 lab.; 4 cr.
Agricultural Engineering

202. Agricultural Drawing. A course designed to meet the needs
of the men directly engaged in agriculture, including practice in let-
tering, sketches of farm layouts, machine drawing and blue-print read-
ing, and making plans for minor farm buildings. Mr. Foulkrod.

Required first year. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

203. Basic Agricultural Engineering Applications. Agricul-
tural engineering methods applied to the solution of every-day farm
problems. Farm mechanics, farm mapping, farm sanitation and water
supply, as well as types and purposes of farm buildings and their equip-
ment, are covered in theory and derrionstration. Mr. Foulkrod.

Elective second year. 1 lec. ; 1 lab. ; 2 cr.

204. Farm Power and Machinery. A course designed particu-
larly for the manager or foreman. Selection, care, repair and methods
of use of electrical equipment, field machinery, engines, light plants,
motors and tractors, with special emphasis on adaptability to local
conditions. Mr. Foulkrod.

Elective second year. 1 lec. ; 1 lab. ; 2 cr.

261

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY

202. Types and Breeds of Livestock. A study of the various
breeds of horses, cattle, sheep and swine in respect to their origin, his-
tory, development, characteristics, and adaptability to different condi-
tions of climate and soil. One afternoon each week is devoted to judg-
ing the different breeds. Mr. Tirrell.

Required first year. 2 lee. or rec. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

204. Feeds and Feeding. An elementary study of the laws of nu-
trition, the character, composition, and digestibility of feed stuffs, and
the methods of feeding different kinds of farm animals. Numerous
samples of grain and by-products are used for the purpose of familiariz-
ing the students with the different feed stuffs. Practice is given in
calculating rations for various purposes. Mr. Tirrell.

Elective second year. 3 lee. or rec. ; 3 cr.

BOTANY

201. Elements of Botany. The student is given a succinct account
of the form and structure of plants, and of how plants grow and feed.
Mr. Dunn.

Required first year. 2 lee. or rec; 2 lab.; 4 cr.

202. Fungous Diseases of Plants. The principal fungous dis-
eases of our cultivated plants, their cure and their prevention. Mr.
Dunn.

Elective second year. 1 lee; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

DAIRY HUSBANDRY

201. Farm Dairying. A general study of milk and its products.
Mr. Moore.

Required first year. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

203. Manufacturing of Dairy Products. A study of the produc-
tion, handling, and distribution of milk; manufacturing and distributing
ice cream, butter, condensed milk, and other dairy products. Mr.
Moore.

Prereq.: Dairy husbandry 201. Elective second year. 2
lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

204. Dairy Production. The field of dairy husbandry in its rela-
tion to the producer. Care, feeding and management of dairy animals;
dairy herd development; dairy cattle judging. Mr. Morrow.

Elective second year. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

262

TWO-YEAR CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE

ENGLISH

201, 202. Grammar and Elementary Composition. Mr. Richards.
Required first year. 3 lee. or rec; 3 cr.

ENTOMOLOGY

202. Principles of Economic Entomology. The relation of the
structure and classification of insects to methods of insect control.
The preparation and application of insecticides. Spray machinery and
appliances. Mr. O'Kane, Mr. Conklin.

Required second year. 1 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

FORESTRY

201. Farm Forestry. The care and management of farm wood-
lots; log and board scaling; logging and milling; estimating standing
timber; protection from fire, insects, fungi, etc.; thinning immature
stands; seeding and planting; natural regeneration. Mr. Woodward.

Required second year. 1 lee. or rec; 1 lab.; 2 cr.

HORTICULTURE

202. Elementary Pomology: Orchard and Small Fruits. A
brief consideration of the principles and practice involved in orchard-
ing and in the culture of the most important of the small fruits. Mr.
Potter.

Required of first-year students who do not take horticul-
ture 214. Elective for other students. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

214. Elementary Vegetable Gardening. A study of the home
vegetable garden, and also of the methods used in commercial vegetable
production. Mr. Hepler.

Required of first-year students who do not take horticul-
ture 202. Elective for other students. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

241, 242. Advanced Horticulture. Special work in any phase of
horticulture may be taken by arrangement with the head of the depart-
ment. Mr. Potter and staff.

Prerequisites will depend upon the work taken. Elective
second year. Hours and credits to be arranged.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

202. Forge Shop. This is a study of the forging of iron and steel,
and is designed to teach the operations of drawing, upsetting, welding,
twisting, splitting and punching. A study is made of the construction,

263

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

care, and management of the forge, and instruction is given in tempering,
case hardening and annealing. Mr. O'Connell.

Required second year. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

204. Wood Shop. Farm carpentry and joinery. Care and use of
tools, making of implements for the farm, and care of lumber on the
farm. Mr. Batchelder.

Required second year. 1 lab.; 1 cr.

POULTRY HUSBANDRY

202. Farm Poultry. A general course designed especially for two-
year students who are going back to the farm to engage in practical
poultry work. The course will include work in managing, feeding,
housing, breeding, incubation, brooding, and marketing, with practical
laboratory work. Mr. Tepper.

Required first year. 2 lee; 1 lab.; 3 cr.

203. Breeds and Judging. The history and classification of the
various breeds and varieties of poultry. Practicum consists of judging
and selecting for egg production and exhibition qualities. Mr. Tepper.

Elective second year. 2 lee. ; 1 lab. ; 3 cr.

ZOOLOGY

201. Elementary Anatomy and Physiology. A general survey
of the structure of the human body, together with the study of the basic
principles of animal life. Mrs. Jackson.

Required first year. 2 lee. or rec. : 2 cr.

264

COMPARATIVE REGISTRATION

1893-94. .
1894-95 . .
1895-96. .
1896-97 . .
1897-98. .
1898-99 . .
1899-1900
1900-01 . .
1901-02. .
1902-03 . .
1903-04 . .
1904-05 . .
1905-06. .
1906-07 . .
1907-08. .
1908-09 . .
1909-10. .
1910-11. .
1911-12. .
1912-13. .
1913-14. .
1914-15. .
1915-16. .
1916-17. .
1917-18. . ,
1918-191. .
1919-20. . ,
1920-21. . ,
1921-22. . ,
1922-23. . .
1923-24. . .
1924-25 . . .
1925-26. . .
1926-27 . . .
1927-28. . .
1928-29. . .
1929-30. . .
1930-31. . .
1931-32. . .
1932-33 . . .
1933-34. . .
1934-35 . . .
1935-36. . .
1936-37. . .

Regular
Curric-
ula

64
93
83
88
82
82
86
93
102
103
110
123
154
172
183
198
193
207
231
259
300
387
461
574
530
593
774
845
907
1,036
1,154
1,202
1,348
1,491
1,658
1,553
1,586
1,646
1,712
1,673
1,616
1,520
1,626
1,623

Summer

School

and Short

Curricula*

15
29
17
50
10
33
32
29
18
24
36
41
38
20
33
55
73
84
95
103
131
192
92
32
14
44
46
66
161
175
229
267
317
306
365
367
382
437
463
341
360
369
367

Men

(Less
dupli-
cates)

103

115

125

117

126

151

183

196

188

218

312

249

285

306

322

405

505

514

399

439

631

682

759

922

993

1,029

1,143

1,217

1,277

1,294

1,285

1,297

1,354

1,429

1,295

1,212

1,316

1,304

Women

(Less
dupli-
cates)

10
30

113

152

163

168

187

209

214

275

336

402

471

567

626

624

668

664

669

610

586

574

624

638

Total

(Less
dupli-
cates)

108

112

105

132

119

125

131

121

134

159

195

210

203

231

328

280

315

354

403

518

653

666

562

607

818

891

973

1,197

1,329

1,431

1,614

1,784

1,903

1,918

1,953

1,961

2,023

2,039

1,881

1,786

1,940

1,942

* Includes Summer School, Two- Year Agriculture, Poultry Extension and Dairy
Short Curricula.

t During 1918-19 there were 1,467 additional men registered for special military
work under the S.A.T.C. organization.

INDEX

PAGE

Accounting, courses in 174

Administration, major administrative assistants 46

officers of 7

Admission, requirements 84

of special students 91

of advanced students 92

Aeronautics 223

Agricultural and biological chemistry, curriculum 98

credit tabulation of 104

department, personnel, and courses 149

Agricultural economics, department, personnel, and courses 150

Agricultural engineering, department, personnel, and courses. . . . 151

Agricultural Experiment station 50

publications of 51

Agriculture, College of 96

Agriculture, general curriculum 98

credit tabulation of 104

Agriculture, Two year curriculum 257

Agronomy and agricultural engineering, department, personnel,

and courses 151

Alpha Chi Sigma 66

Alpha Sigma 67

Alpha Zeta 66

Alumni representation, College of Technology 138

Animal husbandry, curriculum 99

credit tabulation of 104

department, personnel, and courses 153

Architecture curriculum 137

credit tabulation of 140

department, personnel, and courses 155

Artillery 227

Art, survey of 189

Arts, fine and applied, program of study 117

Associated Student organizations 65

Association of Women students 65

Astronomy 218

Athletics (see Physical education) 235

Athletic association, men 66

women 66

Bacteriology, courses 161

Band, university 70

Biology, applied, program of study 117

266

INDEX

PAGE

Blue Key 70

Board, cost of 72

Books and Book store 72

Botany and bacteriology, curriculum 99

credit tabulation of 104, 108

department, personnel, and courses 160

Brackett field 57

Buildings, list of 53

Bulletins, list of 2

Bureau of appointments 62

Business, general curriculum 119

credit tabulation of 123

Cafeteria 72

Calendar, Two year curriculum in agriculture 258

university 5

Camera club, Durham 68

Casque and Casket 65

Cauldrons 67

Certificate of graduation, Two year curriculum in

agriculture 52, 258

Checking accounts, students 73

Chemistry, agricultural, courses 149

Chemistry, biological, courses 149

Chemistry, curriculum 137

credit tabulation of 142

department, personnel, and courses 161

Christian Work 63

Civil engineers, branch of American Society of 67

Civil engineering, curriculum 137

credit tabulation of 143

department, personnel, and courses 165

Classical club 68

Clubs 64, 67

Coaching (athletic), courses 237, 240

Coast artillery 62

College of Agriculture, curricula 96

departments of 96

College of Liberal Arts, departments of 115

general curriculum 115

credit tabulation of 121

programs of study 115, 117

requirements for degrees 115

College of Technology, curricula 137

departments of 1^6

Colleges, of the university 50

Contemporary civilization 200

267

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

PAGE

Council, student 65

university 50

Courses, description of 148

Curricula, College of Agriculture 96

College of Liberal Arts 115

prescribed 119

College of Technology 137

Dairy husbandry, curriculum 100

credit tabulation of 104, 109

department, personnel, and courses 169

Degrees 52

advanced 94

requirements. College of Agriculture 96

College of Liberal Arts 115

College of Technology 136

Departments, College of Agriculture 96

College of Liberal Arts 115

College of Technology 136

of university 50

Design (see architecture) 157

Dining hall, university 72

Dormitories 55

regulations and room rent 72

Dramatic and musical organizations 70

Drawing, engineering 220

freehand 159

machine 221

mechanical (see also Design) 220

Durham, site of (see back of map) 3,4

Economics, agricultural, courses 150

Economics and accounting, department, personnel, and courses. . 171

Education, department, personnel, and courses 175

Electrical engineers, branch of American Institute of 185

Electrical engineering curriculum 138

credit tabulation of 144

department, personnel, and courses 183

Employment for women students 73

Engineering, agricultural, courses 151

Engineering experiment station 51

description 138

English, department, personnel, and courses 187

Entomology, curriculum 100

credit tabulation of 104, 110

department, personnel, and courses 192

Entrance requirements, Two year curriculum in agriculture 257

268

INDEX

PAGE

Erato 68

Examinations, entrance 84, 85

physical 86

Expenses, of students 71

Two year curriculum in agriculture 258

Extension courses 147

Extension service, agricultural 51

Facilities, for instruction 53

for athletics 56

miscellaneous 58

Faculty club 64

Farm experience requirement, Two year curriculum in agriculture 258

Farm, horticultural 58

Farm shop 226

Fees and expenses 71

Field house 57

Flying club 68

Folio 68

Folk club 64

Forestry camp 59

Forestry club 68

Forestry, curriculum 101

credit tabulation of 104, 111

department, personnel, and courses 194

Forge shop 220

Fraternities 70

French club 68

French, courses 211

Freshman week 86

Gamma Kappa 68

General curriculum, College of Liberal Arts 115

credit tabulation of 121

Geology, department, personnel, and courses 196

German, courses 214

Gilbert and Sullivan Society 68

Glee club 70

Graduate school -. 93

Graduate science society 68

Granite, The 67

Greek, courses 215

Guidance, of students preparing to teach 133

Gymnasium 57

Health service 56, 63

History, department, personnel, and courses 199

269

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

PAGE

Historical sketch of university 47

Home economics, curricula 119

credit tabulation of 124

teacher preparation curriculum 132

department, personnel, and courses 204

Honor and professional societies 66

Hood House 56

Horticulture, curriculum 102

credit tabulation of 104, 112

department, personnel, and courses 207

Horticultural farm 58

Hotel administration, curriculum 119

credit tabulation of 126

department, personnel, and courses 210

Infantry 62

Information, general 61

International relations club 68

Kappa Delta Pi 66

Lands, of university 58

Languages, department, personnel, and courses 211

Latin, courses 215

Lewis fields 56

Library, Hamilton Smith 59

Handbook 60

Lantern 60

License, State board of education 133

Loan fund 78

Map 3,4

Marine zoological laboratory 58

Mask and Dagger 70

Mathematics, department, personnel, and courses 217

Mechanical engineers, branch of American Society of 67

Mechanical engineering, curriculum 138

credit tabulation of 144, 146

department, personnel, and courses 220

extension courses 224

Memorial field 57

Menorah society 69

Meteorology 198

Military science and tactics 61

department, personnel, and courses 226

Minnesaenger 69

Mortar Board 66

270

INDEX

PAGE

Museum collection 59

Music, department, personnel, and courses 228

New Hampshire, The (newspaper) 67

Newman club 64

N. H. club 69

Objectives of the university 49

Organization of the university 49

Outing club 69

Pan Hellenic 65

Phi Kappa Phi 66

Phi Lambda Phi 69

Philosophy and psychology, department, personnel, and courses. . 232

Phi Sigma 66

Physics, department, personnel, and courses 241

Physical education for men, department, personnel, and courses . . . 235

teacher preparation curriculum 132

credit tabulation of 135

Plant Science club 69

Political science, department, personnel, and courses 243

Pottery 59

Poultry husbandry, curriculum 102

credit tabulation of 104, 113

department, personnel, and courses 245

Pre-dental, program of study 117

Pre-law, program of study 117

Pre-medical, curriculum 120

credit tabulation of 128

Pre-nursing and technician training, program of study 118

Prescribed curricula, College of Liberal Arts 118

Prizes 79

Professional degrees. College of Technology 136

requirements for 136

Professional societies 66

Programs of study, College of Liberal Arts 117

Psi Lambda 69

Psychology, courses in .-. 233

Publications, student 67

Registration statistics 265

Reserve Officers Training Corps 61

Rooms, for students 72

contracts for 72

deposit for 72

regulations governing 72

271

UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE

PAGE

Scabbard and Blade 66

Scholarships 74

available for students in Two year curriculum in agriculture 258

Science society, graduate 68

Secretarial curriculum 120

credit tabulation of 129

Secretarial studies 175

Self-support, for students 73

Senate, of the university 49

Senior Skulls 69

Shops 220,225,226

Shorthand 175

Social service, program of study 118

Sociology club 69

Sociology, department, personnel, and courses 247

Sororities 70

Spanish, courses in 216

Special students 91

Sphinx society 70

Staffs, university faculty and biographical list 8-45

State board of education license 133

Statistics 218

registration 265

Stenography 1 75

Student activities 65

Student aid (see Self-support) 73

see also tuition grants and scholarships 74

Student council 65

Student employment committee 73

Student government 65

Student loan fund 78

Students, special 91

Student Writer, The New Hampshire 67

Summer school 147

Supervised teaching, courses in 131

Tau Kappa Alpha 66

Teacher Preparation, agriculture, curriculum 103, 131

credit tabulation of 104, 1 14

Liberal Arts 118, 130-135

curricula 130

Theses 94

Thompson, Benjamin, founder of University of New Hampshire. . 47

Trustees 6

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "University of New Hampshire and the New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the Mechanic Arts : [catalog]"

See other formats